Additional Content

Additional Content

All Works (Full)

SB.10.24. Worshiping Govardhana Hill

25. Lord Kṛṣṇa Lifts Govardhana Hill

10.26. Wonderful Kṛṣṇa

SB.10.27. Lord Indra and Mother Surabhi Offer Prayers

Sri Garga Samhita

Canto Three
Śrī Girirāja-pūjā-vidhi The Worship of Śrī Girirāja

Text 1

Verse text

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca kathaṁ dadhāra bhagavān giriṁ govardhanaṁ varam ucchilīndhraṁ yathā bālo hastenaikena līlayā

Synonyms

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca Śrī Bahulāśva said ; katham why? ; dadhāra lifted ; bhagavān the Lord ; girim Hill ; govardhanam Govardhana ; varam best ; ucchilīndhram a mushroom ; yathā as ; bālaḥ achild ; hastenaikena with one hand ; līlayā *playfully.

Translation

Śrī Bahulāśva said: Why did Lord Kṛṣṇa lift Govardhana Hill as a child playfully lifts a mushroom.
Text 2

Verse text

paripūrṇatamasyāsya śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ vadaitac caritaṁ divyaṁ adbhutaṁ muni-sattama

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; asya of Him ; śrī-kṛṣṇasya Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mahātmanaḥ the Supreme ; vada please tell ; etat that ; caritam pastime ; divyam transcendental and glorious ; adbhutam wonderful ; muni-sattama *O best of sages.

Translation

O best of sages, please tell that wonderful and glorious transcendental pastime of Lord Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
Text 3

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca varṣikaṁ hi karaṁ rājṣe yathā śakrāya vai tathā baliṁ dadu prāvṛd-ante gopāḥ sarve kṛṣīvalaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; varṣikam annual ; hi indeed ; karam tribute ; rājṣe to the king ; yathā as ; śakrāya to Indra ; vai indeed ; tathā so ; balim offering ; daduḥ gave ; prāvṛd-ante at thne end of the monsoon season ; gopāḥ the gopas ; sarve all ; kṛṣīvalaḥ *farmers.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: As citizens pay an annual tax to their king, so the gopas, farmers all, at the end of each monsoon season offered a tribute to Indra.
Text 4

Verse text

mahendra-yāga-sambhāra- cayaṁ dṛṣṭvaikadā hariḥ nandaṁ papraccha sadasi ballavānāṁ ca śṛṇvatām

Synonyms

mahendra-yāga-sambhāra-cayam the arrangements for the indra-yajṣa ; dṛṣṭva seeing ; ekadā one day ; hariḥ Kṛṣṇa ; nandam to Nanda ; papraccha asked ; sadasi in the assmbly ; ballavānām of gopas ; ca and ; śṛṇvatām *listening.

Translation

Noticing the arrangements for the indra-yajṣ, as the gopas listened, Kṛṣṇa asked a question of King Nanda.
Text 5

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca śakrasya pūjanaṁ hy etat kiṁ phalaṁ cāsya vidyate laukikaṁ vā vadanty etad athavā para-laukikam

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; śakrasya of Indra ; pūjanam worship ; hy indeed ; etat this ; kim what? ; phalam result ; ca and ; asya of this ; vidyate is ; laukikam of the material world ; or ; vadanty say ; etat this ; athavā or ; para-laukikam *beyond the material world.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: What is the result of this worship of Indra? Do they say it brings a material result or a spiritual result?
Text 6

Verse text

śrī-nanda uvāca śakrasya pūjanaṁ hy etad bhukti-mukti-karaṁ param etad vinā naro bhūmau jāyate na sukhī kvacit

Synonyms

śrī-nandaḥ uvāca Śrī Nanda said ; śakrasya of Indra ; pūjanam worship ; hy indeed ; etat this ; bhukti-mukti-karam gives sense gratification and liberation ; param further ; etat this ; vinā without ; naraḥ a person ; bhūmau on the earth ; jāyate is born ; na not ; sukhī happi ; kvacit *at all.

Translation

Śrī Nanda said: Worship of Indra brings both sense gratification and liberation. Without it a person cannot be happy in this world.
Text 7

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca śakrādayo deva-gaṇāś ca sarvato bhuṣjanti ye svarga-sukhaṁ sva-karmabhiḥ viśanti te martya-padaṁ śubha-kṣaye tat-sevanaṁ viddhi na mukti-kāraṇam

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; śakrādayaḥ of Indra ; deva-gaṇāś the demigods ; ca and ; sarvataḥ in all respewcts ; bhuṣjanti enjoy ; ye who ; svarga-sukham heavenly happiness ; sva-karmabhiḥ by their own karma ; viśanti enter ; te they ; martya-padam the world of human beings ; śubha of good karma ; kṣaye on the exhaustion ; tat-sevanam that service ; viddhi know ; na not ; mukti-kāraṇam *the cause of liberation.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Indra and the other demigods enjoy living in Svargaloka because of their past karma. When their good karma is exhausted they again enter the world of humans. Please understand that worshiping them does not bring liberation.
Text 8

Verse text

bhayaṁ bhaved vai parameṣṭhino yato vārtā tu ka kau kila tat-kṛtātmanām tasmāt paraṁ kālam anantam eva hi sarvaṁ baliṣṭhaṁ su-budhā viduḥ pare

Synonyms

bhayam fear ; bhavet is ; vai indeed ; parameṣṭhinaḥ of Brahmā ; yataḥ because ; vārtā message ; tu indeed ; ka what? ; kau on the earth ; kila indeed ; tat-kṛtātmanām of they who have done that ; tasmāt from that ; param greater ; kālam time ; anantam endless ; eva indeed ; hi indeed ; sarvam all ; baliṣṭham strongest ; su-budhā very wise ; viduḥ know ; pare *others.

Translation

Even the demigod Brahmā is afraid of that, so what may be said of fruitive workers on the earth? They are are actually wise say that endless time is the most powerful, the supreme.
Text 9

Verse text

tatas tam āśritya su-karmabhiḥ paraṁ bhajed dhariṁ yajṣā-patiṁ sureśvaram viśrjya sarvaṁ manasā kṛteḥ phalaṁ vrajet paraṁ mokṣam asau na cānyathā

Synonyms

tataḥ then ; tam him ; āśritya taking shelter ; su-karmabhiḥ by karma ; param suopreme ; bhajet worship ; dharim Lord Hari ; yajṣā-patim the master of sacrifices ; sureśvaram the master of the demigods ; viśrjya abandoning ; sarvam all ; manasā by the mind ; kṛteḥ done ; phalam result ; vrajet obtains ; param ultimate ; mokṣam liberation ; asau he ; na not ; ca and ; anyathā *otherwise.

Translation

With all their heart renouncing all material pious results, the wise take shelter of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and worship Him with the best of pious deeds. They, and not others, attain final liberation.
Text 10

Verse text

go-vipra-sādhv-agni-surāḥ śrutis tathā dharmaś ca yajṣādhipater vibhūtayaḥ dhiṣṇyeṣu caiteṣu hariṁ bhajanti ye sa tv ihāmutra sukhaṁ vrajanti te

Synonyms

gaḥ cows ; vipra brāhmaṇas ; sādhu saintly persons ; agni fire-gods ; surāḥ demigods ; śrutiḥ Vedas ; tathā so ; dharmaś religion ; ca and ; yajṣādhipateḥ of the Lord of sacrifices ; vibhūtayaḥ potencies ; dhiṣṇyeṣu in places ; ca and ; eteṣu these ; harim the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; bhajanti worship ; ye who ; sa and ; tu indeed ; iha here ; amutra in the next life ; sukham happiness ; vrajanti attain ; te *they.

Translation

The cows, saintly persons, fire-gods, demigods, Vedas, and principles of religion are all potencies of Lord Hari, the Supreme Personality of Godhead. They who, instead of worshiping the demigods, worship Lord Hari, attain happiness in this life and the next.
Text 11

Verse text

samutthito 'sau hari-vakṣaso girir govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ samāgato hy atra pulastya-tejasā yad-darśanāj janma punar na vidyate

Synonyms

samutthitaḥ born ; asau it ; hari of Lord Kṛṣṇa's ; vakṣasaḥ chest ; girir govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; nāma named ; girīndra the king of moutnains ; rāja-rāṭ the king of the king ; samāgataḥ came ; hy indeed ; atra here ; pulastya-tejasā by the power of Pulastya Muni ; yad-darśanāt by seeing it ; janma birth ; punaḥ again ; na not ; vidyate *is.

Translation

The hill named Govardhana is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains. It was born from Lord Hari's own chest. It has come here by the power of Pulastya Muni. By seeing it one becomes free from having to take birth again in this world.
Text 12

Verse text

sampūjya go-vipra-surān mahādraye dātavyam adyaiva paraṁ hy upāyanam eṣa priyo me makha-rāja eva hi na ced yathecchāsti tathā kuru vraja

Synonyms

sampūjya worshiping ; go-vipra-surān the cows, brāhmaṇas, and demigods ; mahādraye to the great hill ; dātavyam should be given ; adya now ; eva indeed ; param great ; hy indeed ; upāyanam method ; eṣa this ; priyaḥ dear ; me to Me ; makha-rāja the king of sacrifices ; eva indeed ; hi indeed ; na not ; cet if ; yathā as ; icchā desire ; asti is ; tathā so ; kuru do ; vraja *go.

Translation

First worship the cows, brāhmaṇas, and demigods, and then make a great offering to Govardhana Hill. That offering is the king of yajṣas and it is very dear to Me. If you do not desire to make that offering, then do whatever you wish.
Text 13

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca teṣāṁ madhye 'tha sannando gopo vṛddho 'ti-nīti-vit ati-prasannaḥ śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ aha nandasya śṛṇvataḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; teṣām of them ; madhye in the midst ; atha then ; sannandaḥ Sannanda ; gopaḥ gopa ; vṛddhaḥ elderly ; ati-nīti-vit learned in the principles of proper conduct ; ati-prasannaḥ very happy ; śrī-kṛṣṇam to Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; aha said ; nandasya of Nanda ; śṛṇvataḥ *listening.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Among them the elderly gopa Sannanda, who throughly knew the real principles of religion, became very pleased. As bewildered Nanda listened, Sannanda spoke to Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 14

Verse text

śrī-sannanda uvāca he nanda-sūno he tāta tvaṁ sākṣāj jṣāna-śevadhiḥ kartavyā kena vidhinā pūjādrer vada tattvataḥ

Synonyms

śrī-sannanda uvāca Śrī Sannanda said ; he O ; nanda-sūnaḥ son of Nanda ; he O ; tāta dear one ; tvam You ; sākṣāj directly ; jṣāna of knowledge ; śevadhiḥ the treasure ; kartavyā should be done ; kena by what? ; vidhinā method of worship ; pūjā the worship ; adreḥ of the hill ; vada please tell ; tattvataḥ *in truth.

Translation

Śrī Sannanda said: Dear son of Nanda, You are wealthy with a great treasury of transcendental knowledge. How should the hill be worshiped? Please truthfully tell.
Text 15

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca ālipya go-mayenāpi giri-rāja-bhuvaṁ hy adhaḥ dhṛtvātha sarva-sambhāraṁ bhakti-yogo jitendriyaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; ālipya anointing ; go-mayena with cow-dung ; api even ; giri-rāja-bhuvam the ground of the king of mountains ; hy indeed ; adhaḥ beneath ; dhṛtvātha accepting ; sarva-sambhāram all ingredients ; bhakti-yogaḥ devotional service ; jita conquered ; indriyaḥ *the senses.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: A person who controls his senses and engages in devotional service should collect the ingredients for the worship, anoint Govardhana Hill with cow-dung, . . .
Text 16

Verse text

sahasra-śīrṣa-mantreṇā- draye snānaṁ ca kārayet gaṅgā-jalena yamunā- jalenāpi dvijaiḥ saha

Synonyms

sahasra-śīrṣa-mantreṇa with the mantra for the thousand-headed Puruṣa ; adraye the hill ; snānam bathing ; ca and ; kārayet should do ; gaṅgā Gaṅgā ; jalena with water ; yamunā Yamunā ; jalenāpi with water ; dvijaiḥ brāhmaṇas ; saha *with.

Translation

. . . and, as he chants the mantras for the thousand-headed Puruṣa, with other brāhmaṇas bathe the hill with Gaṅgā water and Yamunā water.
Text 17

Verse text

śukla-go-dugdha-dhārābhis tataḥ paṣcāmṛtair girim snāpayitvā gandha-puṣpaiḥ punaḥ kṛṣṇā-jalena vai

Synonyms

śukla white ; gaḥ cows' ; dugdha milk ; dhārābhiḥ with streams ; tataḥ then ; paṣcāmṛtaiḥ with pancamrta ; girim the hill ; snāpayitvā bathing ; gandha-puṣpaiḥ wioth fragrant flowers ; punaḥ again ; kṛṣṇā-jalena with Yamunā water ; vai *indeed.

Translation

Then he should bathe the hill with streams of white milk, paṣāmṛta, fragrant flowers, and then Yamunā water again.
Text 18

Verse text

vastraṁ divyaṁ ca naivedyaṁ āsanaṁ sarvato 'dhikam mālālaṅkāra-nicayaṁ dattvā dīpāvaliṁ parām

Synonyms

vastram garments ; divyam splendid ; ca and ; naivedyam food ; āsanam a seat ; sarvataḥ than all ; adhikam better ; mālā garlands ; alaṅkāra ornaments ; nicayam many ; dattvā giving ; dīpāvalim a series of lamps ; parām *great.

Translation

Then he should offer splendid garments, food, a great throne, many garlands and ornaments, and many lamps.
Text 19

Verse text

tataḥ pradakṣiṇāṁ kuryān namaskuryāt tataḥ param kṛtāṣjali-puṭo bhūtvā tv idam evam udīrayet

Synonyms

tataḥ then ; pradakṣiṇām circumambulation ; kuryān should do ; namaskuryāt offer obeisances ; tataḥ then ; param then ; kṛtāṣjali-puṭaḥ with folded hands ; bhūtvā becoming ; tv indeed ; idam this ; evam thus ; udīrayet *should recite.

Translation

Then he should circumambulate the hill, offer obeisances, and with folded hands recite this mantra:
Text 20

Verse text

namo vṛndāvanāṅkāya tubhyaṁ goloka-mauline pūrṇa-brahmātapatrāya namo govardhanāya ca

Synonyms

namaḥ obeisances ; vṛndāvanaṅkāya to the lap of Vṛndāvana ; tubhyam to You ; goloka-mauline the crowen of Goloka ; pūrṇa-brahma of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; atapatrāya the umbrella ; namaḥ obeisances ; govardhanāya to Govardhana Hill ; ca *and.

Translation

Obeisances to you, who are Goloka's crown and the lap where Vṛndāvana forest grows! Obeisances to Govardhana Hill, the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol!
Text 21

Verse text

puṣpāṣjaliṁ tataḥ kuryān nīrājanam ataḥ param ghaṇṭā-kaṁsya-mṛdaṅgādyair vāditrair madhura-svanaiḥ

Synonyms

puṣpa of flowers ; aṣjalim handful ; tataḥ then ; kuryān should do ; nīrājanam arati ; ataḥ param then ; ghaṇṭā-kaṁsya karatals ; mṛdaṅga mrdangas ; ādyaiḥ beginning with ; vāditraiḥ with musical instruments ; madhura-svanaiḥ *with sweet sounds.

Translation

Then he should offer a handful of flowers and then, as mṛdaṅgas, karatālas and other musical instruments make sweet sounds, he should offer ārati to Govardhana Hill.
Text 22

Verse text

vedāham etaṁ mantreṇa varṣa-lājaiḥ samācaret tat-samīpe cānna-kūṭaṁ kuryāc chraddhā-samanvitaḥ vedāham etaṁ puruṣaṁ mahantam āditya-varṇaṁ tamasaḥ purastāt tam eva viditvāti-mṛtyum eti nānyaḥ panthā vidyate 'yanāya "I know that Supreme Personality of Godhead who is transcendental to all material conceptions of darkness. Only he who knows Him can transcend the bonds of birth and death. There is no way for liberation other than this knowledge of the Supreme Person."\

Synonyms

veda know ; aham I ; etam this ; mantreṇa with mantra ; varṣa-lājaiḥ with a shower of grains ; samācaret should worship ; tat-samīpe near it ; ca and ; anna of food ; kūṭam a hill ; kuryāc should do ; chraddhā-samanvitaḥ *with faith.

Translation

Then he should chant the mantra that begins with vedāham", and then he should throw a shower of grains. In this way he should worship the hill. Then with great faith he should place a hill of food near Govardhana Hill. Note: The mantra here is Śrī Śvetāśvatara Upaniṣad 3.8:
Text 23

Verse text

kacolānāṁ catuḥ-śaṣṭi- paṣca-paṅkti-samanvitam tulasī-dala-misraiś ca śrī-gaṅgā-yamunā-jalaiḥ

Synonyms

kacolānām of cups ; catuḥ-śaṣṭi-paṣca-paṅkti-samanvitam with rows of four, six and five ; tulasī-dala-misraiś mixed with tulasī leaves ; ca and ; śrī-gaṅgā-yamunā-jalaiḥ *with Gaṅgā and Yamunā water.

Translation

Then he should offer four, six, and five cups of Gaṅgā and Yamunā water mixed with tulasī leaves.
Text 24

Verse text

ṣaṭ-paṣcāśattamair bhāgair kuryāt sevāṁ samāhitaḥ tato 'gnīn brāhmaṇān pūjya gāḥ surān gandha-puṣpakaiḥ

Synonyms

ṣaṭ-paṣcāśattamaiḥ with fifty-six ; bhāgaiḥ kinds ; kuryāt should do ; sevām service ; samāhitaḥ with a peaceful heart ; tataḥ then ; agnīn the fire-gods ; brāhmaṇān the brāhmaṇas ; pūjya worshipinf ; gāḥ the cows ; surān the demigods ; gandha-puṣpakaiḥ *with fragrant flowers.

Translation

Then, with a peaceful heart, he should serve Govardhana Hill by offering it a feast of fifty-six kinds of food. Then with fragrant flowers he should worship the fire-gods, brāhmaṇas, cows, and demigods.
Text 25

Verse text

bhojayitvā dvija-varān saugandhair miṣṭa-bhojanaiḥ anyebhyaś cāśvapākebhyo dadyād bhojanam uttamam

Synonyms

bhojayitvā after feeding ; dvija-varān the brāhmaṇa ; saugandhaiḥ with fragrant ; miṣṭa-bhojanaiḥ delicious food ; anyebhyaś others ; ca and ; ā-śvapākebhyaḥ down to the dogeaters ; dadyāt should give ; bhojanam food ; uttamam *the best.

Translation

After feeding the exalted brāhmaṇas with fragrant and delicious foods, he should also give excellent foods to the others, even down to the dogeaters.
Text 26

Verse text

gopī-gopāla-vṛndaiś ca gavāṁ nṛtyaṁ ca kārayet maṅgalair jaya-śabdaiś ca kuryād govardhanotsavam

Synonyms

gopī-gopāla-vṛndaiḥ by the gopas and gopīs ; ca and ; gavām of the cows ; nṛtyam dancing ; ca and ; kārayet should make ; maṅgalaiḥ auspicious ; jaya victory ; śabdaiḥ with sounds ; ca and ; kuryāt should do ; govardhana for Govardhana Hill ; utsavam *a festival.

Translation

Then he should have the gopas and gopīs dance among the cows and call out "Victory!" In this way he should perform a festival to worship Govardhana Hill.
Text 27

Verse text

yatra govardhanābhāvas tatra pūjā-vidhiṁ śṛṇu go-mayair vardhanaṁ kuryāt tad-ākāraṁ paronnatam

Synonyms

yatra where ; govardhana Govardhana Hill ; abhāvaḥ is not ; tatra there ; pūjā-vidhim the method of worship ; śṛṇu hear ; go-mayaiḥ with cow-dung ; vardhanam increased ; kuryāt should do ; tad-ākāram the form of Govardhana Hill ; para-unnatam *lofty.

Translation

Now please hear how this worship should be performed when one is not near Govardhana Hill. One should make from cow-dung a model of Govardhana Hill.
Text 28

Verse text

puṣpa-vyūhair latā-jālair īṣikābhiḥ samanvitaḥ pūjanīyaḥ sadā martyair girir govardhano bhuvi

Synonyms

puṣpa-vyūhaiḥ with many flowers ; latā-jālaiḥ with a network of vines ; īṣikābhiḥ with grass ; samanvitaḥ with ; pūjanīyaḥ the object of worship ; sadā always ; martyaiḥ by human beings ; giriḥ govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; bhuvi *on the earth.

Translation

Human beings on this earth should decorate thet model with many flowers, blades of grass, and a network of vines, and regularly offer worship to it.
Text 29

Verse text

śilā-samānaṁ puraṭaṁ kṣiptvādrau tac-chilāṁ nayet gṛhṇīyād yo vinā svarṇaṁ sa mahā-rauravaṁ vrajet

Synonyms

śilā-samānam nuggets ; puraṭam gold ; kṣiptvā ignoring ; adrau on the hill ; tac-chilām the stone ; nayet takes ; gṛhṇīyāt may take ; yaḥ who ; vinā without ; svarṇam gold ; sa he ; mahā-rauravam to a great hell ; vrajet *goes.

Translation

A person who has a mountain of gold but does not use it to worship a stone he has taken from Govardhana Hill, goes to a terrible hell.
Text 30

Verse text

śālagrāmasya devasya sevanaṁ kārayet sadā pātakaṁ na spṛśet taṁ vai padma-patraṁ yathā jalam

Synonyms

śālagrāmasya of Śālagrāma ; devasya of the Lord ; sevanam service ; kārayet should do ; sadā regularly ; pātakam to hell ; na not ; spṛśet may touch ; tam him ; vai indeed ; padma lotus ; patram leaf ; yathā as ; jalam *water.

Translation

A person who regularly worships the Lord's form as Śālagrāma-śilā is not touched by hell as a lotus leaf is not touched by water.
Text 31

Verse text

giri-rāja-śilā-sevāṁ yaḥ karoti dvijottamaḥ sapta-dvīpa-mahi-tīrthā- vagāha-phalam eti saḥ

Synonyms

giri-rāja of Govardhana Hill ; śilā stone ; sevām service ; yaḥ one who ; karoti does ; dvijottamaḥ the best of brāhmaṇas ; sapta-dvīpa of the seven continents ; mahi-tīrtha in the great holy places ; avagāha of bathing ; phalam the result ; eti attains ; saḥ *he.

Translation

An exalted brāhmaṇa who reularly serves a stone from Govardhana Hill attains the result of having bathed in all the holy rivers and lakes in the seven worlds.
Text 32

Verse text

giri-rāja-mahā-pūjāṁ varṣe varṣe karoti yaḥ iha sarva-sukhaṁ bhuktvā- mutra mokṣaṁ prayāti saḥ

Synonyms

giri-rāja of Govardhana Hill ; mahā great ; pūjām worship ; varṣe year ; varṣe after year ; karoti does ; yaḥ who ; iha here ; sarva-sukham all happiness ; bhuktvā- enjoying ; amutra in the next life ; mokṣam liberation ; prayāti attains ; saḥ *he.

Translation

A person who year after year elaborately worships Govardhana Hill attains all happiness in this life and liberation in the next. .pa Chapter Two Śrī Girirāja-mahotsava The Great Festival of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca śrutvā vaco nanda-sutasya sākṣāc chrī-nanda-sannanda-varā vrajeśāḥ su-vismitāḥ pūrva-kṛtaṁ vihāya pracakrire śrī-girirāja-pūjām

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; śrutvā hearing ; vacaḥ the words ; nanda-sutasya of Nanda's son ; sākṣāc directly ; śrī-nanda-sannanda-varā Nanda and Sannanda ; vrajeśāḥ the rulers of Vraja ; su-vismitāḥ struck with wonder ; pūrva-kṛtam previously done ; vihāya placing ; pracakrire did ; śrī-girirāja-pūjam *the worship of Govardhana Hill.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Hearing Śrī Kṛṣṇa's words, Nanda, Sannanda, and the other rulers of Vraja were filled with wonder. Abandoning what they had done, they performed the worship of Govardhana Hill.
Text 2

Verse text

nitvā balīn maithila nanda-rājaḥ sutau samānīya ca rāma-kṛṣṇau yaśodayā śrī-giri-pūjanārthaṁ samutsuko garga-yutaḥ prasannaḥ

Synonyms

nitvā taking ; balīn offerings ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; nanda-rājaḥ King Nanda ; sutau sons ; samānīya bringing ; ca and ; rāma Balarāma ; kṛṣṇau and Kṛṣṇa ; yaśodayā with Yaśodā ; śrī-giri-pūjanārtham to worship Govardhana Hill ; samutsukaḥ eager ; garga-yutaḥ with Garga Muni ; prasannaḥ *happy.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, taking many offerings, King Nanda, Yaśodā, their two sons Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, and Garga Muni, all eager and joyful, went to worship Govardhana Hill.
Text 3

Verse text

tvaraṁ samāruhya mahonnataṁ gajaṁ vicitra-varṇaṁ dhṛta-hema-śṛṅkhalam govardhanāntaṁ prayayau gavāṁ gaṇaiḥ śarad-dhanaiḥ śakra iva priyā-yutaḥ

Synonyms

tvaram atb once ; samāruhya mounting ; mahonnatam a tall ; gajam elephant ; vicitra-varṇam wonderfully colored ; dhṛta wearing ; hema golden ; śṛṅkhalam shackles ; govardhanāntam the edge of Govardhana Hill ; prayayau approached ; gavām of cows ; gaṇaiḥ with the herds ; śarad-dhanaiḥ with the wealth of the autumn harvest ; śakraḥ Indra ; iva like ; priyā-yutaḥ *with his beloved.

Translation

Quickly climbing on a wonderfully decorated great elephant chained with golden shackles, Nanda went, with the many cows and with the wealth of the autumn harvest, to the edge of Govardhana Hill. He looked like Indra Himself, accompanied by his beloved.
Text 4

Verse text

nandopanandā vṛṣabhānavaś ca putraiś ca pautraiś ca sahāṅganābhiḥ samāyayuḥ śrī-girirāja-pārśvaṁ sarvaṁ samānīya ca yajṣa-bhāram

Synonyms

nanda-upanandāḥ the Nandas and Upanandas ; vṛṣabhānavaḥ the Vṛṣabhānus ; ca and ; putraiḥ with children ; ca and ; pautraiḥ with grandchildren ; ca and ; saha with ; aṅganābhiḥ wives ; samāyayuḥ went ; śrī-girirāja-pārśvam to the side of Govardhana Hill ; sarvam all ; samānīya taking ; ca and ; yajṣa-bhāram *ingredients for the yajna.

Translation

Bringing the ingredients for the performing the yajṣa, the Nandas, Upanandas, and Vṛṣabhānus, along with their wives, children, and grandchildren, went to Govardhana Hill.
Text 5

Verse text

sahasra-bālārka-parisphurad-dyutiṁ āruhya rādhā śibikāṁ sakhī-gaṇaiḥ śacīva divyāmbara-ratna-bhūṣaṇā babhau cakorī-bhramarī-samākulā

Synonyms

sahasra a thousand ; bālārka rising suns ; parisphurad-dyutim splendid ; āruhya climbing ; rādhā Rādhā ; śibikām a palanquin ; sakhī-gaṇaiḥ with Her friends ; śacī Śacī ; iva like ; divyāmbara-ratna-bhūṣaṇā with splendid garmenbts and ornaments ; babhau shone ; cakorī-bhramarī-samākulā *accompanied by cakoris and beees.

Translation

Dressed in splendid garments and jewel ornaments, and eager as a cakorī bird or a bumblebee, as She rode in a palanquin with Her friends, Rādhā looked like Śacī herself.
Text 6

Verse text

samāgate pārśva-gate sv-alaṅkṛte rājan sakhī-koṭi-samavṛte pare sakhyau vibhāte lalitā-viśākhe candrānane cālita-cāru-cāmare

Synonyms

samāgate come ; pārśva-gate to the side of the hill ; sv-alaṅkṛte nicely devorated ; rājan O king ; sakhī-koṭi-samavṛte surrounded by millions of friends ; pare supreme ; sakhyau friends ; vibhāte manifested ; lalitā-viśākhe Lalitā and Viśākhā ; candrānane their faces shining like the moon ; cālita moving ; cāru beautiful ; cāmare *camaras.

Translation

O king, nicely decorated, gracefully moving two beautiful cāmaras, accompanied by millions of gopī friends, and their faces splendid as two moons, Rādhā's best friends, Lalitā and Viśākhā, gloriously stood by Her side.
Text 7

Verse text

evaṁ ramā vai virajā ca mādhavī māyā ca kṛṣṇā nṛpa jahnu-nandinī dva-triṁśad-aṣṭau ca tathā hi ṣoḍaśa sakhyaś ca tāsāṁ kila yūtha āgataḥ

Synonyms

evam thus ; ramā Ramā ; vai indeed ; virajā Virajā ; ca and ; mādhavī Mādhavī ; māyā Māyā ; ca and ; kṛṣṇā Yamunā ; nṛpa O king ; jahnu-nandinī Gaṅgā ; dva-triṁśat 32 ; aṣṭau eight ; ca and ; tathā hi furthermore ; ṣoḍaśa 16 ; sakhyaḥ friends ; ca and ; tāsām of them ; kila indeed ; yūtha groups ; āgatah *arrived.

Translation

Then Ramā, Virajā, Mādhavī, Māyā, Yamunā, and Gaṅgā, accompanied by thirty-two, eight, and sixteen groups of gopīs, arrived.
Text 8

Verse text

śrī-maithilānāṁ kila kosalānāṁ tathā śrutīnāṁ ṛṣi-rūpa-kāraṇam tathā tv ayodhyā-pura-vāsinīnāṁ śrī-yajṣa-sītā-vana-vāsinīnām

Synonyms

śrī-maithilānām of the residents of Mithilā ; kila indeed ; kosalānām of the residents of Kosala ; tathā so ; śrutīnām of personified Vedas ; ṛṣi-rūpakānām of the sages ; tathā so ; tv indeed ; ayodhyā-pura-vāsinīnām of the residnts of Ayodhyā ; śrī-yajṣa-sītā of the Yajṣa-Sītās ; vana of the forest ; vāsinīnām *of the residents.

Translation

In their previous births these gopīs had been the women of Mithilā, the women of Kosala, the personified Vedas, the great sages, the women of Ayodhyā, the Yajṣa-Sītās, the women of the forest, . . .
Text 9

Verse text

ramādi-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnāṁ tathordhva-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām mahojjvala-dvīpa-nivāsinīnāṁ dhruvādi-lokācala-vāsinīnām

Synonyms

ramā with ramā ; ādi beginning ; vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām the women of Vaikuṇṭha ; tathā so ; ūrdhva-vaikuṇṭha-nivāsinīnām the women of the highest Vaikuṇṭha planet ; mahojjvala-dvīpa-nivāsinīnām the women of the most splendid continents ; dhruva Dhruvaloka ; ādi beginning with ; lokācala Lokacalka ; vāsinīnām *residents.

Translation

. . . the women of Vaikuṇṭha, who have Ramā as their leader, the women of the highest Vaikuṇṭha realm, the women of various effulgent realms, the women of Dhruvaloka and Lokācala, . . .
Text 10

Verse text

samudrajā-divya-guṇa-trayāṇāṁ adivya-vaimanikajausādhinām jalandharīnāṁ ca samudra-kanyā- barhiṣmatījā-sutala-sthitānām

Synonyms

samudrajā-divya-guṇa-trayāṇām the goddess of fortune's friends, who have three transcendental virtues ; adivya-vaimanikajā the women riding in airplanes ; ausādhinām the vines and plants ; jalandharīnām the Jalandharis ; ca and ; samudra-kanyā the daughters of the ocean ; barhiṣmatījā the daughters of King barhiṣmati ; sutala-sthitānām *the women of Sutalaloka.

Translation

. . . Lakṣmī's friends splendid with three transcendental virtues, the women riding in airplanes, vines and plants, jālandharīs, the daughters of the ocean, the daughters of King Barhiṣmati, the women of Sutalaloka, . . .
Text 11

Verse text

tathāpsaraḥ-sarva-phaṇīndra-jānām āsāṁ ca yūtha-vraja-vāsinīnām samāyayuḥ śrī-girirāja-pārśvaṁ sv-alaṅkṛtāḥ pāṇi-bali-pradīpāḥ

Synonyms

tathā so ; apsaraḥ apsarās ; sarva-phanīndra-jānām all the daughters of then king of serpents ; āsām of them ; ca and ; yūtha groups ; vraja of Vraja ; vāsinīnām of the residents ; samāyayuḥ came ; śrī-girirāja-pārśvam to the side of Govardhana Hill ; sv-alaṅkṛtāḥ nicely decorated ; pāṇi hands ; bali with offerings ; pradīpāḥ *splendid.

Translation

. . . the apsarās, and all the serpent king's daughters. Now, as girls of Vraja, nicely decorated, and their hands splendid with many offerings, they approached Govardhana Hill.
Text 12

Verse text

gopaś ca vṛddhaḥ śiśavo yuvānaḥ pītambaroṣṇīśaka-barha-maṇḍitāḥ śrī-hāra-guṣjā-vana-mālikābhī rejuḥ sametā nava-yaṣṭi-veṇubhiḥ

Synonyms

gopaḥ gopas ; ca and ; vṛddhaḥ adults ; śiśavaḥ boys ; yuvānaḥ youths ; pīta yellow ; ambara garments ; uṣṇīśaka turbans ; barha with peacock feathers ; maṇḍitāḥ decorated ; śrī-hāra beautiful necklaces ; guṣjā gunja ; vana forest ; mālikābhiḥ with garlands ; rejuḥ shone ; sametā assembled ; nava new ; yaṣṭi sticks ; veṇubhiḥ *and flutes.

Translation

Then the gopa men, adolescents, and boys, dressed in yellow garments, wearing turbans crowned with peacock feathers, decorated with beautiful necklaces, guṣjā, and forest garlands, and holding new flutes and sticks, came.
Text 13

Verse text

śrutvotsavaṁ śaila-varasya man-mukhād gaṅgā-dharo baddha-kaparda-maṇḍalaḥ kapāla-bhṛnn asthija-bhasma-rūṣitaḥ sarpāli-mālā-valayair vibhūṣitaḥ Hearing of the Govardhana festival from my mouth, carrying the Gaṅgā in his matted locks, wearing a necklace of skulls, his body anointed with the powder of bones, decorated with a necklace and bracelets of many snakes, . . .

Synonyms

śrutvā hearing ; utsavam the festival ; śaila-varasya of the king of mountains ; man-mukhāt from my mouth ; gaṅgā-dharaḥ carrying the Ganges ; baddha-kaparda-maṇḍalaḥ matted hair ; kapāla-bhṛnn with a necklace of skulls ; asthija-bhasma-rūṣitaḥ anointed with dust from bones ; sarpāli serpents ; mālā-valayaiḥ with garlands and bracelets ; vibhūṣitaḥ *decorated
Text 14

Verse text

dhattūra-bhaṅga-viṣa-pāna-vihvalo himādri-putrī-sahito gaṇāvṛtaḥ āruhya nandīśvaram ādi-vāhanaṁ samāyayau śrī-girirāja-maṇḍalam

Synonyms

dhattūra-bhaṅga-viṣa-pāna-vihvalaḥ agitated by haviung drunk dhattura poison ; himādri-putrī-sahitaḥ accompasnied by Pārvatī ; gaṇāvṛtaḥ accompanied by many associates ; āruhya climbing ; nandīśvaram Nandi ; ādi-vāhanam his transcendental carrier ; samāyayau *came śrī-girirāja-maṇḍalam—to the circle of Govardhana Hill.

Translation

. . . reeling from having drunk dhattura poison, acompanied by Pārvatī and his many associates, and riding on his carrier Nandī, Lord Śiva came to the circle of Govardhana Hill.
Text 15

Verse text

rājarṣi-viprarṣi-surarṣayaś ca siddheśa-yogeśvara-haṁsa-mukhyāḥ ājagmur ārād giri-darśanārthaṁ sahasraśo vipra-gaṇāḥ sametāḥ

Synonyms

rājarṣi-viprarṣi-surarṣayaḥ the rājarṣis, viprarṣis, and surarṣis ; ca and ; siddheśa-yogeśvara-haṁsa the siddheśas, yogeśvaras, and haṁsas ; mukhyāḥ headed by ; ājagmuḥ came ; ārāt near ; giri-darśanārtham to see Govardhana Hill ; sahasraśaḥ many thousands ; vipra-gaṇāḥ brāhmaṇas ; sametāḥ *come.

Translation

Many thousands of rājarṣis, viprarṣis, surarṣis, siddheśas, yogeśvaras, paramahaṁsas, and brāhmaṇas came to see Govardhana Hill.
Text 16

Verse text

govardhano ratna-śilā-mayo 'bhūt suvarṇa-śṛṅgaiḥ paritaḥ sphuradbhiḥ mattālibhir nirjhara-sundarībhir dārībhir uccāṅga-karīva rājan

Synonyms

govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; ratna-śilā-mayaḥ whose stones were jewels ; abhūt became ; suvarṇa-śṛṅgaiḥ with golden peaks ; paritaḥ everywhere ; sphuradbhiḥ splendid ; mattālibhiḥ with intoxicated bees ; nirjhara-sundarībhiḥ with beautiful flowing streams ; dārībhiḥ with caves ; uccāṅga lofty ; karī elephant ; iva like ; rājan *O king.

Translation

O king, its stones jewels, its many peaks golden, and its form splendid with intoxicated bees, beautiful caves,and swiftly-flowing streams, Govardhana Hill was like a great elephant.
Text 17

Verse text

tadaiva śailāḥ kila mūrtimantaḥ sopāyanā meru-himācalādyāḥ nemur giriṁ maṅgala-pāṇayas taṁ govardhanaṁ rūpa-dhāraṁ girīndrāḥ

Synonyms

tadā then ; eva indeed ; śailāḥ the hill ; kila indeed ; mūrtimantaḥ personified ; sa with ; upāyanā artival ; meru Meru ; himācala the Himlayas ; ādyāḥ beginning with ; nemuḥ bowed down ; girim to the hill ; maṅgala-pāṇayaḥ with auspicious offerings in their hands ; tam to it ; govardhanam Govardhana Hill ; rūpa-dhāram having a form ; giri of mountains ; indrāḥ *the kings.

Translation

Then, manifesting humanlike forms and bearing auspicious gifts in their hands, the mountain kings, headed by Mount Meru and Mount Himalaya, offered their respectful obeisances, bowing down to the humanlike form of Govardhana Hill.
Text 18

Verse text

dvijaiś ca govardhana-deva-pūjanaṁ kṛtvācyutoktaṁ dvija-vahni-go-dhanam sampūjya dhṛtvā sudhanaṁ mahā-dhanaṁ baliṁ dadau śrī-giraye vrajeśvaraḥ

Synonyms

dvijaiḥ by the brāhmaṇas ; ca and ; govardhana of Govardhana Hill ; deva of the Deity ; pūjanam the worship ; kṛtvā having done ; acyuta of the infallible Supreme Personality of Godhead ; uktam said ; dvija brāhmaṇas ; vahni fire-gods ; go-dhanam and cows ; sampūjya worshiping ; dhṛtvā holding ; sudhanam mahā-dhanam balim an offering of great wealth ; dadau gave ; śrī-giraye to Govardhana Hill ; vrajeśvaraḥ *the king of Vraja.

Translation

Following Kṛṣṇa's instruction, Nanda, the king of Vraja, had many brāhmaṇas worship Govardhana Hill. Then Nanda worshiped the brāhmaṇas, fire-gods, and cows, and then gave a very opulent offering to Govardhana Hill.
Text 19

Verse text

nandopanandair vṛṣabhānubhiś ca gopī-gaṇair gopa-gaṇaiḥ praharṣitaḥ gāyadbhir ānartana-vādya-tat-parais cakāra kṛṣṇo 'dri-vara-pradakṣiṇām

Synonyms

nanda by the Nandas ; upanandaiḥ Upanandas ; vṛṣabhānubhiś Vṛṣabhānu ; ca and ; gopī-gaṇaiḥ gopīs ; gopa-gaṇaiḥ gopas ; praharṣitaḥ delighted ; gāyadbhiḥ singing ; ānartana dancing ; vādya and instrumental ; tat-paraiḥ earnest ; cakāra did ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; adri-vara the best of mountains ; pradakṣiṇām *circumambulation.

Translation

Pleased by the earnestly singing Nandas, Upanandas, Vṛṣabhānus, gopas, and gopīs, Lord Kṛṣṇa circumambulated Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains.
Text 20

Verse text

deveṣu varṣatsu ca puṣpa-varṣaṁ janeṣu varṣatsu ca laja-saṅgham reje mahā-rāja ivādhvare janair govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ

Synonyms

deveṣu as the demigods ; varṣatsu showered ; ca and ; puṣpa-varṣam a shower of flowers ; janeṣu the people ; varṣatsu showering ; ca and ; lāja-saṅgham grains ; reje shone ; mahā-rāja a great king ; iva as ; adhvare in the yajna ; janaiḥ by the people ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; nāma named ; girīndra-rāja-rāṭ *the king of the kings of the kings of mountains.

Translation

As the demigods showered flowers and the Vrajavāsīs showered grains, Govardhana Hill, the great king of the kings of the kings of mountains, glistened with great glory, as if it were a great monarch in the midst of a yajṣa.
Text 21

Verse text

kṛṣṇo 'pi sākṣād vraja-śaila-madhyād dhṛtvāti-dīrghaṁ kila cānya-rūpam śailo 'smi lokān iti bhāṣayan san jaghāsa sarvaṁ kṛtam anna-kūṭam

Synonyms

kṛṣṇaḥ Lord Kṛṣṇa ; api also ; sākṣāt directly ; vraja-śaila-madhyāt from the midst of the hill of Vraja ; dhṛtvā manifesting ; ati-dīrgham very tall ; kila indeed ; ca and ; anya another ; rūpam form ; śailaḥ the hill ; asmi I am ; n iti—thus ; bhāṣayan proclaiming ; san being so ; jaghāsa ate ; sarvam all ; kṛtam done ; anna of food ; kūṭam *the hill.

Translation

Manifesting a gigantic form different from His own, Lord Kṛṣṇa appeared from the midst of Govardhana Hill. Declaring, I am this hill," He ate the entire hill of food that was offered.
Text 22

Verse text

gopāla-gopī-gaṇa-vṛnda-mukhyā ūcuḥ svayaṁ vīkṣya gireḥ prabhāvam dātuṁ varaṁ tatra samudyataṁ taṁ su-vismitā harṣita-mānasās te

Synonyms

gopāla gopas ; gopī gopīs ; gaṇa-vṛnda multitudes ; mukhyā geaded by ; ūcuḥ said ; svayam personally ; vīkṣya seeing ; gireḥ of the hill ; prabhāvam the power ; dātum to give ; varam blessing ; tatra there ; samudyatam eager ; tam that ; su-vismitā astonished ; harṣita delighted ; mānasāḥ at heart ; te *they.

Translation

Seeing Govardhana Hill's great power and opulence, and their hearts full of joy and wonder, the gopas and gopīs asked the hill to grant them a benediction.
Text 23

Verse text

jṣāto 'si gopair girirāja-devaḥ pradarśito nanda-sutena sākṣāt no go-dhanaṁ va kila bandhu-varyo vṛddhiṁ samāyātu dine dine kau

Synonyms

jṣātaḥ known ; asi You are ; gopaiḥ by the gopas ; girirāja-devaḥ the Deity of the kings of mountains ; pradarśitaḥ seen ; nanda-sutena by Nanda's son ; sākṣāt directly ; naḥ of us ; go-dhanam the cows ; va or ; kila indeed ; bandhu-varyaḥ best friend ; vṛddhim prosperity ; samāyātu may attain ; dine day ; dine after day ; kau *on this earth.

Translation

They said, "The gopas know that You are the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Nanda's son Kṛṣṇa has shown Your true nature to us. Please grant that day after day our relatives, friends, and cows may prosper."
Text 24

Verse text

tathāstu coktvā girirāja-rājo govardhano divya-vapur dadhānaḥ kirīṭa-keyūra-manoharāṅgaḥ kṣaṇena tatrāntaradhīyatārāt

Synonyms

tathā so ; astu be it ; ca and ; uktvā saying ; girirāja-rājaḥ the king of the kings of mountains ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; divya-vapuḥ a transcendental form ; dadhānaḥ manifesting ; kirīṭa crown ; keyūra armlets ; manohara handsome ; aṅgaḥ limbs ; kṣaṇena in a moment ; tatra there ; antaradhīyata disappeared ; ārāt *far away.

Translation

Manifesting a handsome divine form decorated with crown and armlets, Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains, said, "So be it," and suddenly disappeared.
Texts 25 and 26

Verse text

nandopanandā vṛṣabhānavaś ca bālāḥ sucandro vṛṣabhānu-rājaḥ śrī-nanda-rājaś ca hariś ca gopā gopyaś ca sarva nija-go-dhanaiś ca dvijāś ca yogeśvara-siddha-saṅghāḥ sivādayaś cānya-janāś ca sarve natvātha sampūjya giriṁ prasannāḥ svaṁ svaṁ gṛhaṁ jagmur anicchayā ca

Synonyms

nandopanandā the Nandas and Upanandas ; vṛṣabhānavaś the Vṛṣabhānus ; ca and ; bālaḥ the boy ; sucandraḥ Sucandra ; vṛṣabhānu-rājaḥ King Vṛṣabhānu ; śrī-nanda-rājaś King Nanda ; ca and ; hariś Kṛṣṇa ; ca and ; gopā the gopas ; gopyaś and gopīs ; ca and ; sarva all ; nija-go-dhanaiḥ with their cows ; ca and ; dvijāḥ the brāhmaṇas ; ca and ; yogeśvara-siddha-saṅghāḥ the siddhas and the masters of yoga ; sivādayaś headed by Lord Śiva ; ca and ; anya-janāḥ other people ; ca and ; sarve all ; natvā bowing down ; atha then ; sampūjya worshiping ; girim the hill ; prasannāḥ happy ; svam svam each to their own ; gṛham hom ; jagmuḥ went ; anicchayā without any further desires ; ca *and.

Translation

The Nandas, Upanandas, Vṛṣabhānus, Balarāma, Sucandra, King Vṛṣabhānu, King Nanda, Kṛṣṇa, all the gopas, gopīs, and cows, the brāhmaṇas, the siddhas and yogeśvaras headed by Lord Śiva, as well as everyone else bowed down and worshiped Govardhana Hill. Then, happy at heart, and all their desires fulfilled, they returned to their own homes.
Text 27

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇacandrasya paraṁ caritraṁ girīndra-rājasya mahotsavaṁ ca mayā tavāgre kathitaṁ vicitraṁ nṛṇāṁ mahā-pāpa-haraṁ pavitram

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇacandrasya of Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra ; param transcendental ; caritram pastime ; girīndra-rājasya of the king of the kings of mountains ; mahotsavam the great festuival ; ca and ; mayā by me ; tava of you ; agre in th epresence ; kathitam spoken ; vicitram wonderful ; nṛṇām of people ; mahā-pāpa great sins ; haram removing ; pavitram *purifying.

Translation

In this way I have described to you Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra's transcendental pastime of offering a great festival to worship Govardhana Hill, the king of the kings of mountains. This wonderful and purifying narration frees the people from the greatest sins. Chapter Three Śrī Govardhanoddharaṇa The Lifting of Śrī Govardhana
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca atha man-mukhataḥ śrutvā svātma-yāgasya nāśanam govardhanotsavaṁ jātaṁ kopaṁ cakre purandaraḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; atha then ; man-mukhataḥ from my mouth ; śrutvā hearing ; svātma-yāgasya of his own yajna ; nāśanam the destruction ; govardhanotsavam a festival for Govardhana Hill ; jātam manifested ; kopam anger ; cakre did ; purandaraḥ *Indra.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: When from my mouth he heard that his sacrifice had been stopped and a festival for Govardhana Hill performed in its place, Indra became furious.
Text 2

Verse text

sāmvartakaṁ nāma gaṇaṁ pralaye mukta-bandhanam indro vraja-vināśāya preṣayām āsa sa-tvaram

Synonyms

sāmvartakam Sāmvartaka ; nāma named ; gaṇam clouds ; pralaye at cosmic devastation ; mukta-bandhanam freed from bondage ; indraḥ Indra ; vraja of Vraja ; vināśāya for the destruction ; preṣayām āsa sent ; sa-tvaram *at once.

Translation

Unleashing the sāmvartaka clouds used at the time of cosmic destruction, Indra sent them to destroy Vraja.
Text 3

Verse text

atha megha-gaṇāḥ kruddhā dhvanantaś citra-varṇinaḥ kṛṣṇābhāḥ pītabhāḥ kecit kecic ca harita-prabhāḥ

Synonyms

atha then ; megha-gaṇāḥ the clouds ; kruddhā angry ; dhvanantaś thundering ; citra-varṇinaḥ wonderfully colored ; kṛṣṇābhāḥ black ; pītabhāḥ yellow ; kecit some ; kecic some ; ca and ; harita-prabhāḥ *green.

Translation

The clouds thundered with anger. They were many wonderful colors, some black, some yellow, some green, . . .
Text 4

Verse text

indragopa-nibhāḥ kecit kecit karpūravat-prabhāḥ nānā-vidhāś ca ye meghā nīla-paṅkaja-su-prabhāḥ

Synonyms

indragopa-nibhāḥ the color of an indrgopa insect ; kecit some ; kecit some ; karpūravat-prabhāḥ the color of camphor ; nānā various ; vidhāḥ kinds ; ca and ; ye which ; meghā clouds ; nīla-paṅkaja-su-prabhāḥ *the color of a blue lotus.

Translation

. . . some the color of an indragopa insect, some the color of camphor, and some the color of blue lotuses.
Text 5

Verse text

hasti-tulyān vāri-bindūn vavṛṣus te madoddhatāḥ hasti-ṣuṇḍā-samābhiś ca dhārābhiś caṣcalāś ca ye

Synonyms

hasti to an elephant ; tulyān equal ; vāri-bindūn raindrops ; vavṛṣuḥ rained ; te they ; madoddhatāḥ furious ; hasti elephant ; ṣuṇḍā trunks ; samābhiḥ equal to ; ca and ; dhārābhiś with streams ; caṣcalāḥ lightning ; ca and ; ye *which.

Translation

Furious, they showered raindrops as big as elephants and thunderbolts as big as elephants' trunks.
Text 6

Verse text

nipetuḥ koṭiśaś cādri- kūṭa-tulyopalā bhṛśām vātā vāvuḥ pracaṇḍāś ca kṣepayantas tarūn gṛhān

Synonyms

nipetuḥ fell ; koṭiśaś millions ; ca and ; adri mountain ; kūṭa tops ; tulya equal to ; upalāḥ stones ; bhṛśām greatly ; vātā the wind ; vāvuḥ blew ; pracaṇḍāḥ fruious ; ca and ; kṣepayantaḥ throwing ; tarūn trees ; gṛhān *houses.

Translation

Big as mountain peaks, millions of rocks fell. The wind threw away many trees and houses.
Text 7

Verse text

pracaṇḍo vajra-pātānāṁ meghānām anta-kāriṇām mahā-śabdo 'bhavad bhūmau maithilendra bhayaṅkaraḥ

Synonyms

pracaṇḍaḥ ferocious ; vajra-pātānām of thunder ; meghānām of the clouds ; anta-kāriṇām putting an end to all ; mahā great ; śabdaḥ sound ; abhavat was ; bhūmau on the earth ; maithilendra O king of Mithilā ; bhayaṅkaraḥ *fearful.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the earth was filled with ferocious, terrifying, and devastating sounds of thunder.
Text 8

Verse text

nanāda tena brahmāṇḍaṁ sapta-lokair bilaiḥ saha vicelur dig-gajās tārā hy apatan bhūmi-maṇḍalam

Synonyms

nanāda sounded ; tena by that ; brahmāṇḍam the universe ; sapta-lokaiḥ with seven planetary systems ; bilaiḥ outser space ; saha with ; viceluḥ shook ; dig-gajāḥ the elephants holding the directions ; tarā the stars ; hy indeed ; apatan fell ; bhūmi-maṇḍalam *to the circle of the earth.

Translation

The entire universe, with the seven planetary systems and the expanses of outer space, echoed with the sounds of thunder. The elephants holding the directions trembled. The stars fell to the circle of the earth.
Text 9

Verse text

bhaya-bhītā gopa-mukhyāḥ sa-kuṭumbā jigīṣavaḥ śiśūn svān svān puraskṛtya nanda-mandiram āyayuḥ

Synonyms

bhaya-bhītā terrified ; gopa-mukhyāḥ the gopas ; sa-kuṭumbā with their families ; jigīṣavaḥ wishing to be safe ; śiśūn children ; puraskṛtya placing in front ; nanda-mandiram to Nanda's palace ; āyayuḥ *came.

Translation

Wishing to save themselves, the gopas and their families, with the children in front, ran to Nanda's palace.
Text 10

Verse text

śrī-nanda-nandanaṁ natvā sa-balaṁ parameśvaram ūcur vrajaukasaḥ sarve bhayārtāḥ śaraṇaṁ gatāḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nanda-nandanam to Nandas's son ; natvā bowing down ; sa-balam with Balarāma ; parameśvaram the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; ūcuḥ said ; vrajaukasaḥ the residents of Vraja ; sarve all ; bhayārtāḥ terrified ; śaraṇam shelter ; gatāḥ *took.

Translation

Terrified, the people of Vraja bowed down before the two Supreme Lords, Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma, surrendered to Them, and took shelter of Them.
Text 11

Verse text

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ rāma rāma mahā-bāho kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa vrajeśvara pāhi pāhi mahā-kaṣṭhād indra-dattān nijān janān

Synonyms

śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ the gopas said ; rāma Balarāma ; rāma Balarāma ; mahā-bāhaḥ O mighty-armed ; kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa ; kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa ; vrajeśvara O Lord of Vraja ; pāhi save ; pāhi save ; mahā-kaṣṭhāt from great calamities ; indra-dattān brought by Indra ; nijān Your own ; janān *people.

Translation

The gopas said: Balarāma! Balarāma! O mighty-armed! Kṛṣṇa! Kṛṣṇa! O master of Vraja! Save, save Your people from these calamities brought by Indra!
Text 12

Verse text

hitvendra-yāgaṁ tvad-vākyāt kṛto govardhanotsavaḥ adya śakre prakupite kartavyaṁ kiṁ vadāśu naḥ

Synonyms

hitvā abandoning ; indra-yāgam the indra-yajna ; tvad-vākyāt because of Your word ; kṛtaḥ done ; govardhanotsavaḥ a festival for Govardhana Hill ; adya now ; śakre Indra ; prakupite angry ; kartavyam should be done ; kim what? ; vada tell ; āśu at once ; naḥ *us.

Translation

By Your word we stopped the indra-yajṣa and offered a festival for Govardhana Hill. Now Indra is angry. What should we do? Please tell us!
Text 13

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca vyākulaṁ gokulaṁ vīkṣya gopī-gopāla-saṅkulam sa-vatsakaṁ gokulaṁ ca gopān āha nirākulaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca Śrī Nārada said: ; vyākulam agitated ; gokulam Gokula ; vīkṣya seeing ; gopī-gopāla-saṅkulam the gopas and gopīs ; sa-vatsakam with the calves ; gokulam the cows ; ca and ; gopān to the gopas ; āha said ; nirākulaḥ *peaceful at heart.

Translation

Seeing the gopas, gopīs, cows, calves, and all of Gokula very upset, calm and peaceful Kṛṣṇa spoke to the gopas.
Text 14

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca ma bhaiṣṭa yātādri-taṭaṁ sarvaiḥ parikaraiḥ saha vaḥ pūjā prahṛtā yena sa rakṣaṁ samvidhasyati

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead saod ; ma don't ; bhaiṣṭa be afraid ; yāta go ; adri-taṭam to Govardhana Hill ; sarvaiḥ with all ; parikaraiḥ associates ; saha with ; vaḥ of us ; pūjā worship ; prahṛtā accepted ; yena by whom ; sa He ; rakṣam protection ; samvidhasyati *will offer.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: Don't be afraid. With your dependents go to Govardhana Hill. He accepted our worship. He will protect us.
Text 15

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca ity uktvā sva-janaiḥ sārdhaṁ etya govardhanaṁ hariḥ samutpāṭya dadhārādriṁ hastenaikena līlayā

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said: ; ity thus ; uktvā saying ; sva-janaiḥ with his own people ; sārdham with ; etya going ; govardhanam to Govardhana Hill ; hariḥ Kṛṣṇa ; samutpāṭya lifting ; dadhāra held ; adrim the hill ; hastena hand ; ekena with one ; līlayā *playfully.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: After speaking these words, Lord Kṛṣṇa went, with His own people, to Govardhana Hill. Lifting the hill, Kṛṣṇa playfully held it aloft with one hand.
Text 16

Verse text

yathocchilīndhraṁ śiśur aśramo gajaḥ sva-puṣkareṇaiva ca puṣkaraṁ girim dhṛtvā babhau śrī-vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ kṛpā-karo 'sau karuṇāmayaḥ prabhuḥ

Synonyms

yathā as ; ucchilīndhram a mushroom ; śiśuḥ of a child ; aśramaḥ without fatigue ; gajaḥ and elephant ; sva-puṣkareṇa with a lotus ; eva indeed ; ca and ; puṣkaram a lotus ; girim the hill ; dhṛtvā holding ; babhau shone ; śrī-vraja-rāja-nandanaḥ the prince of Vraja ; kṛpā-karaḥ kind ; asau He ; karuṇāmayaḥ compassionate ; prabhuḥ *the Lord.

Translation

As a child effortlessly holds a mushroom, or as an elephant holds a lotus in its tongue, so Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the prince of Vraja, the kind Supreme Personality of Godhead, held Govardhana Hill.
Text 17

Verse text

athāha gopān viśatādri-gartaṁ he tāta mātar vraja-ballaveśāḥ sopaskaraiḥ sarva-dhanaiś ca gobhir atraiva śakrasya bhayaṁ na kiṣcit

Synonyms

atha then ; āha said ; gopān to the gopas ; viśata enter ; adri of the hill ; gartam the opening ; he O ; tāta father ; mātaḥ mother ; vraja of Vraja ; ballava of the gopas ; sa with ; upaskaraiḥ with househo,d paraphernalia ; sarva-dhanaiś with all your wealth ; ca and ; gobhiḥ with your cows ; atra there ; eva indeed ; śakrasya of Indra ; bhayam fear ; na not ; kiṣcit *at all.

Translation

Lord Kṛṣṇa said to the gopas: Father, mother, kings of the gopas, take your relatives, associates, household paraphernalia, wealth, and cows, and go beneath the hill. There you need not fear Indra.
Text 18

Verse text

itthaṁ harer vacaḥ śrutvā gopā go-dhana-samyutaḥ sa-kuṭumbopaskaraiś ca viviśuḥ śrī-gires talam

Synonyms

ittham thus ; hareḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; vacaḥ the words ; śrutvā hearing ; gopa the gopas ; go-dhana-samyutaḥ with their cows ; sa-kuṭumba with their familites ; upaskaraiḥ with their household paraphernaila ; ca and ; viviśuḥ entered ; śrī-gireḥ talam *under the hill.

Translation

When they heard Lord Kṛṣṇa word's, the gopas took their families, cows, and household paraphernalia, and went under the hill.
Text 19

Verse text

vayasyā bālakā sarve kṛṣṇoktāḥ sa-balā nṛpa svān svāṁś ca laguḍān adrer avaṣṭambhān pracakrire

Synonyms

vayasyāḥ friends ; bālakā boys ; sarve all ; kṛṣṇa by Kṛṣṇa ; uktāḥ toild ; sa-balā with Balarāma ; nṛpa O king ; svān svān their own ; ca and ; laguḍān sticks ; adreḥ of the hill ; avaṣṭambhān holding up ; pracakrire *did.

Translation

O king, when Kṛṣṇa asked, Balarāma and all the boys His age steadied the the hill with their sticks.
Text 20

Verse text

jalaugham āgataṁ vīkṣya bhagavāṁs tad-girer adhaḥ sudarśanaṁ tathā śeṣaṁ mānasājṣāṁ cakāra ha

Synonyms

jala of water ; augham a flood ; āgatam come ; vīkṣya seeing ; bhagavān the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; tad-gireḥ the hill ; adhaḥ beneath ; sudarśanam Sudarśana-cakra ; tathā so ; śeṣam Śeṣa ; mānasa with the mind ; āj{ .sy 24ām—order ; cakāra did ; ha *certainly.

Translation

Seeing a great flood of water coming, in His mind Lord Kṛṣṇa ordered Lord Śeṣa and the Sudarśana-cakra to come under the hill.
Text 21

Verse text

koṭi-sūrya-prabhaṁ cādrer ūrdhvaṁ cakraṁ sudarśanaṁ dhārā-sampātam apibad agastya iva maithila

Synonyms

koṭi-sūrya-prabham splendid as ten million suns ; ca and ; adreḥ the hill ; ūrdhvam above ; cakram the cakra ; sudarśanam Śudarśana ; dhārā streams ; sampātam falling ; apibat drank ; agastya Agastya Muni ; iva like ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

Brilliant as ten million suns, the Sudarśana-cakra hovered above the hill and drank up the falling streams of water as Agastya Muni drank up the ocean.
Text 22

Verse text

adho 'dhas taṁ gireḥ śeṣaḥ kuṇḍalī-bhūta āsthitaḥ rurodha taj-jalaṁ dīrghaṁ yathā velā mahodadhim

Synonyms

adhaḥ adhaḥ lower and lower ; tam that ; gireḥ of the hill ; śeṣaḥ Śeṣa ; kuṇḍalī-bhūta coiled up ; āsthitaḥ stood ; rurodha stopped ; taj-jalam that water ; dīrgham great ; yathā as ; velā the shoreline ; mahodadhim *the great ocean.

Translation

Coiling Himself around the hill, Śeṣa stopped the incoming flood as a shoreline stops the waters of an ocean.
Text 23

Verse text

saptāhaṁ su-sthiras taṣṭhau govardhana-dharo hariḥ śrī-kṛṣṇacandraṁ paśyantaḥ cakorā iva te sthitāḥ

Synonyms

sapta for seven ; aham days ; su-sthiraḥ steady ; taṣṭhau stood ; govardhana-dharaḥ holding Govardhana Hill ; hariḥ Lord Kṛṣṇa ; śrī-kṛṣṇacandram at Śrī Kṛṣṇacandra ; paśyantaḥ gazing ; cakorā cakora birds ; iva like ; te they ; sthitāḥ *stood.

Translation

For seven days Lord Kṛṣṇa steadily held Govardhana Hill. As if they had become cakora birds, the stunned gopas gazed at Lord Kṛṣṇacandra.
Text 24

Verse text

mattam airāvataṁ nāgaṁ samāruhya purandaraḥ sa-sainyaḥ krodha-samyukto vraja-maṇḍalam āyayau

Synonyms

mattam angry ; airāvatam Airāvata ; nāgam welephant ; samāruhya climbing ; purandaraḥ Indra ; sa-sainyaḥ with his army ; krodha-samyuktaḥ angry ; vraja-maṇḍalam to the circle of Vraja ; āyayau *came.

Translation

Mounting his maddened elephant Airāvata, and accompanied by his armies, furious Indra went to the circle of Vraja.
Text 25

Verse text

dūrāc cikṣepa vajraṁ svaṁ nanda-goṣṭha-jighaṁsayā stambhayām āsa śakrasya sa-vrajaṁ mādhavo bhujam

Synonyms

cikṣepa threw ; vajram thunderbolt ; svam own ; nanda-goṣṭha-jighaṁsayā wishing to destroy Nanda's village ; stambhayām āsa paralyzed ; śakrasya of Indra ; sa-vrajam with the thunderbolt ; mādhavaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; bhujam *arm.

Translation

Wishing to destroy Nanda's village, Indra threw his thunderbolt from far away. Kṛṣṇa suddenly paralyzed both the thunderbolt and the arm that threw it.
Text 26

Verse text

bhaya-bhītas tadā śakraḥ sāmvartaka-gaṇaiḥ saha dudrāva sahasā devaiḥ yathebhaḥ siṁha-tāḍitaḥ

Synonyms

bhaya-bhītaḥ terrified ; tadā then ; śakraḥ Indra ; sāmvartaka-gaṇaiḥ with the samvartaka clouds ; saha with ; dudrāva fled ; sahasā at once ; devaiḥ with the demigods ; yathā as ; ibhaḥ an elephant ; siṁha by a lion ; tāḍitaḥ *wounded.

Translation

Terrified, Indra fled with the demigods and sāmvartaka clouds as if he were an elephant wounded by a lion.
Text 27

Verse text

tadaivārkodayo jāto gatā meghā itas tataḥ vātā uparatāḥ sadyo nadyaḥ sv-alpa-jalā nṛpa

Synonyms

tadā then ; eva indeed ; arka sun ; udayaḥ rising ; jātaḥ manifested ; gatā gone ; meghā the clouds ; itaḥ here ; tataḥ and there ; vātā winds ; uparatāḥ stopped ; sadyaḥ at once ; nadyaḥ the streams ; sv-alpa-jalā with very littel water ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

Suddenly the sun rose. The clouds were gone, the winds stopped, and the streams carried very little water.
Text 28

Verse text

vipaṅkaṁ bhū-talaṁ jātaṁ nirmalaṁ khaṁ babhūva ha catuṣpadāḥ pakṣiṇaś ca sukham āpus tatas tataḥ

Synonyms

vipaṅkam free of mud ; bhū-talam the ground ; jātam manifested ; nirmalam spotless ; kham the sky ; babhūva became ; ha indeed ; catuṣpadāḥ the animals ; pakṣiṇaś the birds ; ca and ; sukham happiness ; āpuḥ attained ; tataḥ then ; tataḥ *then.

Translation

The ground dried up, the sky became clear, and the animals and birds became happy.
Text 29

Verse text

hariṇoktas tadā gopā niryayur giri-gartataḥ svaṁ svaṁ dhanaṁ go-dhanaṁ ca samādāya śanaiḥ śanaiḥ

Synonyms

hariṇā by Kṛṣṇa ; uktaḥ told ; tadā then ; gopā teh gopas ; niryayuḥ left ; giri-gartataḥ from under the hill ; svaṁ svam their own ; dhanam wealth ; go-dhanam cows ; ca and ; samādāya taking ; śanaiḥ śanaiḥ *slowly.

Translation

By Kṛṣṇa's order the gopas, taking their wealth and cows with them, slowly emerged from under the hill.
Text 30

Verse text

niryāteti vayasyāṁś ca prāha govardhanoddharaḥ te tam āhuś ca nirgaccha dhārayāmo 'drim ojasā

Synonyms

niryātaḥ leave ; iti thus ; vayasyāṁś friends ; ca and ; prāha said ; govardhanoddharaḥ the lifter of Govardhana Hill ; te they ; tam to Him ; āhuś said ; ca and ; nirgaccha You go ; dhārayāmaḥ we will hold ; adrim th hill ; ojasā *with our power.

Translation

Then Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, said to His friends, "Go out." They said to Him, "You go first. We will hold the hill with our own strength."
Text 31

Verse text

iti vāda-parān gopān govardhana-dharo hariḥ tad-ardhaṁ ca girer bharaṁ prādāt tebhyo mahā-manāḥ

Synonyms

iti thus ; vāda-parān talkative ; gopān to the gopas ; govardhana-dharaḥ the lifter of Govardhana Hill ; hariḥ Lord Kṛṣṇa ; tad-ardham half ; ca and ; gireḥ of the hill ; bharam the weight ; prādāt gave ; tebhyaḥ to them ; mahā-manāḥ *noble-hearted.

Translation

Then Lord Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, shifted half of the hill's weight to the talkative gopa boys.
Text 32

Verse text

patitās tena bhareṇa gopa-bālaś ca nirbalāḥ

Synonyms

patitāḥ fallen ; tena by that ; bhareṇa weight ; gopa-bālaś the gopa boys ; ca and ; nirbalāḥ *devastated.

Translation

That burden made the gopa boys fall, devastated, to the ground.
Text 33

Verse text

kareṇa tān samutthāya sva-sthāne pūrvavad girim sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ kṛṣṇaḥ sthāpayām āsa līlayā

Synonyms

kareṇa with one hand ; tān them ; samutthāya pullingup ; sva-sthāne in its own place ; pūrvavat as before ; girim the hill ; sarveṣām of all ; paśyatām watching ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; sthāpayām āsa placed ; līlayā *playfully.

Translation

With one hand Kṛṣṇa picked them all up. Then, as everyone watched, with a playful flourish Kṛṣṇa set the hill down where it was before.
Text 34

Verse text

tadaiva gopī-gaṇa-gopa-mukhyāḥ sampūjya kṛṣṇaṁ nṛpa nanda-sūnum gandhākṣatādyair dadhi-dugdha-bhogair jṣātvā paraṁ nemur atīva sarve

Synonyms

tadā then ; eva indeed ; gopī-gaṇa-gopa-mukhyāḥ the gopoas and gopīs ; sampūjya worshiping ; kṛṣṇam Kṛṣṇa ; nṛpa O king ; nanda-sūnum the son of Nanda ; gandha with fragrances ; akṣata with unbroken grains of rice ; dyaiḥ dadhi-dugdha-bhogaiḥ—with many foods made with milk and yogurt ; jṣātvā understanding ; param to be the Supreme ; nemuḥ bowed down ; atīva greatly ; sarve *all.

Translation

O king, the gopas and gopīs, now understanding that Nanda's son Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, worshiped Him, showered Him with unbroken grains of rice, offered Him many foods made with milk and yogurt, and humbly bowed down before Him.
Text 35

Verse text

nando yaśodā nṛpa rohiṇī ca balaś ca sannanda-mukhāś ca vṛddhāḥ āliṅgya kṛṣṇaṁ pradadur dhanāni śubhāśiṣā samyuyujur ghṛṇārtāḥ

Synonyms

nandaḥ nanda ; yaśodā with Yaśodā ; nṛpa O king ; rohiṇī Rohiṇī ; ca and ; balaś Balarāma ; ca and ; sannanda-mukhāś the gopas headed by Sannanda ; ca and ; vṛddhāḥ adult ; āliṅgya embracing ; kṛṣṇam Kṛṣṇa ; pradaduḥ gave ; dhanāni wealkth ; śubhāśiṣā with blessings ; samyuyujuḥ placed ; ghṛṇārtāḥ *filled with kindness.

Translation

O king, then Nanda, Yaśodā, Rohiṇī, and the gopa elders headed by Sannanda, embraced Kṛṣṇa, gave Him great wealth, and, filled with kindness and love, spoke many benedictions blessing Him.
Text 36

Verse text

saṁślāghya taṁ gāyana-vādya-tat-parā nṛtyanta ārān nṛpa nanda-nandanam ājagmur eva sva-gṛhān vrajaukaso hariṁ puraskṛtya manorathaṁ gatāḥ

Synonyms

saṁślāghya praising ; tam Him ; gāyana-vādya-tat-parā earnestlky singing and playing muscial instruments ; nṛtyanta dancing ; ārān near ; nṛpa O king ; nanda-nandanam to Nanda's son ; ājagmuḥ came ; eva indeed ; sva-gṛhān from the own homes ; vrajaukasaḥ the residents of Vraja ; harim to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; puraskṛtya worshiping ; manoratham desire ; gatāḥ *attained.

Translation

O king, singing, dancing, and playing musical instruments, the people of Vraja approached Lord Kṛṣṇa and worshiped Him. In this way all their desires were fulfilled.
Text 37

Verse text

tadaiva devā vavṛṣuḥ praharṣitāḥ puṣpaiḥ śubhaiḥ sundara-nandanodbhavaiḥ jagur yaśaḥ śrī-girirāja-dhāriṇo gandharva-mukhyā divi siddha-saṅghāḥ

Synonyms

tadā then ; eva indeed ; devā the demigods ; vavṛṣuḥ showered ; praharṣitāḥ jubilant ; puṣpaiḥ with flowers ; śubhaiḥ beautiful ; sundara beautiful ; nandana in the Nandana gardens ; udbhavaiḥ grown ; jaguḥ sang ; yaśaḥ the glories ; śrī-girirāja-dhāriṇaḥ of the lifter of Govardhana Hill ; gandharva-mukhyā the Gandharvas ; divi in heaven ; siddha-saṅghāḥ *the siddhas.

Translation

Then the jubilant demigods showered beautiful flowers grown in the beautiful Nandana gardens, and the Gandharvas and Siddhas in the higher planets sang the glories of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill. .pa Chapter Four Śrī Kṛṣṇābhiṣeka The Coronation-Bathing of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca atha deva-gaṇaiḥ sārdhaṁ śakras tatra samāgataḥ gatamāno girau kṛṣṇaṁ rahasi praṇanāma ha

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; atha then ; deva-gaṇaiḥ the demigods ; sārdham with ; śakraḥ Indra ; tatra there ; samāgataḥ came ; gatamānaḥ going ; girau on the hill ; kṛṣṇam to Kṛṣṇa ; rahasi in a secluded place ; praṇanāma bowed down ; ha *indeed.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Then, accompanied by the demigods, Indra went to a secluded place on Govardhana Hill and bowed down before Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-indra uvāca tvaṁ deva-devaḥ parameśvaraḥ prabhuḥ pūrṇaḥ purāṇaḥ puruṣottamottamaḥ parāt paras tvaṁ prakṛteḥ paro harir māṁ pāhi pāhi dyu-pate jāgat-pate

Synonyms

śrī-indraḥ uvāca Śrī Indra said ; tvam You ; deva-devaḥ the master of the demigods ; parameśvaraḥ the supreme controller ; prabhuḥ the master ; pūrṇaḥ perfect ; purāṇaḥ the oldest ; puruṣottamottamaḥ the supreme person ; parāt than the greatest ; paraḥ greater ; tvam You ; prakṛteḥ to material nature ; paraḥ superior ; hariḥ Lord Hari ; mām me ; pāhi please save ; pāhi please save ; dyu-pate O Lord of the spiritual sky ; jāgat-pate *O master of the universes.

Translation

Śrī Indra said: You are the master of the demigods, the supreme controller, the Lord who is perfect and complete, the oldest, the supreme person greater than the greatest and above the material energy, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Lord Hari. O master of the spiritual sky, O master of the universes, please save me! Please save me!
Text 3

Verse text

daśāvatāro bhagavāṁs tvam eva rirakṣayā dharma-gavāṁ śruteś ca adyaiva jātaḥ paripūrṇa-devaḥ kaṁsādi-daityendra-vināśanāya

Synonyms

daśa ten ; avatāraḥ incarnations ; bhagavāṁḥ Lord ; tvam You ; eva indeed ; rirakṣayā with a desire to protect ; dharma-gavām the cow of religion ; śruteḥ the Vedas ; ca and ; adya today ; eva indeed ; jātaḥ born ; paripūrṇa-devaḥ the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; kaṁsādi headed by Kaṁsa ; daityendra —the kings of the demons ; vināśanāya *to destroy.

Translation

You are the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, perfect and complete, who descends as the ten avatāras. Desiring to protect the Vedic scriptures and the cows of piety, and desiring also to kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa, You have taken birth in this world.
Text 4

Verse text

tvan-māyayā mohita-citta-vṛttiṁ madoddhataṁ helana-bhājanaṁ mām piteva putraṁ dyu-pate kṣamasva prasīda deveśa jagan-nivāsa

Synonyms

tvan-māyayā by Your illusory potency ; mohita bewilderd ; citta of the mind ; vṛttim the cations ; madoddhatam inflated with pride and anger ; helana of insults ; bhājanam a reservoir ; mām me ; pitā a father ; iva like ; putram to a son ; dyu-pate O master of the spiritual sky ; kṣamasva please forgive ; prasīda please be kind ; deveśa O master of the demigods ; jagan-nivāsa *O home of the universes.

Translation

O master of the spiritual sky, as a father forgives his son, please forgive me, a proud fool bewildered by Your illusory potency, a fool who has become a great reservoir of offenses to You. O master of the demigods, O home where the universes dwell, please be kind to me.
Text 5

Verse text

oṁ namo govardhanoddharaṇāya govindāya gokula-nivāsāya gopālāya gopāla-pataye gopī-jana-bhārtre giri-gajoddhārtre karuṇā-nidhaye jagad-vidhaye jagan-maṅgalāya jagan-nivāsāya jagan-mohanāya koṭi-manmatha-manmathāya vṛṣabhānu-sutā-varāya śrī-nanda-rāja-kula-pradīpāya śrī-kṛṣṇāya paripūrṇatamāya te 'saṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pataye goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇādhipataye svayam-bhagavate sa-balāya namas te namas te.

Synonyms

om Om ; namaḥ obeisances ; govardhana of Govardhana Hill ; uddharaṇāya to the lifter ; govindāya the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses ; gokula-nivāsāya who resides in Gokula ; gopālāya a gopa boy ; gopāla-pataye the master of the gopas ; gopī-jana-bhārtre the husband of the gopīs ; giri-gajoddhārtre the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the great elephant of mountains ; karuṇā-nidhaye an ocean of mercy ; jagad-vidhaye the creator of the universes ; jagan-maṅgalāya the auspiciiusness of the universes ; jagan-nivāsāya the home where the universes dwell ; jagan-mohanāya He who charms the universes ; koṭi-manmatha-manmathāya who bewilders many millions of Kāmadevas ; vṛṣabhānu-sutā-varāya the lover of Śrī Rādhā ; śrī-nanda-rāja-kula-pradīpāya the lamp of King nanda's family ; śrī-kṛṣṇāya Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; paripūrṇatamāya the perfect and complete one ; te to You ; asaṅkhya countless ; brahmāṇḍa of universes ; pataye to the master ; goloka-dhāma-dhiṣaṇādhipataye to the master of the abode of Goloka ; svayam-bhagavate the Supreme Personality of Godhead Himself ; sa-balāya with Balarāma ; namaḥ obeisances ; te to You ; namaḥ obeisances ; te *to You.

Translation

Oṁ. Obeisances! Obeisances to You! Obeisances to You, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, the pleasure of the cows, land, and senses, the Lord who resides in Gokula as the protector of the cows, the master of the gopas, the husband of the gopīs, the lifter of the elephant among mountains, an ocean of mercy, the creator of the universes, the auspiciousness of the universes, the home where the universes dwell, the enchanter of the universes, the enchanter of many millions of Kāmadevas, the lover of King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter, a lamp shining in King Nanda's family, all-attractive Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the perfect and complete original Supreme Personality of Godhead, the master of countless universes, the master of the transcendental abode of Goloka, the companion of Balarāma!
Text 6

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca iti śakra-kṛtaṁ stotraṁ prātar utthāya yaḥ paṭhet sarvā siddhir bhavet tasya saṅkaṭān na bhayaṁ bhavet

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; iti thus ; śakra-kṛtam done by Indra ; stotram prayer ; prātaḥ in the morning ; utthāya rising ; yaḥ one who ; paṭhet recites ; sarvā all ; siddhiḥ perfection ; bhavet is ; tasya of him ; saṅkaṭāt from danger ; na not ; bhayam fear ; bhavet *is.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: A person who, rising in the morning, recites these prayers of Indra attains all perfections. Dangers will not make him fear.
Text 7

Verse text

iti stutvā hariṁ devaṁ sarvair deva-gaṇaiḥ saha kṛtāṣjali-puṭo bhūtvā praṇanāma purandaraḥ

Synonyms

iti thus ; stutvā praying ; harim to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; devam the Lord ; sarvaiḥ with all ; deva-gaṇaiḥ the demigods ; saha with ; kṛtāṣjali-puṭaḥ folded hands ; bhūtvā becoming ; praṇanāma bowed down ; purandaraḥ *Indra.

Translation

After offering these prayers, Indra folded his hands and, accompanied by all the demigods, bowed down before Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 8

Verse text

atha govardhane ramye surabhir gauḥ samudra-jā snāpayām āsa gopeśaṁ dugdha-dhārābhir ātmanaḥ

Synonyms

atha then ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; ramye beautiful ; surabhiḥ surabhi ; gauḥ cow ; samudra-jā born from the ocean of milk ; snāpayām āsa bathed ; gopa of the gopas ; īśam the king ; dugdha-dhārābhiḥ with streams of milk ; ātmanaḥ *own.

Translation

Then, on beautiful Govardhana Hill, the surabhi cow born from the milk-ocean bathed the gopa-king Kṛṣṇa with great streams of milk.
Text 9

Verse text

śuṇḍā-daṇḍaiś caturbhiś ca dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pūritaiḥ śrī-kṛṣṇaṁ snāpayām āsa matta airāvato gajaḥ

Synonyms

śuṇḍā-daṇḍaiḥ with trunks ; caturbhiś four ; ca and ; dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pūritaiḥ filled with water from the celestial Gaṅgā ; śrī-kṛṣṇam Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; snāpayām āsa bathed ; matta intoxicated ; airāvataḥ Airāvata ; gajaḥ *elephant.

Translation

Its four trunks filled with celestial Gaṅgā water, the intoxicated elephant Airāvata bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 10

Verse text

ṛṣibhiḥ śrutibhiḥ sarvair deva-gandharva-kinnarāḥ tuṣṭuvus te hariṁ rājan harṣitāḥ puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ

Synonyms

ṛṣibhiḥ by the sages ; śrutibhiḥ by the Vedas ; sarvaiḥ all ; deva-gandharva-kinnarāḥ by the devas gandharvas and kinnaras ; tuṣṭuvuḥ offered prayers ; te they ; harim to Kṛṣṇa ; rājan O king ; harṣitāḥ happy ; puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ *showering flowers.

Translation

Then the joyful devas, kinnaras, gandharvas, ṛṣis, and personified Vedas offered prayers to Lord Kṛṣṇa and showered HIm with flowers.
Text 11

Verse text

kṛṣṇābhiṣeke saṣjāte giri-govardhano mahān dravī-bhūto 'vahad rājan harṣānandāditas tataḥ

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; abhiṣeke the coronation bathing ; saṣjāte completed ; giri-govardhanaḥ on Govardhana Hill ; mahān great ; dravī-bhūtaḥ become liquid ; avahat flowed ; rājan O king ; harṣānandāditaḥ from the bliss ; tataḥ *then.

Translation

When the coronation bathing of Śrī Kṛṣṇa was completed noble Govardhana Hill became to melt with joy.
Text 12

Verse text

prasanno bhagavāṁs tasmin kṛtavān hasta-paṅkajam tad-dhastaṁ cihnam adyāpi dṛśayte tad-girau nṛpa

Synonyms

prasannaḥ pleased ; bhagavāṁḥ the Lord ; tasmin in that ; kṛtavān did ; hasta-paṅkajam lotus hand ; tad-dhastam His hand ; cihnam mark ; adya today ; api even ; dṛśayte is seen ; tad-girau on that hill ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

Pleased, the Lord left the mark of His lotus hand on the melting hill. O king, even today that handprint can be seen on Govardhana Hill.
Text 13

Verse text

tat tīrthaṁ ca paraṁ bhūtaṁ narāṇāṁ pāpa-nāśanam tad eva pada-cihnaṁ syāt tat tīrthaṁ viddhi maithila

Synonyms

tat that ; tīrtham holy place ; ca and ; param great ; bhūtam become ; narāṇām of human beings ; pāpa-nāśanam destroying sins ; tat that ; eva indeed ; pada-cihnam footprint ; syāt is ; tat that ; tīrtham holy place ; viddhi know ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, know that the footprints Kṛṣṇa left there are a great holy place that destroys the people's sins.
Text 14

Verse text

etāvat tasya tatraiva pāda-cihnaṁ babhūva ha surabheḥ pada-cihnāni babhūvus tatra maithila

Synonyms

etāvat like that ; tasya of Him ; tatra there ; eva indeed ; pāda-cihnam footprint ; babhūva was ; ha indeed ; surabheḥ of the surabhi cow ; pada-cihnāni hoofprints ; babhūvuḥ were ; tatra there ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, next to Lord Kṛṣṇa footprints were the surabhi cow's hoofprints.
Text 15

Verse text

dyu-gaṅgā-jala-pātena kṛṣṇa-snānena maithila tatra vai mānasi gaṅgā girau jātāgha-nāśinī

Synonyms

dyu celestial ; gaṅgā Ganges ; jala water ; pātena falling ; kṛṣṇa Lord Kṛṣṇa ; snānena bathing ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; tatra there ; vai indeed ; mānasī gaṅgā the Mānasa-gaṅgā ; girau on Govardhana Hill ; jāta manifested ; agha sins ; nāśinī *destroying.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the celestial Gaṅgā water that bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa on Govardhana Hill became the Mānasa-gaṅgā lake, which destroys all sins.
Text 16

Verse text

surabher dugdha-dhārābhir govinda-snānato nṛpa jāto govinda-kuṇḍo 'drau mahā-pāpa-haraḥ paraḥ

Synonyms

surabheḥ of the surabhin cow ; dugdha-dhārābhiḥ with streams of milk ; govinda-snānataḥ from bathing Kṛṣṇa ; nṛpa O king ; jātaḥ born ; govinda-kuṇḍaḥ Govinda-kuṇḍa ; adrau on the hill ; mahā-pāpa-haraḥ destroying the greatest sins ; paraḥ *great.

Translation

O king, the streams of the surabhi cow's milk that bathed Lord Kṛṣṇa on Govardhana Hill became the Govinda-kuṇḍa lake, which destroys the greatest sins.
Text 17

Verse text

kadācit tasmin dugdhasya svādutvaṁ pratipadyate tatra snātvā naraḥ sākṣād govinda-padam āpnuyāt

Synonyms

kadācit sometimes ; tasmin thgere ; dugdhasya of milk ; svādutvam deliciousness ; pratipadyate is manifested ; tatra there ; snātvā having bathed ; naraḥ a person ; sākṣāt directly ; govinda-padam the feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; āpnuyāt *attains

Translation

Sometimes the water in that lake tastes like delicious milk. One who bathes there attains Lord Kṛṣṇa's feet.
Text 18

Verse text

pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya hariṁ praṇamya vai dattvā balīṁs tatra purandarādayaḥ jaya-dhvaniṁ kṛtya su-puṣpa-varṣiṇo yayuḥ surāḥ saukhya-yutās triviṣṭapam

Synonyms

pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya circumambulating ; harim Lord Kṛṣṇa ; praṇamya bowing down ; vai certainly ; dattvā givving ; baliṁḥ offerings ; tatra there ; purandara by Indra ; ādayaḥ headed ; jaya victory ; dhvanim sound ; kṛtya doing ; su-puṣpa-varṣiṇaḥ showering flowers ; yayuḥ went ; surāḥ the demigods ; saukhya-yutāḥ happy ; triviṣṭapam *to the celestial worlds.

Translation

Circumambulating Lord Kṛṣṇa, bowing down, making many offerings, calling out, "All glories!" and showering Him with flowers, the happy demigods returned to their celestial abode.
Text 19

Verse text

kṛṣṇābhiṣekasya kathāṁ śṛṇoti yo daśāśvamedhāvabhṛthādhikaṁ phalam prāpnoti rājendra sa eva bhūyasaḥ paraṁ padaṁ yāti parasya vedhasaḥ

Synonyms

kṛṣṇa of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; abhiṣekasya of the ceremonial bathing ; kathām narration ; śṛṇoti hears ; yaḥ one who ; daśa ten ; aśvamedha asvamedha-yajnas ; avabhṛtha bathing ; adhikam more ; phalam result ; prāpnoti attains ; rājendra O king of kings ; sa he ; eva indeed ; bhūyasaḥ better ; paraṁ padam the supreme abode ; yāti attains ; parasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; vedhasaḥ *the creator.

Translation

A person who hears this narration of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's ceremonial bathing attains a result much greater than the result of ten aśvamedha-yajṣas. He attains the supreme creator's transcendental abode. .pa Chapter Five Gopa-vivāda The Dispute Among the Gopas
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca ekadā sarva-gopālā gopyo nanda-sutasya tat adbhutaṁ caritaṁ dṛṣṭvā nandam āhur yaśomatim

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; ekadā one day ; sarva-gopālā all the gopas ; gopyaḥ gopīs ; nanda-sutasya of Kṛṣṇa ; tat that ; adbhutam wonderful ; caritam pastimes ; dṛṣṭvā seeing ; nandam to nanda ; āhuḥ said ; yaśomatim *Yaśodā.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Having seen Kṛṣṇa wonderful and surprising pastimes, the gopas and gopīs said to Nanda and Yaśodā:
Text 2

Verse text

he gopa-rāja tvad-vaṁśe ko 'pi jāto na cādri-dhṛk na kṣamas tvaṁ śilāṁ dhartuṁ saptāhaṁ he yaśomati

Synonyms

he O ; gopa of the gopas ; rāja king ; tvad-vaṁśe in your family ; ko 'pi someone ; jātaḥ born ; na not ; ca and ; adri a hill ; dhṛk lifter ; na not ; kṣamaḥ able ; tvam you ; śilām a rock ; dhartum to hold ; sapta for seven ; aham days ; he O ; yaśomati *Yaśodā.

Translation

O king of the gopas, no one in your family could lift a hill. O Yaśodā, you could not hold even a single rock for seven days.
Text 3

Verse text

kva sapta-hāyano bālaḥ kvādri-rājasya dhāraṇam tena no jāyate śaṅkā tava putre mahā-bale

Synonyms

kva where ; sapta-hāyanaḥ seven years old ; bālaḥ boy ; kva where? ; adri-rājasya the king of mountains ; dhāraṇam holding ; tena by that ; naḥ of us ; jāyate is born ; śaṅkā doubt ; tava of you ; putre in the son ; mahā-bale *very powerful.

Translation

What is the strength of a seven-year-old boy? How strong must one be to lift Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains? We have begun to doubt the identity of your unnaturally strong boy.
Text 4

Verse text

ayaṁ bibhrad giri-varaṁ kamalaṁ gaja-rāḍ iva ucchilīndhraṁ yathā bālo hastenaikena līlayā

Synonyms

ayam He ; bibhrat holding ; giri-varam the greatest of mountains ; kamalam a lotus flower ; gaja-rāḍ the king of elephants ; iva like ; ucchilīndhram a mushroom ; yathā as ; bālaḥ a boy ; hastena ekena with one hand ; līlayā *playfully.

Translation

With one hand He playfully held up the greatest of mountains as an elephant holds up a lotus flower or a child holds up a mushroom.
Text 5

Verse text

gaura-varṇā yaśodā tvaṁ nanda tvaṁ gaura-varṇa-dhṛk ayaṁ jāta kṛṣṇa-varṇā etat-kula-vilakṣaṇam

Synonyms

gaura-varṇa fair ; yaśodā Yaśodā ; tvam you ; nanda Nanda ; tvam you ; gaura-varṇa-dhṛk fair ; ayam He ; jāta born ; kṛṣṇa-varṇā dark ; etat-kula in this family ; vilakṣaṇam *unusual.

Translation

O Yaśodā, your complexion is fair. O Nanda, your complexion is also fair. This boy is very dark. He is different from the rest of the family.
Text 6

Verse text

yad vāstu kṣatriyāṇāṁ tu bāla etādṛśo yathā balabhadre na doṣaḥ syāc candra-vaṁśa-samudbhave

Synonyms

yat what ; or ; astu may be ; kṣatriyāṇām of the kṣatriyas ; tu indeed ; bāla boy ; etādṛśaḥ like this ; yathā as ; balabhadre for Balarāma ; na not ; doṣaḥ a fault ; syāc is ; candra-vaṁśa-samudbhave *born in the ksatriya dynasty of the moon-god.

Translation

This boy is like a kṣatriya. For Balarāma a kṣatriya's nature is not unexpected. He was born in a kṣatriya family descended from the moon-god.
Text 7

Verse text

jṣātes tyāgaṁ kariṣyāmo yadi satyaṁ na bhāṣase gopeṣu cāsya votpattiṁ vada cen na kalir bhavet

Synonyms

jṣāteḥ of the family ; tyāgam renunciation ; kariṣyāmaḥ we will do ; yadi if ; satyam truth ; na not ; bhāṣase you tell ; gopeṣu among the gopas ; ca and ; asya of Him ; or ; utpattim birth ; vada tell ; cen if ; na not ; kaliḥ a quarrel ; bhavet *may be.

Translation

If you don't tell us the truth, we will leave the community. Was this boy really born in a family of gopas? If you don't tell us, there will be a great quarrel.
Text 8

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca śrutvā gopāla-vacanaṁ yaśodā bhaya-vihvalā nanda-rājas tadā prāha gopān krodha-prapūritān

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; śrutvā hearings ; gopāla-vacanam the gopas' words ; yaśodā Yaśodā ; bhaya-vihvalā overcome with fear ; nanda-rājaḥ King Nanda ; tadā then ; prāha said ; gopān to the gopas ; krodha-prapūritān *filled with anger.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: As she heard the gopas' words, Yaśodā became gripped with fear. Then King Nanda spoke to the angry gopas.
Text 9

Verse text

śrī-nanda uvāca gargasya vākyaṁ he gopā vadiṣyāmi samāhitaḥ yena gopa-gaṇā yūyaṁ bhavatāśu gata-vyathāḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nanda uvāca Śrī Nanda said ; gargasya of Garga Muni ; vākyam the words ; he O ; gopā gopas ; vadiṣyāmi I will speak ; samāhitaḥ attentive ; yena by which ; gopa-gaṇā O gopas ; yūyam you ; bhavata will be ; āśu at once ; gata-vyathāḥ *free of distress.

Translation

Śrī Nanda said: O gopas, I will carefully tell you what Garga Muni said. O gopas, by his words you wil be quickly free of your anxiety. Garga Muni said to me:
Text 10

Verse text

ka-kāraḥ kamala-kānto ṛ-kāro rāma ity api ṣa-kāraḥ ṣaḍ-guṇa-patiḥ śvetadvīpa-nivāsa-kṛt

Synonyms

ka-kāraḥ the letter k ; kamala-kāntaḥ the lover of the goddess of fortune ; ṛ-kāraḥ r ; rāma Rāma ; ity thus ; api also ; ṣa-kāraḥ ; ṣaḍ-guṇa-patiḥ the Lord who has six transcendental opulences ; śvetadvīpa-nivāsa-kṛt *the Lord who resides in Śvetadvīpa.

Translation

In the word "Kṛṣṇa" the letter "k" means "the lover of the goddess of fortune", "ṛ" means Lord Rāmacandra", "ṣ" means "the Lord of six opulences" or "the Lord who resides in Śvetadvīpa".
Text 11

Verse text

ṇa-kāro narasiṁho 'yaṁ a-kāro hy akṣaro 'gni-bhuk visargau ca tathā hy etau nara-nārāyaṇāv ṛṣī

Synonyms

ṇa-kāraḥ ; narasiṁhaḥ Lord Nṛsiṁha ; ayam He ; a-kāraḥ hy—a ; akṣaraḥ the eternal ; agni-bhuk He who enjoys what is offered int he sacrificial fire ; visargau ; ca and ; tathā so ; hy indeed ; etau both ; nara-nārāyaṇāu ṛṣī *Nara-Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣi.

Translation

"Ṇ" means "Lord Nṛsiṁha", "a" means "the eternal one" or "the Lord who enjoys what is offered in the sacrifical fire", and "ḥ" means "the Nara-Nārāyaṇa Ṛṣis".
Text 12

Verse text

sampralīnaś ca ṣaṭ-pūrṇā yasmin chabde mahātmāni paripūrṇatame sākṣāt tena kṛṣṇaḥ prakīrtitaḥ

Synonyms

sampralīnaḥ entered ; ca and ; ṣaṭ six ; pūrṇā full ; yasmin in which ; chabde sopund ; mahātmāni the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; paripūrṇatame perfect and complete ; sākṣāt directky ; tena by that ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; prakīrtitaḥ *is called.

Translation

These six letters combine to form the name of the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is perfect and complete. That is why this boy is named Kṛṣṇa.
Text 13

Verse text

śuklo raktas tathā pīto varṇo 'syānu-yugaṁ dhṛtaḥ dvāparānte kaler ādau bālo 'yaṁ kṛṣṇatāṁ gataḥ

Synonyms

śuklaḥ white ; raktaḥ red ; tathā so ; pītaḥ yellow ; varṇaḥ colors ; asya of Him ; anu-yugam in each yuga ; dhṛtaḥ held ; dvāparānte at the end of Dvapara-yuag ; kaleḥ of kali-yuga ; ādau at the beginning ; bālaḥ boy ; ayam this ; kṛṣṇatām the state of being dark-complexioned Kṛṣṇa ; gataḥ *attains.

Translation

In the other yugas He is white, red, or yellow, but at the end of Dvāpara-yuga and the beginning of Kali-yuga, this boy becomes dark-complexioned (kṛṣṇa).
Texts 14 and 15

Verse text

tasmāt kṛṣṇa iti khyāto nāmnāyaṁ nanda-nandanaḥ vasavaś cendriyāṇīti tad devaś citta eva hi tasmin yaś ceṣṭate so 'pi vāsudeva iti smṛtaḥ

Synonyms

tasmāt therefore ; kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa ; iti thus ; khyātaḥ named ; nāmnā by the name ; ayam He ; nanda-nandanaḥ the son of Nanda ; vasavaś the Vasus ; ca and ; indriyāṇi the senses ; iti thus ; tat that ; devaś Lord ; citta in the heart ; eva indeed ; hi indeed ; tasmin in that ; yaś who ; ceṣṭate acts ; saḥ He ; api indeed ; vāsudeva vāsudeva ; iti thus ; smṛtaḥ *remembered.

Translation

That is why Nanda's son has the name Kṛṣṇa. Because He is the Lord (deva) that rules over the eight vasus (the heart, mind, intelligence, and the five senses), He is also called Vāsudeva.
Text 16

Verse text

vṛṣabhānu-sutā rādhā yā jāta kīrti-mandire tasyāḥ patir ayaṁ sākṣāt tena rādhā-patiḥ smṛtaḥ

Synonyms

vṛṣabhānu-sutā King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter ; rādhā Rādhā ; who ; jāta is born ; kīrti-mandire in Kīrti's palace ; tasyāḥ of Her ; patiḥ the Lord ; ayam He ; sākṣāt directly ; tena by Him ; rādhā-patiḥ the Lord of Rādhā ; smṛtaḥ *remembered.

Translation

Because He is the husband (pati) of King Vṛṣabhānu's daughter Rādhā, who was born in the palace of Kīrti-devī, He is also called Rādhā-pati.
Text 17

Verse text

paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān svayam asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir goloke dhāmni rājate

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamaḥ perfect and complete ; sākṣāc directly ; chrī-kṛṣṇaḥ Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; bhagavān the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; svayam Himself ; asaṅkhya countless ; brahmāṇḍa of universes ; patiḥ the master ; goloke in Goloka ; dhāmni in the abode ; rājate *is gloriously manifested.

Translation

Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of countless universes. In the transcendental abode of Goloka He shines with transcendental glory.
Text 18

Verse text

so 'yaṁ tava śiśur jāto bhārāvataraṇāya ca kaṁsādīnāṁ vadhārthāya bhaktānāṁ pālanāya ca

Synonyms

saḥ He ; ayam that very person ; tava of you ; śiśuḥ the son ; jātaḥ born ; bhārāvataraṇāya to relieve the burden ; ca and ; kaṁsādīnām of the demons headed by Kaṁsa ; vadhārthāya for killing ; bhaktānām of the devotees ; pālanāya for protection ; ca *and.

Translation

In order to relieve the earth of its burden, kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa, and protect the devotees, the original Supreme Personality of Godhead has now become your son.
Text 19

Verse text

anantāny asya nāmāni veda-guhyāni bhārata līlābhiś ca bhaviṣyanti tat-karmasu na vismayaḥ

Synonyms

anantāni endless ; asya of Him ; nāmāni names ; veda-guhyāni hidden from the Vedas ; bhārata O descendent of Bharata ; līlābhiś with pastimes ; ca and ; bhaviṣyanti will be ; tat-karmasu in His deeds ; na not ; vismayaḥ *wonder.

Translation

O descendent of Bharata, His names are endless. His names are hidden even from the Vedas. His transcendental pastimes will show what His names are. Do not be surprised by them.
Text 20

Verse text

iti śrutvātmaje gopāḥ sandehaṁ na karomy aham veda-vākyaṁ brahma-vacaḥ pramāṇaṁ hi mahī-tale

Synonyms

iti thus ; śrutvā hearing ; atmaje about his son ; gopāḥ the gopas ; sandeham doubt ; na not ; karomy did ; aham I ; veda-vākyam the words of the Vedas ; brahma-vacaḥ the words of a brāhmaṇa ; pramāṇam evidence ; hi indeed ; mahī-tale *on the earth.

Translation

When I heard Garga Muni say this about my son, I did not doubt his words. The words of the Vedas and the words of a brāhmaṇa are the final proof of what is true in this world.
Text 21

Verse text

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ yady āgatas tava gṛhe gargācāryo mahā-muniḥ tat-kṣaṇe nāma-karaṇe nāhūta jṣātayas tvayā

Synonyms

śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ the gopas said ; yady if ; āgataḥ come ; tava of you ; gṛhe in thebhome ; gargacaryaḥ Garga Muni ; mahā-muniḥ the great sage ; tat-kṣaṇe at that moment ; nāma-karane in the name-giving ceremony ; na not ; āhūtā called ; jṣātayaḥ relatives ; tvayā *by you.

Translation

Ther gopas said: If the great sage Garga Muni actually came to your home and performed the name-giving ceremony, why did you not call your relatives to come and witness it?
Text 22

Verse text

sva-gṛhe nāma-kāraṇaṁ bhavatā ca kṛtaṁ śiśoḥ tava caitādṛśī rītir guptaṁ sarvaṁ gṛhe 'pi yat

Synonyms

sva-gṛhe in the home ; nāma-kāraṇam the name-giving ceremony ; bhavatā by you ; ca and ; kṛtam done ; śiśoḥ of the child ; tava of you ; ca and ; etādṛśī like this ; rītiḥ method ; guptam hidden ; sarvam all ; gṛhe in the home ; api even ; yat *what.

Translation

You kept the name-giving ceremony a secret even when it was performed in your own home!
Text 23

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca evaṁ vadantas te gopā nirgatā nanda-mandirāt vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ jagmuḥ krodha-pūrita-vigrahāḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nāradaḥ uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; evam thus ; vadantaḥ speaking ; te the ; gopā gopas ; nirgatā left ; nanda-mandirāt from Nanda's palace ; vṛṣabhānu-varam to King Vṛṣabhānu ; jagmuḥ went ; krodha-pūrita-vigrahāḥ *their bodies filled with anger.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Their bodies filled with anger as they spoke these words, the gopas left Nanda's palace and went to King Vṛṣabhānu.
Text 24

Verse text

vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ sākṣān nanda-rāja-sahāyakam prāhur gopa-gaṇāḥ sarve jṣāter mada-samanvitāḥ

Synonyms

vṛṣabhānu-varam to King Vṛṣabhānu ; sākṣān directlky ; nanda-rāja-sahāyakam King Nanda's assistant ; prāhuḥ said ; gopa-gaṇāḥ the gopas ; sarve all ; jṣāteḥ for their relative ; mada-samanvitāḥ *filled with anger.

Translation

Filled with anger for their kinsman Nanda, all the gopas spoke to Nanda's friend, King Vṛṣabhānu.
Text 25

Verse text

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ vṛṣabhānu-vara tvaṁ vai jṣāti-mukhyo mahā-manāḥ nanda-rājaṁ tyaja jṣāter he gopeśvara bhū-pate

Synonyms

śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ the gopas said ; vṛṣabhānu-vara O King Vṛṣabhānu ; tvam you ; vai indeed ; jṣāti-mukhyaḥ the best of the family ; mahā-manāḥ noble-hearted ; nanda-rājam King Nanda ; tyaja reject ; jṣāteḥ of the relative ; he O ; gopeśvara king of the gopas ; bhū-pate *O king.

Translation

The gopas said: O King Vṛṣabhānu, you have a noble heart. You are the best person in our community. O king, O leader of the gopas, you should sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda.
Text 26

Verse text

śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca ko doṣo nanda-rājasya jṣātes tvaṁ santyajāmy aham gopeṣṭo jṣāti-mukuṭo nanda-rājo mama priyaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca King Vṛṣabhānu said ; kaḥ what? ; doṣaḥ is the fault ; nanda-rājasya of King Nanda ; jṣāteḥ of the kinsman ; tvam you ; santyajāmy I shall abandon ; aham I ; gopeṣṭaḥ worshiped by the gopas ; jṣāti of the family ; mukuṭaḥ the crown ; nanda-rājaḥ King Nanda ; mama to me ; priyaḥ *dear.

Translation

Śrī Vṛṣabhānu said: What wrong has King Nanda done that I should sever my ties of friendship with him? King Nanda is worshiped by the gopas. He is the crown that gloriously decorates our community. He is my dear friend.
Text 27

Verse text

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ na cet tyajasi taṁ rājaṁs tyajāmas tvāṁ vrajaukasaḥ tvad-gṛhe vardhitā kanyo- dvaha-yogyā mahā-mune

Synonyms

śrī-gopāḥ ūcuḥ the gopas said ; na not ; cet if ; tyajasi you reject ; tam him ; rājaṁḥ O king ; tyajāmaḥ we reject ; tvām you ; vrajaukasaḥ the residents of Vraja ; tvad-gṛhe in your home ; vardhitā increased ; kanyā of the daughter ; udvaha for marriage ; yogyā suitable ; mahā-mune *O thoughtful one.

Translation

The gopas said: O king, if you do not sever your ties of friendship with him, we, the people of Vraja, will sever our ties of friendship with you. O thoughtful one, in your home you have a grown-up daughter of marriageable age.
Text 28

Verse text

bhavatā jṣāti-mukhyena sampad-unmada-sālinā na dattā vara-mukhyāya kaluṣaṁ tava vidyate

Synonyms

bhavatā by you ; jṣāti-mukhyena the first person in the community ; sampad-unmada-sālinā mad with opulence ; na not ; dattā given ; vara-mukhyāya to a bridegroom ; kaluṣam fault ; tava of you ; vidyate *will be.

Translation

If you, the first person in our community, who have now become maddened with your wealth and opulences, find yourself unable to give Her in marriage to a suitable bridegroom, the fault will be yours alone.
Text 29

Verse text

adya tvaṁ jṣāti-sambhraṣṭam pṛthāṅ manyāmahe nṛpa na cec chīghraṁ nanda-rājam tyaja tyaja mahā-mate

Synonyms

adya now ; tvam you ; jṣāti from the community ; sambhraṣṭam fallen ; pṛthān specific ; manyāmahe we think ; nṛpa O king ; na not ; cec if ; chīghram for a long time ; nanda-rājam King nanda ; tyaja reject ; tyaja reject ; mahā-mate *O noble-hearted one.

Translation

If you do not for a long time sever your ties of friendship with King Nanda, we will ostracize you from our community. O noble-hearted one, reject, reject King Nanda.
Text 30

Verse text

śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca gargasya vākyaṁ he gopā vadiṣyāmi samāhitaḥ yena gopa-gaṇā yūyaṁ bhavatāśu gata-vyathāḥ

Synonyms

śrī-vṛṣabhānu-vara uvāca King Vṛṣabhānu said ; gargasya of Garga ; vākyam the words ; he O ; gopā gopas ; vadiṣyāmi I will tell ; samāhitaḥ careful ; yena by which ; gopa-gaṇā O gopas ; yūyam you ; bhavata will become ; āśu at once ; gata-vyathāḥ *free of anxiety.

Translation

Śrī Vṛṣabhānu said: O gopas, I will repeat for you Garga Muni's words. Those words will make you free of all these anxieties. Garga Muni said:
Text 31

Verse text

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir golokeśaḥ parāt paraḥ tasmāt paro varo nāsti jāto nanda-gṛhe śiśuḥ

Synonyms

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patiḥ the master of countless universes ; golokeśaḥ themaster of Goloka ; parāt than the greatest ; paraḥ greater ; tasmāt than Him ; paro varaḥ greate ; na not ; asti is ; jātaḥ born ; nanda-gṛhe in nanda's home ; śiśuḥ *the boy.

Translation

The boy that was born in Nanda's home is the master of countless universes. He is the master of Goloka. He is greater than the greatest. No one is greater than Him.
Text 32

Verse text

bhuvo bhārāvatārāya kaṁsādīnāṁ vadhāya ca brahmaṇā prārthitaḥ kṛṣṇo babhūva jagatī-tale

Synonyms

bhuvaḥ of the earth ; bhārāvatārāya to remove the burden ; kaṁsādīnām beginning with Kaṁsa ; vadhāya for killing ; ca and ; brahmaṇā by Brahmā ; prārthitaḥ requested ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; babhūva became ; jagatī-tale *on the earth.

Translation

On the demigod Brahmā's request, Kṛṣṇa came to this universe to remove the earth's burden and kill the demons headed by Kaṁsa.
Text 33

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-paṭṭa-rājṣī yā goloke rādhikābhidhā tvad-gṛhe so 'pi saṣjātā tvaṁ na jānāsi tāṁ parām

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-paṭṭa-rājṣī Śrī Kṛṣṇa's frist queen ; who ; goloke in Goloka ; rādhikābhidhā named Rādhā ; tvad-gṛhe in your home ; saḥ He ; api also ; saṣjātā born ; tvam you ; na not ; jānāsi know ; tam that ; param *great.

Translation

Śrī Rādhā, who in the realm of Goloka is Śrī Kṛṣṇa's first queen, has taken birth in your home. You do not know how exalted She is.
Text 34

Verse text

ahaṁ na kārayiṣyāmi vivāham anayor nṛpa tayor vivāho bhavitā bhāṇḍīre yamunā-taṭe

Synonyms

aham I ; na not ; kārayiṣyāmi will arrange ; vivāham the marriage ; anayoḥ of Them ; nṛpa O king ; tayoḥ of Them ; vivāhaḥ the marriage ; bhavitā will be ; bhāṇḍire in Bhandiravana ; yamunā of the Yamunā ; taṭe *on the shore.

Translation

I will not arrange the marriage of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. They will be married in Bhāṇḍīravan forest by the Yamunā's shore.
Text 35

Verse text

vṛndāvana-samīpe ca nirjane sundare sthale parameṣṭhī samāgatya vivāhaṁ kārayiṣyati

Synonyms

vṛndāvana-samīpe near Vṛndāvana forest ; ca and ; nirjane in a secluded spot ; sundare beautiful ; sthale place ; parameṣṭhī the demigod Brahmā ; samāgatya coming ; vivāham the marriage ; kārayiṣyati *will perform.

Translation

In a beautiful secluded place near Vṛndāvana forest the demigod Brahmā will perform their wedding.
Text 36

Verse text

tasmād rādhāṁ gopa-varā viddhy ardhāṅgīṁ parasya ca loka-cūḍā-maṇeḥ sākṣād rājṣīṁ goloka-mandire

Synonyms

tasmāt therefor3 ; rādhām Rādhā ; gopa-varā O best of gopas ; viddhy know ; ardhāṅgīm half of the body ; parasya of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; ca and ; loka of the worlds ; cūḍā the crest ; maṇeḥ jewel ; sākṣāt directly ; rājṣīm the queen ; goloka-mandire *in the palace of Goloka.

Translation

O best of the gopas, please understand that, in the palace of Goloka, Rādhā is the first queen of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, who is the Supreme Personality of Godhead, the crest jewel of the worlds.
Text 37

Verse text

yūyaṁ sarve 'pi gopālā golokād āgatā bhuvi tathā gopī-gaṇā gāvo gokule rādhikecchayā

Synonyms

yūyam you ; sarve all ; api also ; gopālā O gopas ; golokāt from Goloka ; āgatā come ; bhuvi in the earth ; tathā so ; gopī-gaṇā the gopīs ; gāvaḥ the cows ; gokule in Gokula ; rādhikā of Śrī Rādhā ; icchayā *by the desire.

Translation

From Goloka all you gopas have come to the earth. The gopīs and cows have also come, by Rādhā's wish from Goloka.
Text 38

Verse text

evam uktvā gate sākṣād gargācārye mahā-munau tad-dinād atha rādhāyaṁ sandehaṁ na karomy aham

Synonyms

evam thus ; uktvā speaking ; gate gone ; sākṣāt directlky ; gargācārye Garga Muni ; mahā-munau great sage ; tad-dināt from that day ; atha then ; rādhāyam in Rādhā ; sandeham doubt ; na not ; karomy do ; aham *I.

Translation

After speaking these words, the great sage Garga Muni left. From that day I have not doubted Rādhā's exalted position.
Text 39

Verse text

veda-vākyaṁ brahma-vacaḥ pramāṇaṁ hi mahī-tale iti vaḥ kathitaṁ gopāḥ kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchatha

Synonyms

veda-vākyam the words of the Vedas ; brahma-vacaḥ the words of a brāhmaṇa ; pramāṇam evidence ; hi indeed ; mahī-tale on the earth ; iti thus ; vaḥ by us ; kathitam spoken ; gopāḥ O gopas ; kim what? ; bhūyaḥ more ; śrotum to hear ; icchatha *do you wish.

Translation

The words of the Vedas and the words of a brāhmaṇa are the final proof of what is true in this world. O gopas, now I have explained all this to you. What more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Six Śrī Hari-parīkṣaṇa The Test of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca vṛṣabhānu-varasyedaṁ vacaḥ śrutvā vrajaukasaḥ ūcuḥ punaḥ śānti-gatā vismitā mukta-saṁśayāḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; vṛṣabhānu-varasya of zking Vṛṣabhānu ; idam this ; vacaḥ —statement ; śrutvā hearing ; vrajaukasaḥ the residents of Vraja ; ūcuḥ said ; punaḥ again ; śānti-gatā peaceful ; vismitā astonished ; mukta-saṁśayāḥ *free from doubt.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: After hearing King Vṛṣabhānu's words, the surprised people of Vraja became peaceful and free of all doubts.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ samicīnāṁ varo rājan rādheyaṁ tu hari-priyā tat-prabhāvena te dīrghaṁ vaibhavaṁ dṛśyate bhuvi

Synonyms

śrī-gopā ūcuḥ the gopas said ; samicīnām truth ; varaḥ best ; rājan O king ; rādhā Rādhā ; iyam She ; tu indeed ; hari-priyā dear to Lord Hari ; tat-prabhāvena by His power ; te indeed ; dīrgham long ; vaibhavam glory ; dṛśyate is seen ; bhuvi *on the earth.

Translation

The gopas said: O king, you speak the truth. Rādhā is Lord Hari's beloved. His potencies have made you become opulent and glorious in this world.
Texts 3-5

Verse text

sahasraśo gajā mattāḥ koṭiśo 'śvāś ca caṣcalāḥ rathāś ca deva-dhiṣṇyābhāḥ śibikāḥ koṭiśaḥ śubhāḥ koṭiśaḥ koṭiśo gāvo hema-ratna-manoharāḥ mandirāṇi vicitrāṇi ratnāni vividhāni ca sarvaṁ saukhyaṁ bhojanādi dṛśyate sāmprataṁ tava kaṁso 'pi dharṣito jāto dṛṣṭvā te balam adbhutam

Synonyms

sahasraśaḥ thousands ; gajā elephants ; mattāḥ maddened ; koṭiśaḥ millions ; aśvāḥ horses ; ca and ; caṣcalāḥ restless ; rathāḥ chariots ; ca and ; deva-dhiṣṇyābhāḥ splendid as the homes of the demigods ; śibikāḥ palanquins ; koṭiśaḥ millions ; śubhāḥ glory ; koṭiśaḥ millions ; koṭiśaḥ and millions ; gāvaḥ cows ; hema-ratna-manoharāḥ beautiful with gold and jewels ; mandirāṇi palaces ; vicitrāṇi wonderful ; ratnāni jewels ; vividhāni various ; ca and ; sarvam all ; saukhyam happiness ; bhojanādi beginning with enjoymwent ; dṛśyate is seen ; sāmpratam now ; tava of you ; kaṁsaḥ Kaṁsa ; api even ; dharṣitaḥ defeated ; jātaḥ born ; dṛṣṭvā seeing ; te of you ; balam the strength ; adbhutam *wonderful.

Translation

We see that you have thousands of intoxicated elephants, tens of millions of restless horses, tens of millions of chariots glorious as the demigods' airplanes, tens of millions of beautiful palanquins, many millions and millions of cows beautiful with gold and jewels, many wonderful jewel palaces, and all possible pleasures. Even Kaṁsa himself is defeated when he sees your wonderful strength.
Text 6

Verse text

kānyakubja-pateḥ sākṣād bhalandana-nṛpasya ca jāmātā tvaṁ mahā-vīra kuvera iva kośavān

Synonyms

kānyakubja-pateḥ the king of Kanyakubja ; sākṣāt directly ; bhalandana-nṛpasya of King Bhalandana ; ca and ; jāmātā the son-in-law ; tvam you ; mahā-vīra Ogreat hero ; kuvera Kuvera ; iva like ; kośavān *rich.

Translation

You are the son-in-law of King Bhalandana, the ruler of Kānyakubja. You are as rich as Kuvera.
Text 7

Verse text

tvat-samaṁ vaibhavaṁ nāsti nanda-rāja-gṛhe kvacit kṛṣīvalo nanda-rājo go-patir dīna-mānasaḥ

Synonyms

tvat to you ; samam equal ; vaibhavam glory ; na not ; asti is ; nanda-rāja-gṛhe in the home of King Nanda ; kvacit anywhere ; kṛṣīvalaḥ farmer ; nanda-rājaḥ King Nanda ; go-patiḥ the matser of cows ; dīna-mānasaḥ *unhappy at heart.

Translation

Even King Nanda's home does not have wealth and opulence equal to yours. The farmer King Nanda, who is the master of many cows, is poor-hearted in comparison to you.
Text 8

Verse text

yadi nanda-sutaḥ sākṣāt paripūrṇatamo hariḥ sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nas tat parīkṣāṁ kāraya prabho

Synonyms

yadi if ; nanda-sutaḥ nanda's son ; sākṣāt directiy ; paripūrṇatamaḥ the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; hariḥ Lord Hari ; sarveṣām of all ; paśyatām looking on ; naḥ of us ; tat of Him ; parīkṣām a test ; kāraya please make ; prabhaḥ *O lord.

Translation

O master, if Nanda's son is in truth the Supreme Personality of Godhead, then please put Him to a test that will reveal His divinity as we all watch.
Text 9

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca teṣāṁ vākyaṁ tataḥ śrutvā vṛṣabhānu-varo mahān cakāra nanda-rājasya vaibhavasya parīkṣaṇam

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; teṣām of them ; vākyam the wprds ; tataḥ then ; śrutvā hearing ; vṛṣabhānu-varaḥ King Vṛṣabhānu ; mahān great ; cakāra did ; nanda-rājasya of King Nanda ; vaibhavasya of the opulence ; parīkṣaṇam *test.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Hearing their words, King Vṛṣabhānu devised a test to determine the extent of King Nanda's wealth.
Texts 10 and 11

Verse text

koṭi-dāmāni muktānāṁ sthūlānāṁ maithileśvara ekaikā yeṣu muktāś ca koṭi-maulyāḥ sphurat-prabhāḥ nidhāya tāni pātreṣu vṛṇānaiḥ kuśalair janaiḥ preṣayām āsa nandāya sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nṛpa

Synonyms

koṭi ten million ; damāni strings ; muktānām of pearls ; sthūlānām great ; maithileśvara O king of Mithilā ; ekaikā one by one ; yeṣu in which ; muktāś pearls ; ca and ; koṭi-maulyāḥ ten million crowns ; sphurat-prabhāḥ splendid ; nidhāya placing ; tāni them ; pātreṣu in caskets ; vṛṇānaiḥ with messengers bearing a proposal of marriage ; kuśalaiḥ handsome ; janaiḥ by men ; preṣayām āsa sent ; nandāya to Nanda ; sarveṣām of all ; paśyatām watching ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, as everyone watched, King Vṛṣabhānu took ten million necklaces of giant pearls, each pearl splendid as ten million glittering crowns, placed them in many jewel caskets, and had many handsome men take them to King Nanda with a proposal for his son's marriage.
Text 12

Verse text

nanda-rāja-sabhāṁ gatvā vṛṇānāḥ kuśalāḥ bhṛśāṁ nidhāya dāma-pātrāṇi nandam āhuḥ praṇamya tam

Synonyms

nanda-rāja-sabhām to King Nanda's assembly ; gatvā going ; vṛṇānāḥ the men bearin ghe marriage-proposal ; kuśalāḥ handsome ; bhṛśām greatly ; nidhāya placing ; dāma-pātrāṇi the caskets of pearls ; nandam to Nanda ; āhuḥ said ; praṇamya bowing down ; tam *to him.

Translation

Entering King Nanda's assembly, bowing down, and presenting the caskets of pearls, the handsome men bearing the marriage-proposal spoke to Nanda.
Texts 13 and 14

Verse text

vṛṇānā ūcuḥ vivāha-yogyāṁ nava-kaṣja-netrāṁ koṭīndu-bimba-dyutim ādadhānām vijṣāya rādhāṁ vṛṣabhānu-mukhyas cakre vicāraṁ su-varaṁ vicinvan tavāṅgajaṁ divyam anaṅga-mohanaṁ govardhanoddharaṇa-doḥ-samudbhaṭam samvīkṣya casmān vṛṣabhānu-vanditaḥ sampreṣayām āsa viśāmpate prabho

Synonyms

vivāha for marriage ; yogyām suitable ; nava-kaṣja-netrām whose eyes are new lotus flowers ; koṭi ten million ; indu moons ; bimba circles ; dyutim splendor ; ādadhānām taking ; vijṣāya understanding ; rādhām Rādhā ; vṛṣabhānu-mukhyaḥ King Vṛṣabhānu ; cakre did ; vicāram consideration ; su-varam a suitable husband ; vicinvan selected ; tava of you ; aṅgajam the son ; divyam glorious ; anaṅga-mohanam more charming than Kāmadeva ; govardhana Govardhana Hill ; uddharaṇa lifting ; doḥ arm ; samudbhaṭam power ; samvīkṣya seeing ; ca and ; asmān us ; vṛṣabhānu-vanditaḥ glorious King Vṛṣabhānu ; sampreṣayām āsa sent ; viśāmpate O king of the vaiśyas ; prabhaḥ *O master.

Translation

The men bearing a marriage-proposal said: Aware that his daughter Rādhā, who is splendid as ten million moons and whose eyes are like new lotus flowers, is now old enough to be married, King Vṛṣabhānu has given some thought to who should be Her husband. He has decided on your son, who is charming as Kāmadeva himself, and whose powerful arm lifted Govardhana Hill. O master, O king of the vaiśyas, seeing us, glorious King Vṛṣabhānu sent us with this message.
Text 15

Verse text

varasya cāṅke bharaṇāya pūrvaṁ muktā-phalānāṁ nicayaṁ gṛhāṇa itaś ca kanyārtham alaṁ pradehi saiṣā hi cāsmāt kulajā prasiddhiḥ

Synonyms

varasya of the bridegroom ; ca and ; aṅke on the lap ; bharaṇāya for holding ; pūrvam before ; muktā-phalānām of pearls ; nicayam abundance ; gṛhāṇa please take ; itaḥ from this ; ca and ; kanyā girl ; artham wealth ; alam great ; pradehi please give ; sa she ; eṣā She ; hi indeed ; ca and ; asmāt from that ; kulajā respectable ; prasiddhiḥ *glorious.

Translation

Please accept these pearls as a wedding-gift. Please give a similar gift to this girl. She is very respectable and glorious.
Text 16

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca dṛṣṭvā dravyaṁ paro nando vismito 'pi vicārayan praṣṭuṁ yaśodāṁ tat-tulyaṁ nitvā cāntaḥ-puraṁ yayau

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; dṛṣṭvā seeing ; dravyam thing ; paraḥ great ; nandaḥ Nanda ; vismitaḥ astonished ; api even ; vicārayan considering ; praṣṭum to ask ; yaśodām Yaśodā ; tat-tulyam equal to that ; nitvā bringing ; ca and ; antaḥ-puram to the inner rooms of the palace ; yayau *went.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Gazing at the precious gift, Nanda became filled with wonder. Thinking to ask Yaśodā if they had anything equal to that gift, he went to the palace's inner rooms.
Text 17

Verse text

ciraṁ dadhyau tadā nando yaśodā ca yasaśvinī etan-muktā-samānaṁ tu dravyaṁ nāsti gṛhe mama

Synonyms

ciram a long time ; dadhyau gave ; tadā then ; nandaḥ Nanda ; yaśodā Yaśodā ; ca and ; yasaśvinī glorious ; etan-muktā to those pearls ; samānam equal ; tu indeed ; dravyam something ; na not ; asti is ; gṛhe in the homne ; mama *my.

Translation

Thinking for a long time, King Nanda and glorious Yaśodā came to the same conclusion: "In our home there is nothing equal to these pearls.
Text 18

Verse text

loke lajjā gatā sarvā hāsaḥ syāc ced dhanodbhṛtam kiṁ kartavyaṁ tat prati yac chrī-kṛṣṇodvāha-karmaṇi

Synonyms

loke before the people ; lajjā embarrassment ; gatā attained ; sarvā all ; hāsaḥ laughter ; syāc will be ; cet if ; dhana wealth ; udbhṛtam held ; kim what? ; kartavyam should be done ; tat that ; prati to ; yac what ; śrī-kṛṣṇa of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; udvāha marriage ; karmaṇi *in the deed.

Translation

"If we do not give a proper gift we will be embarrassed before everyone. Everyone will laugh at us. What should we do? What can we give on the occasion of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's wedding?"
Texts 19-21

Verse text

tato 'yogyaṁ tad-grahaṇaṁ paścāt kāryaṁ dhanāgame evaṁ cintayatas tasya nandasyaiva yaśodayā ālakṣya āgatas tatra bhagavān vṛjiṇārdanaḥ nītvā dāma-śataṁ teṣu bahiḥ-kṣetreṣu sarvataḥ muktā-phalāni caikaikaṁ prākṣipat sva-kareṇa vai yathā bījāni cānnānāṁ sva-kṣetreṣu kṛṣīvalaḥ

Synonyms

tataḥ then ; ayogyam unsuitable ; tad-grahaṇam acceptance of that ; paścāt then ; kāryam to be done ; dhana wealth ; āgame in the arrival ; evam thus ; cintayataḥ thinking ; tasya of him ; nandasya King Nanda ; eva indeed ; yaśodayā with Yaśodā ; ālakṣya seeing ; āgataḥ come ; tatra there ; bhagavān the Lord ; vṛjiṇārdanaḥ the savior from sins ; nītvā taking ; dāma-śatam a hundred necklaces ; teṣu in them ; bahiḥ-kṣetreṣu in the fields ; sarvataḥ everywhere ; muktā-phalāni pearls ; ca and ; eka-ekam one by one ; prākṣipat threw ; sva-kareṇa with His own hand ; vai indeed ; yathā as ; bījāni seeds ; ca and ; annānām of grains ; sva-kṣetreṣu in His own fields ; kṛṣīvalaḥ *a farmer.

Translation

Observing that Nanda and Yaśodā thought they had nothing suitable to give in return, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the savior from distress, took one hundred of the pearl necklaces and, with His own hand, planted the pearls one by one as if He were a farmer planting grains.
Text 22

Verse text

atha nando 'pi gaṇayan kalikā-nicayaṁ punaḥ śataṁ nyūnaṁ ca tad dṛṣṭvā sandehaṁ sa jagāma ha

Synonyms

atha then ; nandaḥ Nanda ; api also ; gaṇayan counting ; kalikā-nicayam the pearl necklaces ; punaḥ again ; śatam one hundred ; nyūnam diminished ; ca and ; tat that ; dṛṣṭvā seeing ; sandeham doubt ; sa he ; jagāma attained ; ha *indeed.

Translation

When he again counted the pearl necklaces, and found they were one hundred necklaces less, Nanda became filled with doubt.
Text 23

Verse text

śrī-nanda uvāca nāsti pūrvaṁ yat-samānaṁ tatrāpi nyūnatāṁ gatam aho kalaṅko bhavitā jṣātiṣu sveṣu sarvataḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nanda uvāca Śrī Nanda said ; na not ; asti is ; pūrvam before ; yat-samānam equal to that ; tatra there ; api also ; nyūnatām diminution ; gatam attained ; ahaḥ Oh ; kalaṅkaḥ fault ; bhavitā will be ; jṣātiṣu among the relatives ; sveṣu own ; sarvataḥ *in al, respects.

Translation

Śrī Nanda said: There are fewer necklaces than before. Alas, this is the fault of my own relatives!
Text 24

Verse text

athavā krīḍanārthaṁ hi kṛṣṇo yadi gṛhītavān baladevo 'thavā bālas tau pṛcche dīna-mānasaḥ

Synonyms

athavā or ; krīḍanārtham in order to play ; hi indeed ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; yadi if ; gṛhītavān took ; baladevaḥ Baladeva ; athavā or ; bālaḥ boys ; tau They ; pṛcche I will ask ; dīna-mānasaḥ *poor at heart.

Translation

Now I am unhappy at heart. I will ask whether Kṛṣṇa or Balarāma took the necklaces for their playing.
Text 25

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca itthaṁ vicārya nando 'pi kṛṣṇaṁ papraccha sādaram prahasan bhagavān nandaṁ prāha govardhanoddharaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; ittham thus ; vicārya considering ; nandaḥ Nanda ; api also ; kṛṣṇam Kṛṣṇa ; papraccha asked ; sādaram respectfully ; prahasan laughing ; bhagavān the Lord ; nandam to Nanda ; prāha said ; govardhanoddharaḥ *the lifter of Govardhana Hill.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Thinking in this way, Nanda asked Kṛṣṇa. Lord Kṛṣṇa, the lifter of Govardhana Hill, smiled and respectfully spoke to King Nanda.
Text 26

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca kṛṣīvalā vayaṁ gopāḥ sarva-bīja-prarohakāḥ kṣetre muktā-prabījāni vikīrṇī-kṛta-vāhanam

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; kṛṣīvalā farmers ; vayam we ; gopāḥ gopas ; sarva-bīja all seeds ; prarohakāḥ planting ; kṣetre in the fields ; muktā-prabījāni seeds of pearls ; vikīrṇī-kṛta-vāhanam *scattering.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: We gopas are farmers. We plant all kinds of seeds. I planted some pearls in the fields.
Text 27

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca śrutvātha svātmajenoktaṁ taṁ nirbhartsya vrajeśvaraḥ tāni netuṁ tat-sahitas tat-kṣetrāṇi jagāma ha

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; śrutvā hearing ; atha —then ; svātmajena by his own son ; uktam spoken ; tam Him ; nirbhartsya rebuking ; vraja of Vraja ; īśvaraḥ the king ; tāni them ; netum to bring ; tat-sahitaḥ with Him ; tat-kṣetrāṇi to the fields ; jagāma went ; ha *indeed.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Hearing his son's words, and rebuking Him, Nanda, the king of Vraja, went with Him to the fields to retrieve the pearls.
Text 28

Verse text

tatra muktā-phālānāṁ tu śākhinaḥ śataśaḥ śubhāḥ dṛśyate dīrgha-vapuṣo harit-pallava-śobhitāḥ

Synonyms

tatra there ; muktā-phālānām of pearls ; tu indeed ; śākhinaḥ trees ; śataśaḥ hundreds ; śubhāḥ beautiful ; dṛśyate is seen ; dīrgha-vapuṣaḥ tall ; harit green ; pallava leaves ; śobhitāḥ *handsome.

Translation

There they saw hundreds of beautiful, tall, green-leaved pearl trees.
Text 29

Verse text

muktānāṁ stabakānāṁ tu koṭiśaḥ koṭiśo nṛpa saṅghā vilambitā rejur jyotiṁsīva nabhaḥ-sthale

Synonyms

muktānām of pearls ; stabakānām clusters ; tu indeed ; koṭiśaḥ ten millions ; koṭiśaḥ ten millions ; nṛpa O king ; saṅghā multitude ; vilambitā hanging ; rejuḥ shone ; jyotiṁsi stars ; iva like ; nabhaḥ-sthale *in the sky.

Translation

O king, in that place millions upon millions of bunches of pearls shone like many stars in the sky.
Text 30

Verse text

tadāti-harṣito nando jṣātvā kṛṣṇaṁ pareśvaram muktā-phalāni divyāni pūrva-sthūla-samāni ca

Synonyms

tadā then ; ati very ; harṣitaḥ pleased ; nandaḥ Nanda ; jṣātvā understood ; kṛṣṇam Kṛṣṇa ; pareśvaram the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; muktā-phalāni pearls ; divyāni glittering ; pūrva-sthūla-samāni bigger than the previous ones ; ca *indeed.

Translation

Then the dlighted Nanda could understand that Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Personality of Godhead. These glittering pearls were bigger even than the first ones.
Text 31

Verse text

teṣāṁ tu koṭi-bhārāṇi nidhāya śakaṭeṣu ca dadau tebhyo vṛṇānebhyo nanda-rājo vrajeśvaraḥ

Synonyms

teṣām of them ; tu indewed ; koṭi-bhārāṇi millions of bharas ; nidhāya placing ; śakaṭeṣu on carts ; ca and ; dadau gave ; tebhyaḥ them ; vṛṇānebhyaḥ to messengers bearing amrriage proposal ; nanda-rājaḥ King Nanda ; vrajeśvaraḥ *the king of Vraja.

Translation

Placing many millions of bhāras of these pearls on many wagons, Nanda, the king of Vraja, gave them to the men carrying the marriage-proposal.
Text 32

Verse text

te gṛhītvātha tat sarvaṁ vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ gataḥ sarveṣāṁ śṛṇvatāṁ nanda- vaibhavaṁ prajagur nṛpa

Synonyms

te they ; gṛhītvā taking ; atha then ; tat that ; sarvam all ; vṛṣabhānu-varam to King Vṛṣabhānu ; gataḥ went ; sarveṣām of all ; śṛṇvatām hearing ; nanda- of Nanda ; vaibhavam the wealth ; prajaguḥ glorified ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

They took the gift and gave it all to King Vṛṣabhānu. O king, everyone who saw this pastime praised the great wealth of King Nanda.
Text 33

Verse text

tadāti-vismitāḥ sarve jṣātvā nanda-sutaṁ harim vṛṣabhānu-varaṁ nemur niḥsandehā vrajaukasaḥ

Synonyms

tadā then ; ati-vismitāḥ astonished ; sarve all ; jṣātvā understanding ; nanda-sutam Nanda's son ; harim Lord Hari ; vṛṣabhānu-varam to King Vṛṣabhānu ; nemuḥ bowed down ; niḥsandehā free from doubt ; vrajaukasaḥ *the residents of Vraja.

Translation

Filled with wonder, free of doubt, and now convinced that Nanda's son really was the Supreme Personality of Godhead, all the people of Vraja bowed down before King Vṛṣabhānu.
Text 34

Verse text

rādhā hareḥ priyā jṣātā rādhāyaś ca priyo hariḥ jṣāto vraja-janaiḥ sarvais tad-dinān maithileśvara

Synonyms

rādhā Rādhā ; hareḥ of Lord Hari ; priyā beloved ; jṣātā understood ; rādhāyāḥ of Rādhā ; ca and ; priyaḥ beloved ; hariḥ Lord Hari ; jṣātaḥ understood ; vraja-janaiḥ by the people of Vraja ; sarvaiḥ all ; tad-dinān from that day ; maithileśvara *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, from that day on everyone in Vraja understood that Rādhā was Kṛṣṇa's beloved and Kṛṣṇa was Rādhā's beloved.
Text 35

Verse text

muktā-kṣepaḥ kṛto yatra hariṇā nanda-sūnunā muktā-sarovaras tatra jāto maithila tīrtha-rāṭ

Synonyms

muktā the pearls ; kṣepaḥ tossing ; kṛtaḥ did ; yatra where ; hariṇā by Lord Hari ; nanda-sūnunā the son of Nanda ; muktā-sarovaraḥ Muktā-sarovara ; tatra there ; jātaḥ manifested ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; tīrtha of holy places ; rāṭ *the king.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the place where Nanda's son planted pearls became the lake Muktā-sarovara, the king of holy places.
Text 36

Verse text

ekaṁ muktā-phalasyāpi dānaṁ tatra karoti yaḥ lakṣa-muktā-dāna-phalaṁ samāpnoti na saṁśayaḥ

Synonyms

ekam one ; muktā-phalasya of a pearl ; api even ; dānam a string ; tatra there ; karoti does ; yaḥ who ; lakṣa a hundred thousand ; muktā pearls ; dāna gift ; phalam result ; samāpnoti attains ; na no ; saṁśayaḥ *doubt.

Translation

A person who at that place gives in charity a single pearl attains the result of giving a hundred thousand pearls. Of this there is no doubt.
Text 37

Verse text

evaṁ te kathito rājan girirāja-mahotsavaḥ bhukti-mukti-prado nṛṇāṁ kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchasi

Synonyms

evam thus ; te to you ; kathitaḥ spoken ; rājan O king ; girirāja-mahotsavaḥ the festival of the king of mountains ; bhukti sense gratification ; mukti and liberation ; pradaḥ giving ; nṛṇām of human beings ; kim what? ; bhūyaḥ more ; śrotum to hear ; icchasi *you wish.

Translation

O king, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's festival, which brings with it both sense gratification and liberation. What more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Seven Śrī Girirāja-tīrtha The Holy Places of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca kati mukhyāni tīrthāni girirāje mahātmani etad brūhi mahā-yogin sākṣāt tvaṁ divya-darśanaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca Śrī Bahulāśva said ; kati how many ; mukhyāni important ; tīrthāni holy places ; girirāje on Govardhana Hill ; mahātmani the great soul ; etat that ; brūhi please tell ; mahā-yogin O great yogi ; sākṣāt directly ; tvam you ; divya-darśanaḥ *transcendental vision.

Translation

Śrī Bahulāśva said: How many holy places are on noble-hearted Govardhana Hill? O great yogī, you have transcendental vision. Please tell me this.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca rājan govardhanaḥ sarvaḥ sarva-tīrtha-varaḥ smṛtaḥ vṛndāvanaṁ ca goloka- mukuṭo 'driḥ prāpūjitaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; rājan O king ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; sarvaḥ all ; sarva-tīrtha-varaḥ the best of all holy places ; smṛtaḥ considered ; vṛndāvanam Vṛndāvana ; ca and ; goloka of Goloka ; mukuṭaḥ the crown ; adriḥ the hill ; prāpūjitaḥ *worshiped.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: O king, Vṛndāvana forest and Govardhana Hill, which is the crown of Goloka, are both worshiped as the best of holy places.
Text 3

Verse text

gopa-gopī-gavāṁ rakṣa- pradaṁ kṛṣṇa-priyo mahān pūrṇa-brahmātapatro yas tasmāt tīrtha-varas tu kaḥ

Synonyms

gopa-gopī-gavām of the gopas, gopis, and cows ; rakṣa proetction ; pradam giving ; kṛṣṇa-priyaḥ dear to Lord Kṛṣṇa ; mahān great ; pūrṇa full ; brahma of the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; atapatraḥ the parasol ; yaḥ who ; tasmāt from that ; tīrtha-varaḥ the best of holy places ; tu indeed ; kaḥ *what?

Translation

Noble Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Kṛṣṇa. It is the Supreme Personality of Godhead's parasol. It protects the cows, gopas, and gopīs. What holy place is better than Govardhana Hill?
Text 4

Verse text

indra-yāgaṁ vinirbhartsya sarvair nija-janaiḥ saha yat-pūjanaṁ samārebhe bhagavān bhuvaneśvaraḥ

Synonyms

indra for Indra ; yāgam the sacrifice ; vinirbhartsya criticizing ; sarvaiḥ by all ; nija-janaiḥ His own people ; saha with ; yat of which ; pūjanam the worship ; samārebhe performed ; bhagavān the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; bhuvaneśvaraḥ *the master of the worlds.

Translation

Lord Kṛṣṇa, the master of all the worlds, mocked the indra-yajna. Accompanied by His relatives, He worshiped Govardhana Hill.
Text 5

Verse text

paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān svayam asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-patir golokeśaḥ parāt paraḥ

Synonyms

paripūrṇatamaḥ supremely perfect ; sākṣāc direwctly ; śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; bhagavān the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; svayam Himself ; asaṅkhya countless ; brahmāṇḍa of universes ; patiḥ the master ; golokeśaḥ the master of Goloka ; parāt than the greatest ; paraḥ *greater.

Translation

Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the original Supreme Personality of Godhead, greater than the greatest, the master of Goloka, the ruler of countless universes.
Text 6

Verse text

yasmin sthitaḥ sadā krīḍāṁ arbhakaiḥ saha maithila karoti tasya māhātmyaṁ vaktuṁ nālaṁ catur-mukhaḥ

Synonyms

yasmin in whom ; sthitaḥ situated ; sadā always ; krīḍām pastimes ; arbhakaiḥ with boys ; saha with ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; karoti does ; tasya of it ; māhātmyam the glory ; vaktum to say ; na not ; alam able ; catur-mukhaḥ *four-faced Brahmā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, even the demigod Brahmā cannot properly glorify Govardhana Hill, where Lord Kṛṣṇa eternally plays with the gopa boys, . . .
Text 7

Verse text

yatra vai mānasī gaṅgā mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī govinda-kuṇḍaṁ viśadaṁ śubhaṁ candra-sarovaram

Synonyms

yatra where ; vai indeed ; mānasī gaṅgā the Mābasa Gaṅgā ; mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī which destroys the greatest sisn ; govinda-kuṇḍam Govinda-kuṇḍa ; viśadam pure ; śubham beautiful ; candra-sarovaram *Candra-sarivara.

Translation

. . . where are the Mānasa-gaṅgā, which destroys a flood of the greatest sins, pure Govinda-kuṇḍa, beautiful Candra-sarovara, . . .
Text 8

Verse text

rādhā-kuṇḍaḥ kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍo lalitā-kuṇḍa eva ca gopāla-kuṇḍas tatraiva kusumākara eva ca

Synonyms

rādhā-kuṇḍaḥ Rādhā-kuṇḍa ; kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍaḥ Śyāma-kuṇḍa ; lalitā-kuṇḍa Lalitā-kuṇḍa ; eva indeed ; ca and ; gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ Gopāla-kuṇḍa ; tatra there ; eva indeed ; kusumākara Kusuma-sarovara ; eva indeed ; ca *and.

Translation

. . . Rādhā-kuṇḍa, Śyāma-kuṇḍa, Lalitā-kuṇḍa, Gopāla-kuṇḍa, and Kusuma-sarovara.
Text 9

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-mauli-saṁsparśān mauli-cihnā śilābhavat tasyā darśana-mātreṇa deva-maulir bhavej janaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mauli the crown ; saṁsparśāt from the touch ; mauli of the crown ; cihnā the mark ; śilā stone ; abhavat was ; tasyā of that stone ; darśana-mātreṇa simply by seeing ; deva-mauliḥ the Lord's crown ; bhavet is ; janaḥ *a person.

Translation

By the touch of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's crown a certain stone was marked with the sign of a crown. Anyone who sees that stone becomes the crown of the Supreme Lord.
Text 10

Verse text

yasyāṁ śilāyaṁ kṛṣṇena citrāṇi likhitāni ca adyāpi citritā puṇyā nāmnā citra-śilā girau

Synonyms

yasyām on which ; śilāyam stone ; kṛṣṇena by Lord Kṛṣṇa ; citrāṇi pictures ; likhitāni drawn ; ca and ; adya today ; api even ; citritā drawn ; puṇyā sacred ; nāmnā by name ; citra-śilā Citra-śilā ; girau *on the hill.

Translation

Even today on Govardhana Hill is a sacred stone marked with pictures originally drawn by Lord Kṛṣṇa, and now named Citra-śilā (the picture-stone).
Text 11

Verse text

yaṁ śilām arbhakaiḥ kṛṣṇo vādayan krīḍane rataḥ vādanī sa śilā jātā mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī

Synonyms

yam which ; śilām stone ; arbhakaiḥ with the boys ; kṛṣṇaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; vādayan making to sound ; krīḍane in pastimes ; rataḥ attached ; vadanī sā śilā vādanīśilā ; jātā manifested ; mahā-pāpaugha-nāśinī *destroying a flood of great sins.

Translation

When Kṛṣṇa was intently playing with the boys, He played musical rhythms on a certain stone. That stone, named vādanī-śilā (the musical stone), destroys the greatest sins.
Text 12

Verse text

yatra śrī-kṛṣṇacandreṇa gopālaiḥ saha maithila kṛta vai kanduka-krīḍā tat-kṣetraṁ kandukaṁ smṛtam

Synonyms

yatra where ; śrī-kṛṣṇacandreṇa by Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; gopālaiḥ with the gopas ; saha with ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; kṛta done ; vai indeed ; kanduka of ball ; krīḍā a game ; tat-kṣetram that field ; kandukam the ball ; smṛtam *remembered.

Translation

The place where Kṛṣṇacandra played ball-games with the boys is called kanduka-kṣetra (the ballgame-field).
Text 13

Verse text

dṛṣṭvā śakra-padaṁ yāti natvā brahma-padaṁ ca tat viluṭhan yasya rajasā sākṣād viṣṇu-padaṁ vrajet

Synonyms

dṛṣṭvā seeing ; śakra-padam the abode of Indra ; yāti attains ; natvā bowing down ; brahma-padam to the abode of Brahman ; ca and ; tat that ; viluṭhan rolling on the gorund ; yasya of which ; rajasā with the dust ; sākṣāt directly ; viṣṇu-padam the abode of Lord Viṣṇu ; vrajet *attains.

Translation

A person who sees the place Indra-pada on Govardhana Hill, bows down at the place Brahma-pada, or rolls about in the dust of these places, attains the abode of Lord Viṣṇu.
Text 14

Verse text

gopānām uṣṇiṣāny atra corayām āsa mādhavaḥ auṣṇiṣaṁ nāma tat tīrthaṁ mahā-pāpa-haraṁ girau

Synonyms

gopānām of the gopas ; uṣṇiṣāny the turbans ; atra here ; corayām āsa stole ; mādhavaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; auṣṇiṣam auṣṇiṣa ; nāma named ; tat that ; tīrtham holy place ; mahā-pāpa-haram removing the greatest sins ; girau *on the hill.

Translation

The place on Govardhana Hill where Lord Kṛṣṇa stole the gopas' turbans is called Auṣniṣa-tīrtha. It removes the greatest sins.
Text 15

Verse text

tatraikadā vai dadhi-vikrayārthaṁ vinirgato gopa-vadhū-samūhaḥ śrutvā kvaṇan-nūpura-śabdam ārād rorodha tan-mārgam anaṅga-mohī

Synonyms

tatra there ; ekadā once ; vai indeed ; dadhi-vikrayārtham to sell yogurt ; vinirgataḥ gone ; gopa-vadhū-samūhaḥ the gopīs ; śrutvā hearing ; kvaṇan-nūpura-śabdam tinkling anklets ; ārāt nearby ; rorodha stopped ; tan-mārgam their pathway ; anaṅga-mohī *more charming than Kāmadeva.

Translation

One day, hearing tinkling anklets as the gopīs walked nearby on their way to sell yogurt, Kṛṣṇa, who is more charming than Kāmadeva, stopped them on the path.
Text 16

Verse text

vaṁśī-dharo vetra-vareṇa gopaiḥ puraś ca tāsāṁ vinidhāya pādam mahyaṁ karādāna-dhanāya dānaṁ dehīti gopīr nijagāda mārge

Synonyms

vaṁśī-dharaḥ holding a flute ; vetra-vareṇa with a stick ; gopaiḥ with the gopas ; puraḥ ahead ; ca and ; tasam of them ; vinidhāya placing ; pādam foor ; mahyam to me ; karadana-dhanāya dānam a toll ; dehi give ; iti thus ; gopīḥ to the gopīs ; nijagāda said ; mārge *on the pathway.

Translation

Holding a flute and a stick, and going ahead of the gopas, Kṛṣṇa confronted the gopīs on the path and demanded, "You must pay a toll to Me."
Text 17

Verse text

śrī-gopya ūcuḥ vakras tvam evāsi samasthitaḥ pathi gopārbhakair gorasa-lampaṭo bhṛśāṁ mātrā cā pitrā saha kārayāmo balād bhavantaṁ kila kaṁsa-bandhane

Synonyms

śrī-gopya ūcuḥ the gopīs said ; vakraḥ crooked ; tvam You ; eva indeed ; asi are ; samasthitaḥ standing ; pathi on the path ; gopārbhakaiḥ with the gopa boys ; gorasa-lampaṭaḥ greedy for yogurt ; bhṛśām greatly ; mātrā by Your mother ; and ; pitrā father ; saha with ; kārayāmaḥ we will do ; balāt forcibly ; bhavantam You ; kila indeed ; kaṁsa-bandhane *in the bonds of Kaṁsa.

Translation

The gopīs said: You are crooked. You and Your gopa boys now block our path. You are greedy after yogurt. We will see to it that You, Your mother, and Your father are all locked up in Kaṁsa's prison.
Text 18

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca kaṁsaṁ haniṣyāmi mahogra-daṇḍaṁ sa-bāndhavaṁ me śapatho gavāṁ ca evaṁ kariṣyāmi yadoḥ pure balān neṣye sadāhaṁ girirāja-bhūmeḥ

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; kaṁsam Kaṁsa ; haniṣyāmi I will kill ; mahogra-daṇḍam ferocious ; sa-bāndhavam with his friends ; me of Me ; śapathaḥ a vow ; gavām of the cows ; ca and ; evam thus ; kariṣyāmi I will do ; yadoḥ of the Yadus ; pure in the city ; balān forcibly ; neṣye I will bring ; sadā always ; aham I ; girirāja-bhūmeḥ *on Govardhana Hill.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: I will kill ferocious Kaṁsa and all his friends. That is My solemn vow. Every day I will take the cows from Mathurā to Govardhana Hill.
Text 19

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca ity uktvā dadhi-pātrāṇi bālair nītvā pṛthak pṛthak bhū-pṛṣṭhe pothayām āsa sānandaṁ nanda-nandanaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; ity thus ; uktvā speaking ; dadhi-pātrāṇi the pots of yogurt ; bālaiḥ with the boys ; nītvā taking ; pṛthak pṛthak sepcific ; bhū-pṛṣṭhe on tyhe ground ; pothayām āsa placed ; sānandam with joy ; nanda-nandanaḥ *Nanda's son.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: After speaking these words, Kṛṣṇa and the boys took the jars of yogurt and joyfully placed them on the ground.
Texts 20 and 21

Verse text

aho eṣa paraṁ dhṛṣṭo nirbhayo nanda-nandanaḥ niraṅkuśo bhāṣaṇīyo vane vīraḥ pure 'balaḥ bruvāmahe yaśodāyai nandāya ca kilādya vai evaṁ vadantyas tā gopyaḥ sa-smitāḥ prayayur gṛhān

Synonyms

ahaḥ oh ; eṣa He ; param very ; dhṛṣṭaḥ arrogant ; nirbhayaḥ fearless ; nanda-nandanaḥ Nanda's son ; niraṅkusaḥ merciless ; bhāṣaṇīyaḥ talkative ; vane in the forest ; vīraḥ a hero ; pure in the city ; abalaḥ a weakling ; bruvāmahe we will tell ; yaśodāyai Yaśodā ; nandāya Nanda ; ca and ; kila certainly ; adya now ; vai indeed ; evam thus ; vadantyaḥ speaking ; tāḥ the ; gopyaḥ gopīs ; sa-smitāḥ smiling ; prayayuḥ went ; gṛhān *to their homes.

Translation

Saying "Kṛṣṇa is a bold, fearless, ferocious, and talkative hero here in the secluded forest, but in the city, surrounded by many men, He is only a weakling. We will certainly tell Nanda and Yaśodā what He has done," the smiling gopīs went to their homes.
Text 22

Verse text

nīpa-pālāśa-patrāṇāṁ kṛtvā droṇāni mādhavaḥ jaghāsa bālakaiḥ sārdhaṁ picchalāni dadhīni ca

Synonyms

nīpa-pālāśa-patrāṇām nipa and palasa leaves ; kṛtvā making ; droṇāni cups ; mādhavaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; jaghāsa ate ; bālakaiḥ the boys ; sārdham with ; picchalāni picchala ; dadhīni yogurt ; ca *and.

Translation

Then, making cups of nīpa and pālāśa leaves, Kṛṣṇa and the boys ate the yogurt and picchala.
Text 23

Verse text

droṇākārāṇi patrāṇi babhūvuḥ śākhināṁ tadā tat-kṣetraṁ ca mahā-puṇyaṁ droṇaṁ nāma nṛpeśvara

Synonyms

droṇākārāṇi cups ; patrāṇi leaves ; babhūvuḥ were ; śākhinām of the trees ; tadā then ; tat-kṣetram that place ; ca and ; mahā-puṇyam very sacred ; droṇam Droṇa ; nāma named ; nṛpeśvara *O king of kings.

Translation

O king of kings, that very sacred place, where the trees' leaves became cups, is called Droṇa-tīrtha.
Text 24

Verse text

dadhi-dānaṁ tatra kṛtvā pītvā patra-dhṛtaṁ dadhi namaskuryān naras tasya golokān na cyutir bhavet

Synonyms

dadhi of yogurt ; dānam the giving ; tatra there ; kṛtvā doing ; pītvā drinking ; patra-dhṛtam held in a leaf-cup ; dadhi yogurt ; naraḥ a person ; tasya of him ; golokāt from Goloka ; na not ; cyutiḥ falling ; bhavet *will be.

Translation

A person who at this place gives yogurt in charity, drinks yogurt from a leaf-cup, and then bows down to offer his respectful obeisances, never falls from Goloka.
Text 25

Verse text

netre tv ācchādya yatraiva līno 'bhūn mādhavo 'rbhakaiḥ tatra tīrthaṁ laukikaṁ ca jātaṁ pāpa-praṇāśanam

Synonyms

netre eyes ; tu indeed ; ācchādya covering ; yatra where ; eva indeed ; līnaḥ disappeared ; abhūt became ; mādhavaḥ Kṛṣṇa ; arbhakaiḥ with the boys ; tatra there ; tīrtham the holy place ; laukikam in this world ; ca and ; jātam manifested ; pāpa-praṇāśanam *destroying sins.

Translation

The place where Kṛṣṇa and the boys played games of closing their eyes and hiding is called Laukika-tīrtha. It destroys all sins.
Text 26

Verse text

kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrthaṁ ca līlā-yuktaṁ hareḥ sadā tasya darśana-mātreṇa naro nārāyaṇo bhavet

Synonyms

kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtham Kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtha ; ca and ; līlā-yuktam with pastimes ; hareḥ of Lord Hari ; sadā always ; tasya of Him ; darśana-mātreṇa simply by seeing ; naraḥ a pewrson ; nārāyaṇaḥ like Lord Nārāyaṇa ; bhavet *becomes.

Translation

Simply by seeing Kadamba-khaṇḍa-tīrtha, where Kṛṣṇa enjoyed many pastimes, a person attains a form like that of Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself.
Text 27

Verse text

yatra vai rādhayā rāse śṛṅgāro 'kāri maithila tatra govardhane jātaṁ sthale śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam

Synonyms

yatra where ; vai indeed ; rādhayā with Rādhā ; rase in the rāsa dance ; śṛṅgāraḥ decoration ; akāri did ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; tatra there ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; jātam manifested ; sthale in the place ; śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam *Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the place on Govardhana Hill where Rādhā was decorated during the rāsa dance is called Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala (the decoration place).
Text 28

Verse text

yena rūpeṇa kṛṣṇena dhṛto govardhano giriḥ tad rūpaṁ vidyate tatra nṛpa śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam

Synonyms

yena by which ; rūpeṇa form ; kṛṣṇena by Kṛṣṇa ; dhṛtaḥ held ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; giriḥ the hill ; tat that ; rūpam form ; vidyate is ; tatra there ; nṛpa O king ; śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam *Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.

Translation

O king, the form Lord Kṛṣṇa showed as He lifted Govardhana Hill is still present at Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Texts 29 and 30

Verse text

abdāś catuḥ-sahasrāṇi tathā cāṣṭau śatāni ca gatas tatra kaler ādau kṣetre śṛṅgāra-maṇḍale girirāja-guhā-madhyāt sarveṣāṁ paśyatāṁ nṛpa svataḥ-siddhaṁ ca tad-rūpaṁ hareḥ prādurbhaviṣyati

Synonyms

abdāḥ years ; catuḥ-sahasrāṇi four thousand ; tathā so ; ca and ; aṣṭau eight ; śatāni hundred ; ca and ; gataḥ gone ; tatra there ; kaleḥ of Kali-yuga ; ādau at the beginning ; kṣetre in the place ; śṛṅgāra-maṇḍale Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala ; girirāja of Govardhana Hill ; guhā-madhyāt from a cave ; sarveṣām as all ; paśyatām watch ; nṛpa O king ; svataḥ-siddham perfect ; ca and ; tad-rūpam His form ; hareḥ of Lord Hari ; prādurbhaviṣyati *will be manifested.

Translation

O king, 4,108 years after the beginning of Kali-yuga, as everyone watches, Lord Kṛṣṇa will emerge from a cave on Govardhana Hill and reveal His transcendental form at Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala.
Text 31

Verse text

śrī-nāthaṁ deva-damanaṁ taṁ vadiṣyanti saj-janāḥ govardhane girau rājan sadā līlāṁ karoti yaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nātham Śrīnātha ; deva-damanam the master of the demigods ; tam Him ; vadiṣyanti will call ; saj-janāḥ the saintly devotees ; govardhane girau on Govardhana Hill ; rājan O king ; sadā always ; līlām pastimes ; karoti does ; yaḥ *who.

Translation

O king, the saintly devotees will call this form of the Lord Śrīnātha. He will always enjoy pastimes on Govardhana Hill.
Text 32

Verse text

ye kariṣyanti netrābhyāṁ tasya rūpasya darśanam te kṛtārthā bhaviṣyanti maithilendra kalau janaḥ

Synonyms

ye who ; kariṣyanti will do ; netrābhyām with both eyes ; tasya of Him ; rūpasya the form ; darśanam the sight ; te they ; kṛtārthā successful ; bhaviṣyanti will become ; maithilendra O king of Mithilā ; kalau in Kali-yuga ; janaḥ *people.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the people in Kali-yuga who with their eyes see this form of the Lord will attain all spiritual success.
Text 33

Verse text

jagan-nātho raṅga-nātho dvārakā-nātha eva ca badrī-nāthaś catuṣ-koṇe bhāratasyāpi pārvate

Synonyms

jagan-nāthaḥ Jagan-nātha ; raṅga-nāthaḥ Raṅga-nātha ; dvārakā-nātha Dvārakā-nātha ; eva indeed ; ca and ; badrī-nāthaḥ Badrī-nātha ; catuṣ-koṇe in the four corners ; bhāratasya of Bharata-varṣa ; api also ; pārvate *on the mountain.

Translation

On the four corners of Govardhana Hill are the forms of Lord Jagannātha, Lord Raṅganātha, Lord Dvārakānātha, and Lord Badrīnātha.
Text 34

Verse text

madhye govardhanasyāpi nātho 'yaṁ vartate nṛpa pavitre bhārate varṣe paṣca nāthāḥ sureśvarāḥ

Synonyms

madhye in the middle ; govardhanasya of Govardhana Hill ; api also ; nāthaḥ Lord ; ayam this ; vartate is ; nṛpa O king ; pavitre pure ; bhārate varṣe in Bharata-varṣa ; paṣca five ; nāthāḥ Lords ; sureśvarāḥ *the masters of the demigods.

Translation

Śrīnātha is in the middle of Govardhana Hill. O king, these five forms of the Lord are manifested in sacred Bhārata-varṣa.
Text 35

Verse text

sad-dharma-maṇḍapa-stambhā ārta-traṇa-parāyaṇāḥ teṣāṁ tu darśanaṁ kṛtvā naro nārāyaṇo bhavet

Synonyms

sad-dharma of eternal reliugion ; maṇḍapa of the temple ; stambhā pillars ; ārta-traṇa-parāyaṇāḥ intent on protecting from troubles ; teṣām of Them ; tu indeed ; darśanam the sight ; kṛtvā having done ; naraḥ a person ; nārāyaṇaḥ like Lord Nārāyaṇa ; bhavet *becomes.

Translation

These four Deities are four pillars in the temple of eternal religion. They are determined to protect Their devotees from all troubles. A person who sees Them attains a transcendental form like that of Lord Nārāyaṇa Himself.
Text 36

Verse text

caturṇāṁ bhuvi nāthānāṁ kṛtvā yātrāṁ naraḥ sudhīḥ na paśyed deva-damanaṁ sa na yātrā-phalaṁ labhet

Synonyms

caturṇām of the four ; bhuvi in the world ; nāthānām of the Lords ; kṛtvā having done ; yātrām journey ; naraḥ a person ; sudhīḥ intelligent ; na not ; paśyet may see ; deva-damanam the Supreme Lord ; sa he ; na not ; yātrā of the pilgrimage ; phalam the result ; labhet *attains.

Translation

An intelligent person who visits the places of these Deities but does not see the Lord there does not attain the real result of his visit.
Text 37

Verse text

śrī-nāthaṁ deva-damanaṁ paśyed govardhane girau caturṇāṁ bhuvi nāthānāṁ yātrāyāḥ phalam āpnuyāt

Synonyms

śrī-nātham Śrīnātha ; deva-damanam Lord ; paśyet sees ; govardhane girau on Govardhana Hill ; caturṇām of the four ; bhuvi on the earth ; nāthānām Lords ; yātrāyāḥ of the visit ; phalam the result ; āpnuyāt *attains.

Translation

A person who sees Lord Śrīnātha attains the result of seeing all four Deities on Govardhana Hill.
Text 38

Verse text

airāvatasya surabheḥ pāda-cihnāni yatra vai tatra natvā naraḥ pāpī vaikuṇṭhaṁ yāti maithila

Synonyms

airāvatasya of Airāvata ; surabheḥ of Surabhi ; pāda-cihnāni the footprints ; yatra where ; vai certainly ; tatra there ; natvā bowing down ; naraḥ a person ; pāpī sinful ; vaikuṇṭham to Vaikuṇṭha ; yāti goes ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, a sinner who bows down before the footprints of Airāvata and Surabhi on Govardhana Hill goes to Vaikuṇṭha.
Text 39

Verse text

hasta-cihnaṁ pāda-cihnaṁ śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ dṛṣṭvā natvā naraḥ kaścit sākṣāt kṛṣṇa-padaṁ vrajet

Synonyms

hasta-cihnam handprint ; pāda-cihnam footprint ; śrī-kṛṣṇasya of Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mahātmanaḥ the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; dṛṣṭvā seeing ; natvā bowing down ; naraḥ a person ; kaścit someone ; sākṣāt directly ; kṛṣṇa-padam the abode of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; vrajet *goes.

Translation

A person who sees the handprint and footprint of Śrī Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, and bows down to offer respects to them, goes to Lord Kṛṣṇa's transcendental abode.
Text 40

Verse text

etāni nṛpa tīrthāni kuṇḍādyāyatanāni ca aṅgāni girirājasya kiṁ bhūyaḥ śrotum icchasi

Synonyms

etāni these ; nṛpa O king ; tīrthāni the holy places ; kuṇḍa with lakes ; ādya beginning ; āyatanāni manifested ; ca and ; aṅgāni the limbs ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; kim what? ; bhūyaḥ more ; śrotum to hear ; icchasi *you wish.

Translation

O king, these are the lakes and other holy places that are the limbs of Govardhana Hill. What more do you wish to hear? .pa Chapter Eight Śrī Girirāja-vibhūti The Opulences of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca keṣu keṣu tad-aṅgeṣu kiṁ kiṁ tīrthaṁ samāśritam vada deva mahā-deva tvaṁ parāvara-vittamaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-bahulāśvaḥ uvāca Śrī Bahulāśva said ; keṣu keṣu on which? ; tad-aṅgeṣu of its limbs ; kiṁ kim what? ; tīrtham holy place ; samāśritam sheltered ; vada tell ; deva O Lord ; mahā-deva O great Lord ; tvam You ; parāvara-vittamaḥ *the best of they who know everything.

Translation

Śrī Bahulāśva said: What holy places are situated on what limbs? O great master, O best of the wise, please tell.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca yatra yasya prasiddhiḥ syāt tad-aṅgaṁ paramaṁ viduḥ kramato nāsty aṅga-cayo girirājasya maithila

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; yatra where ; yasya of that ; prasiddhiḥ fame ; syāt is ; tad-aṅgam of its limb ; paramam great ; viduḥ know ; kramataḥ one by one ; na not ; asty is ; aṅga-cayaḥ limbs ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, the sages know only the most famous limbs of Govardhana Hill. They do not know them all, one by one.
Text 3

Verse text

yathā sarva-gataṁ brahma sarvāṅgāni ca tasya vai vibhūter bhavataḥ śaśvat tathā vakṣyāmi mānada

Synonyms

yathā as ; sarva-gatam all-pervading ; brahma Brahman ; sarvāṅgāni all limbs ; ca and ; tasya of it ; vai indeed ; vibhūteḥ of thr opulence ; bhavataḥ being so ; śaśvat directly ; tathā so ; vakṣyāmi I will tell ; mānada *O noble one.

Translation

As Brahman is present everywhere, so the opulences of the Lord are always present on all the limbs of Govardhana Hill. O noble one, I will now describe them to you.
Text 4

Verse text

śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalasyādho mukhaṁ govardhanasya ca yatrānna-kūṭaṁ kṛtavān bhagavān vraja-vāsibhiḥ

Synonyms

śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalasya Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala ; adhaḥ below ; mukham the mouth ; govardhanasya of Govardhana Hill ; ca and ; yatra where ; anna-kūṭam the hill of food ; kṛtavān made ; bhagavān the Lord ; vraja-vāsibhiḥ *with the residents of Vraja.

Translation

Below Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala is Govardhana Hill's mouth, where the Lord and the people of Vraja made a hill of food.
Text 5

Verse text

netre vai mānasī gaṅgā nāsā candra-sarovaraḥ govinda-kuṇḍo hy adharas cibukaṁ kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍakaḥ

Synonyms

netre eyes ; vai indeed ; mānasī gaṅgā Mānasa-gaṅgā ; nāsā nose ; candra-sarovaraḥ Candra-sarovara ; govinda-kuṇḍaḥ Govinda-kuṇḍa ; hy indeed ; adharaḥ lips ; cibukam chin ; kṛṣṇa-kuṇḍakaḥ *Śyāma-kuṇḍa.

Translation

Mānasa-gaṅga is Govardhana Hill's eyes, Candra-sarovara its nose, Govinda-kuṇḍa its lips, Śyāma-kuṇḍa its chin, . . .
Text 6

Verse text

rādhā-kuṇḍaṁ tasya jihvā kapolau lalitā-saraḥ gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ karṇaś ca karṇāntaḥ kusumākaraḥ

Synonyms

rādhā-kuṇḍam Rādhā-kuṇḍa ; tasya its ; jihvā tongue ; kapolau cheeks ; lalitā-saraḥ Lalitā-kuṇḍa ; gopāla-kuṇḍaḥ Gopasla-kuṇḍa ; karṇaḥ ears ; ca and ; karṇāntaḥ within the ear ; kusumākaraḥ *Kusuma-sarovara.

Translation

. . . Rādhā-kuṇḍa its tongue, Lalitā-kuṇḍa its cheeks, Gopāla-kuṇḍa its ears, Kusuma-sarovara its inner ear, . . .
Text 7

Verse text

mauli-jihvā śilā tasya lalāṭaṁ viddhi maithila siraś citra-śilā tasya grīvā vai vādanī śilā

Synonyms

mauli-jihvā marked with Kṛṣṇa's crown ; śilā stone ; tasya ofit ; lalāṭam the forehead ; viddhi please know ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; siraḥ the head ; citra-śilā the picture stone ; tasya of it ; grīvā the n3eck ; vai indeed ; vādanī śilā *the musical stone.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, please know that the stone marked with Lord Kṛṣṇa's crown (mauli-śilā) is Govardhana Hill's forehead, the stone decorated with pictures (citra-śilā) is its head, and the musical stone (vādanī śilā) is its throat.
Text 8

Verse text

kāndukaṁ pārśva-deśaṁ ca auṣṇiṣaṁ kaṭir ucyate droṇa-tīrthaṁ pṛṣṭha-deśe laukikaṁ codare smṛtam

Synonyms

kāndukam Kanduka-tīrtha ; pārśva-deśam sides ; ca and ; auṣṇiṣam auṣniṣa-tīrtha ; kaṭiḥ hips ; ucyate is said ; droṇa-tīrtham Droṇa-tīrtha ; pṛṣṭha-deśe back ; laukikam Laukika-tīrtha ; ca and ; udare belly ; smṛtam *considered.

Translation

Kānduka-tīrtha is said to be its two sides, Auṣiṣa-tīrtha its waist, Droṇa-tirtha its back, and Laukika-tīrtha its belly.
Text 9

Verse text

kadamba-khaṇḍam urasi jīvaḥ śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-cihnaṁ tu manas tasya mahātmanaḥ

Synonyms

kadamba-khaṇḍam Kadamba-khaṇḍa ; urasi chest ; jīvaḥ life ; śṛṅgāra-maṇḍalam Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala ; śrī-kṛṣṇa of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; pāda-cihnam footprint ; tu and ; manaḥ the heart ; tasya of it ; mahātmanaḥ *noble-hearted.

Translation

Kadamba-khaṇḍa is its chest, and Śṛṅgāra-maṇḍala is its life. Śrī Kṛṣṇa's footprint is the heart of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill.
Text 10

Verse text

hasta-cihnaṁ tathā buddhir airāvata-padaṁ padam surabheḥ pāda-cihneṣu pakṣau tasya mahātmanaḥ

Synonyms

hasta-cihnam handprint ; tathā of it ; buddhiḥ intelligence ; airāvata-padam the footprint of Airāvata ; padam the feet ; surabheḥ of Surabhi ; pāda-cihneṣu in the footprints ; pakṣau wings ; tasya of it ; mahātmanaḥ *noble-hearted.

Translation

Lord Kṛṣṇa's handprint is its intelligence, and Airāvata's footprint is its feet. Surabhi's hoofprints are the wings of noble-hearted Govardhana Hill.
Text 11

Verse text

puccha-kuṇḍe tathā pucchaṁ vatsa-kuṇḍe balaṁ smṛtam rudra-kuṇḍe tathā krodhaṁ kāmaṁ śakra-sarovare

Synonyms

puccha-kuṇḍe Puccha-kuṇḍa ; tathā so ; puccham tail ; vatsa-kuṇḍe Vatsa-kunda ; balam strength ; smṛtam considered ; rudra-kuṇḍe Rudra-kundas ; tathā so ; krodham anger ; kāmam desire ; śakra-sarovare *Śakra-sarovara.

Translation

Puccha-kuṇḍa is its tail, Vatsa-kuṇḍa its strength, Rudra-kuṇḍa its anger, and Śakra-sarovara its desire.
Text 12

Verse text

kuvera-tīrthaṁ codyogaṁ brahma-tīrthaṁ prasannatām yama-tīrthe hy ahaṅkāraṁ vadantītthaṁ pura-vidaḥ

Synonyms

kuvera-tīrtham Kuvera-tīrtha ; ca and ; udyogam determination ; brahma-tīrtham Brahma-tirtha ; prasannatām cheerfulness ; yama-tīrthe Yama-tirtha ; hy indeed ; ahaṅkāram ego ; vadanti say ; ittham thus ; pura-vidaḥ *the wise.

Translation

The wise say that Kuvera-tīrtha is Govardhana Hill's determination, Brahma-tīrtha its cheerfulness, and Yama-tīrtha its ego.
Text 13

Verse text

evam aṅgāni sarvatra girirājasya maithila kathitāni mayā tubhyaṁ sarva-pāpa-harāṇi ca

Synonyms

evam thus ; aṅgāni the limbs ; sarvatra everywhere ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; kathitāni described ; mayā by me ; tubhyam to you ; sarva-pāpa-harāṇi removing all sins ; ca *and.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, in this way I have described to you Govardhana Hill's limbs, which remove all sins.
Text 14

Verse text

girirāja-vibhūtiṁ ca yaḥ śṛṇoti narottamaḥ sa gacched dhāma paramaṁ golokaṁ yogi-durlabham

Synonyms

girirāja of Govardhana Hill ; vibhūtim tyhe glory and opulence ; ca and ; yaḥ one who ; śṛṇoti hears ; narottamaḥ the best of men ; sa he ; gacchet attains ; dhāma the abode ; paramam supreme ; golokam Goloka ; yogi-durlabham *which even the greatest yogīs cannot attain.

Translation

One who hears about the glories and opulences of Govardhana Hill becomes the best of persons and goes to Goloka, the supreme abode, which even the greatest yogīs cannot attain.
Text 15

Verse text

samutthito 'sau hari-vakṣaso girir govardhano nāma girīndra-rāja-rāṭ samāgato hy atra pulastya-tejasā yad-darśanāj janma punar na vidyate

Synonyms

samutthitaḥ risen ; asau it ; hari-vakṣasaḥ from Lord Kṛṣṇa's chest ; giriḥ govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; nāma named ; girīndra-rāja-rāṭ the king of the kings of the kings of mountains ; samāgataḥ arrived ; hy indeed ; atra here ; pulastya-tejasā by the power of Pulastya Muni ; yad-darśanāt by seeing which ; janma birth ; punaḥ again ; na not ; vidyate *is.

Translation

By seeing Govardhana Hill, which was born from Lord Hari's chest, which is the king of the kings of the kings of mountains, and which was brought to the earth by Pulastya Muni's power, one becomes free from taking birth again in this world. .pa Chapter Nine Śrī Girirājotpatti The Birth of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca aho govardhanaḥ sākṣād girirājo hari-priyaḥ tat-samānaṁ na tīrthaṁ hi vidyate bhu-tale divi

Synonyms

śrī-bahulāśva uvāca Śrī Bahulāśva said ; ahaḥ Oh ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; sākṣāt directly ; girirājaḥ the king of mountains ; hari to Kṛṣṇa ; priyaḥ dear ; tat-samānam equal to it ; na not ; tīrtham holy place ; hi indeed ; vidyate is ; bhu-tale on the earth ; divi *in heaven.

Translation

Śrī Bahulāśva said: Govardhana Hill is dear to Lord Hari. It is the king of mountains. No holy place in the earthly or heavenly planets is equal to it.
Text 2

Verse text

kadā babhūva śrī-kṛṣṇa- vakṣaso 'yaṁ girīśvaraḥ etad vada mahā-buddhe tvaṁ sākṣād dhari-mānasaḥ

Synonyms

kadā when? ; babhūva was manifested ; śrī-kṛṣṇa- of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; vakṣasaḥ from the chest ; ayam it ; girīśvaraḥ the king of mountains ; etat this ; vada tell ; mahā-buddhe O intelligent one ; tvam you ; sākṣāt directly ; hari-mānasaḥ *the heart of Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

When was Govardhana Hill born from Lord Kṛṣṇa's chest? O wise and intelligent one, please tell me that. You know what is in Lord Kṛṣṇa's heart.
Text 3

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca golokoṭpatti-vṛttantaṁ śṛṇu rājan mahā-mate catuṣ-padārtha-daṁ nṛṇāṁ ādya-līlā-samanvitam

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; goloka of Goloka ; uṭpatti the birth ; vṛttantam the stoory ; śṛṇu hear ; rājan O king ; mahā-mate noble-hearted ; catuṣ-padārtha-dam granting the four goals of life ; nṛṇām of human beings ; ādya-līlā-samanvitam *with the first pastimes.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: O noble-hearted king, please hear the story of Goloka's birth, a story that brings to human beings the four goals of life, a story filled with transcendental pastimes.
Text 4

Verse text

anādir ātmā puruṣo nirguṇaḥ prakṛteḥ paraḥ paripūrṇatamaḥ sākṣāc chrī-kṛṣṇo bhagavān prabhuḥ

Synonyms

anādiḥ beginningless ; ātmā self ; puruṣaḥ person ; nirguṇaḥ free from the material modes of nature ; prakṛteḥ matter ; paraḥ above ; paripūrṇatamaḥ perfect and complete ; sākṣāt directly ; śrī-kṛṣṇaḥ Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; bhagavān the Lord ; prabhuḥ *Himself.

Translation

Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the Supreme Lord. He is a person. He has no beginning. He is perfect and complete. He is the master of all opulences. He is beyond the modes of nature. He is above the realm of matter.
Text 5

Verse text

pratyag-dhāmā svayaṁ-jyotī ramamāno nirantaraṁ yatra kālaḥ kalayatām īśvaro dhāma-māninām

Synonyms

pratyag-dhāmā in His own abode ; svayaṁ-jyotī self-effulgent ; ramamānaḥ enjoying ; nirantaram eternally ; yatra where ; kālaḥ time ; kalayatām manifest ; īśvaraḥ able ; dhāma-māninām *considering the abode.

Translation

Time has no existence in the transcendental abode where the self-effulgent Supreme Personality of Godhead enjoys pastimes eternally.
Text 6

Verse text

rājan na prabhaven māyā na mahāṁś ca guṇāḥ kutaḥ na viśanti kvacid rājan manaś citto matir hy aham

Synonyms

rājan O king ; na not ; prabhaven has power ; māyā illusion ; na not ; mahāṁḥ the mahat-tattva ; ca and ; guṇāḥ the modes ; kutaḥ where? ; na no ; viśanti enter ; kvacit somehwre ; rājan O king ; manaḥ heart ; cittaḥ mind ; matiḥ intelligence ; hy indeed ; aham *ego.

Translation

O king, illusion has no power in that realm. Neither do the mahat-tattva, nor the material modes of nature have any power there. How can they? O king, the material heart, mind, intelligence and false-ego cannot enter there.
Text 7

Verse text

sva-dhāmni brahma sākāraṁ icchayā vyaracīkarat prathamaṁ cābhavac cheṣo biṣa-śveto bṛhad-vapuḥ

Synonyms

sva own ; dhāmni in the abode ; brahma Brahman ; sākāram who has form ; icchayā with a desire ; vyaracīkarat created ; prathamam first ; ca and ; abhavat was ; śeṣaḥ Śeṣa ; biṣa-śvetaḥ with white coils ; bṛhad-vapuḥ *a great body.

Translation

In His own abode the Supreme Personality of Godhead, whose form is spiritual, desired to expand, and so He manifested the form of Lord Śeṣa, who has gigantic white coils.
Text 8

Verse text

tad-utsaṅge mahā-loko goloko loka-vanditaḥ yaṁ prāpya bhakti-samyuktaḥ punar āvartate na hi

Synonyms

tad-utsaṅge on His lap ; mahā-lokaḥ the great realm ; golokaḥ Goloka ; loka-vanditaḥ worshiped by all the worlds ; yam which ; prāpya attaining ; bhakti-samyuktaḥ a devotee ; punaḥ again ; āvartate returns ; na not ; hi *indeed.

Translation

The Lord's realm, Goloka, is worshiped by all the worlds. A devotee who goes there never returns to the world of birth and death.
Text 9

Verse text

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pater golokādhipateḥ prabhoḥ punaḥ pādābja-sambhūtaḥ gaṅgā tri-patha-gāminī

Synonyms

asaṅkhya-brahmāṇḍa-pateḥ the master of countless universes ; golokādhipateḥ the ruler of Goloka ; prabhoḥ of the Lord ; punaḥ again ; pādābja-sambhūtaḥ manifested from the lotus feet ; gaṅgā the Ganges ; tri-patha-gāminī *traveling through the three worlds.

Translation

The Gaṅgā, which travels through the three material worlds, was born from the lotus feet of Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is the master of countless material universes and the ruler of the spiritual realm of Goloka.
Text 10

Verse text

punar vāmāṁśatas tasya kṛṣṇābhūt saritāṁ varā reje śṛṅgāra-kusumair yathoṣṇiṅ-mudritā nṛpa

Synonyms

punaḥ again ; vāma left ; aṁśataḥ from the shoulder ; tasya of Him ; kṛṣṇā the Yamunā ; abhūt was ; saritām of rivers ; varā the best ; reje shone ; śṛṅgāra-kusumaiḥ with flower decorations ; yathā as ; uṣṇiṅ-mudritā wearing a turban ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

O king, the Yamunā, the best of rivers, who wore a turban and many flower ornaments, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's left shoulder.
Text 11

Verse text

śrī-rāsa-maṇḍalaṁ divyaṁ hema-ratna-samanvitam nānā-śṛṅgāra-pātālaṁ gulphābhyāṁ śrī-hareḥ prabhoḥ

Synonyms

śrī-rāsa-maṇḍalam the rasa dance circle ; divyam splendid ; hema-ratna-samanvitam with gold and jewels ; nānā various ; śṛṅgāra-pātālam with many decorations ; gulphābhyām from the ankles ; śrī-hareḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; prabhoḥ *the Lord.

Translation

The splendid rāsa-dance circle, made of gold and jewels, and decorated with many ornaments, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's ankles.
Texts 12 and 13

Verse text

sabhā-prāṅgana-vīthibhir maṇḍapaiḥ pariveṣṭitaḥ vasanta-mādhurya-dhārāḥ kūjat-kokila-saṅkulaḥ mayūraiḥ ṣaṭpadair vyāptaḥ sarobhiḥ pariṣevitaḥ jāto nikuṣjo jaṅghābhyāṁ śrī-kṛṣṇasya mahātmanaḥ

Synonyms

sabhā assembly-houses ; prāṅgana courtyards ; vīthibhiḥ with pathways ; maṇḍapaiḥ with pavilions ; pariveṣṭitaḥ filled ; vasanta springtime ; mādhurya sweetness ; dhārāḥ flooded with streams ; kūjat-kokila-saṅkulaḥ filled with cooing cuckoos ; mayūraiḥ with peacocks ; ṣaṭpadaiḥ beees ; vyāptaḥ filled ; sarobhiḥ with lakes ; pariṣevitaḥ decorated ; jātaḥ born ; nikuṣjaḥ forest ; jaṅghābhyām from the legs ; śrī-kṛṣṇasya of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; mahātmanaḥ *the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

Filled with assembly-houses, courtyards, pathways, pavilions, peacocks, bees, and cooing cuckoos, flooded with the sweetness of spring, and decorated with many lakes, a forest grove was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's legs.
Text 14

Verse text

vṛndāvanaṁ ca jānūbhyāṁ rājan sarva-vanottamam līlā-sarovaraḥ sākṣād urūbhyāṁ paramātmanaḥ

Synonyms

vṛndāvanam Vṛndāvana ; ca and ; jānūbhyām from the knees ; rājan O king ; sarva-vanottamam the best of all forests ; līlā-sarovaraḥ Lila-sarivara ; sākṣāt directly ; urūbhyām from the thighs ; paramātmanaḥ *of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

Translation

O king, Vṛndāvana, the best of all forests, was manifested from Lord Kṛṣṇa's knees, and Līlā-sarovara lake was manifested from His thighs.
Text 15

Verse text

kaṭi-deśāt svarṇa-bhūmer divya-ratna-khacit-prabhā udare roma-rājiś ca mādhavyo vistṛtā latāḥ

Synonyms

kaṭi-deśāt from His hips ; svarṇa-bhūmeḥ a golden land ; divya-ratna-khacit-prabhā splendid with glittering jewerls ; udare on the belly ; roma-rājiḥ the line of hairs ; ca and ; mādhavyaḥ madhavi ; vistṛtā expanded ; latāḥ *vines.

Translation

A golden place splendid with gold and jewels was manifested from His hips. Many flowering mādhavī vines were manifested from the line of hairs on His abdomen.
Text 16

Verse text

nānā-pakṣi-gaṇair vyaptā dhvanad-bhramara-bhūṣitāḥ su-puṣpa-phala-bhāraiś ca natāḥ sat-kulajā iva

Synonyms

nānā-pakṣi-gaṇaiḥ with many different birds ; vyaptā filled ; dhvanad-bhramara-bhūṣitaḥ decorated with humming bees ; su-puṣpa-phala-bhāraiḥ with many fruits and flowers ; ca and ; natāḥ bowed down ; sat-kulajā saintly girls ; iva *like.

Translation

These vines were filled with many different birds and decorated with buzzing bees. Burdened with many flowers and fruits, they bowed down as if they were many saintly girls.
Text 17

Verse text

śrī-nābhi-paṅkajāt tasya paṅkajāni sahasraśaḥ saraḥsu hari-lokasya tāni rejur itas tataḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nābhi-paṅkajāt from the lotus navel ; tasya of Him ; paṅkajāni lotuses ; sahasraśaḥ thousands ; saraḥsu in lakes ; hari of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; lokasya of the realm ; tāni they ; rejuḥ shone ; itaḥ here ; tataḥ *and there.

Translation

From the Lord's lotus navel many thousands of lotus flowers were manifested. They shone very splendidly in the many lakes of Lord Kṛṣṇa's transcendental abode.
Text 18

Verse text

tri-bali-prāntato vāyur manda-gāmy ati-śītalaḥ jātru-deśāc chubhā jātā mathurā dvārakā-purī From the three folds of skin at the Lord's waist was manifested a gentle and cooling breeze. From His collar were manifested the cities of Mathurā and Dvārakā.

Synonyms

tri-bali-prāntataḥ from the three folds of skin ; vāyuḥ the breeze ; manda-gāmy gentle ; ati-śītalaḥ cooling ; jātru-deśāt from the collar ; śubhā beautiful ; jātā born ; mathurā Mathurā ; dvārakā-purī *Dvārakā City
Text 19

Verse text

bhujābhyāṁ śrī-harer jātā śrīdāmādy-aṣṭa-pārṣadaḥ nandaś ca maṇi-bandhābhyāṁ upanandaḥ karāgrataḥ

Synonyms

bhujābhyām from the arms ; śrī-hareḥ of LordKṛṣṇa ; jātā born ; śrīdāmādy-aṣṭa-pārṣadaḥ the eight close friends headed by Śrīdama ; nandaḥ Nanbda ; ca and ; maṇi-bandhābhyām from the wrists ; upanandaḥ Upananda ; karāgrataḥ *from the hands.

Translation

From Lord Kṛṣṇa's arms were manifested His eight friends headed by Śrīdāmā. From the Lord's wrists Nanda was manifested, and from the Lord's hands Upananda was manifested.
Text 20

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-bāhu-mūlābhyāṁ sarve vai vṛṣabhānavaḥ kṛṣṇa-roma-samudbhūtāḥ sarve gopa-gaṇā nṛpa

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-bāhu-mūlābhyām from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's shoulder blades ; sarve all ; vai indeed ; vṛṣabhānavaḥ the Vṛṣabhānus ; kṛṣṇa-roma-samudbhūtāḥ from the hairs of Lord Kṛṣṇa's body ; sarve all ; gopa-gaṇā the gopas ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

O king, from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's shoulder-blades all the Vṛṣabhānus were manifested. From the hairs of Śrī Kṛṣṇa's body all the gopas were manifested.
Text 21

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-manaso gāvo vṛṣā dharma-dhurandharāḥ buddher yāvasa-gulmāni babhūvur maithileśvara

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa-manasaḥ from Śrī Śrī Kṛṣṇa's mind ; gāvaḥ cows ; vṛṣā bulls ; dharma-dhurandharāḥ the upholderers of religion ; buddheḥ from the intelligence ; yāvasa grass ; gulmāni and bushes ; babhūvuḥ were ; maithileśvara *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, from Śrī Kṛṣṇa's mind were manifested the cows and bulls, the upholders of religion. From Śrī Kṛṣṇa's intelligence were manifested the grass, plants, and shrubs.
Text 22

Verse text

tad-vāmāṁśāt samudbhūtaṁ gauraṁ tejaḥ sphurat-prabham līlā śrīr bhūś ca virajā tasmāj jātā hareḥ priyāḥ

Synonyms

tad-vāmāṁśāt from the left shoulder ; samudbhūtam manifested ; gauram fair ; tejaḥ splendor ; sphurat-prabham glistening ; līlā Līlā ; śrīḥ Śrī ; bhūś Bhū ; ca and ; virajā Virajā ; tasmāj from that ; jātā born ; hareḥ of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; priyāḥ *the beloveds.

Translation

From the Lord's left shoulder was manifested a golden splendor that was His beloveds: Līlā, Śrī, Bhū, and Virajā.
Text 23

Verse text

līlāvatī priyā tasya tāṁ rādhāṁ tu viduḥ pare śrī-rādhāyā bhujābhyāṁ tu viśākhā lalitā sakhī

Synonyms

līlāvatī Līlāvatī ; priyā bloved ; tasya of Him ; tam Her ; rādhām Rādhā ; tu indeed ; viduḥ know ; pare others ; śrī-rādhāyā of Śrī Rādhā ; bhujābhyām fromn the arms ; tu indeed ; viśākhā Viśākhā ; lalitā Lalitā ; sakhī *friend.

Translation

One of His beloveds is Līlāvatī. The wise know His dearest beloved is Rādhā. From Rādhā's arms are manifested Her friends Lalitā and Viśākhā.
Text 24

Verse text

sahacaryas tathā gopyo rādhā-romodbhavā nṛpa evaṁ goloka-racanaṁ cakāra madhusūdanaḥ

Synonyms

sahacaryaḥ assistants ; tathā then ; gopyaḥ gopīs ; rādhā-romodbhavā manifested from the hairs of Rādhā's body ; nṛpa O king ; evam thus ; goloka of Goloka ; racanam creation ; cakāra did ; madhusūdanaḥ *Lord Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

O king, Her gopī-assistants were manifested from the hairs of Rādhā's body. In this way Lord Kṛṣṇa manifested the world of Goloka.
Text 25

Verse text

vidhāya sarvaṁ nija-lokam itthaṁ śrī-rādhayā tatra rarāja rājan asaṅkhya-lokāṇḍa-patiḥ parātmā paraḥ pareśaḥ paripūrṇa-devaḥ

Synonyms

vidhāya placing ; sarvam everything ; nija-lokam His own realm ; ittham thus ; śrī-rādhayā with Rādhā ; tatra there ; rarāja shone ; rājan O king ; asaṅkhya-lokāṇḍa-patiḥ the Lord of countless universes ; parātmā the Supreme Self ; paraḥ the Supreme ; pareśaḥ the master oif all ; paripūrṇa-devaḥ *theperfect Lord.

Translation

After thus manifesting His own abode, Lord Kṛṣṇa, the perfect and complete Supreme Personality of Godhead, who is the master of countless universes, shone with great glory in Śrī Rādhā's company there.
Texts 26-28

Verse text

tatraikadā sundara-rāsa-maṇḍale spurat-kvaṇan-nūpura-śabda-saṅkule su-cchatra-muktā-phala-dāmajāvṛta- sravad-bṛhad-bindu-virājitāṅgane śrī-mālatīnāṁ su-vitāna-jālataḥ svataḥ-sravat-san-makaranda-gandhite mṛdaṅga-tāla-dhvani-venu-nādite su-kaṇṭha-gītādi-manohare pare śrī-sundarī-rāsa-rase manorame madhya-sthitaṁ koṭi-manoja-mohanam jagāda rādhā-patim urjayā girā kṛtvā kaṭākṣaṁ rasa-dāna-kauśalam

Synonyms

tatra there ; eka one ; sundara-rāsa-maṇḍale in the beautiful rasa-dance circle ; spurat-kvaṇan-nūpura-śabda-saṅkule filledwith the tinkling of anklets ; su-cchatra a glorious parasol ; muktā-phala-dāmajā strings of pearls ; āvṛta filled ; sravad-bṛhad-bindu with great drops ; virājita glorious ; aṅgane courtyard ; śrī-mālatīnām of malati vines ; su-vitāna-jālataḥ froma great network ; svataḥ-sravat-san-makaranda with spontaneously flowing nectar ; gandhite fragrant ; mṛdaṅga-tāla-dhvani-venu-nādite filled with the sounds of flute and mṛdaṅga ; su-kaṇṭha-gītādi with beautiful songs from beautiful necks ; manohare beautiful ; pare other ; śrī-sundarī-rāsa-rase in the nectar of the rasa dance of beautiful girlws ; manorame beautiful ; madhya-sthitam staying in the middle ; koṭi-manoja-mohanam more charming than ten million Kāmadevas ; jagāda spoke ; rādhā-patim to the aLord of Rādhā ; urjayā withg earnest ; girā words ; kṛtvā doing ; kaṭākṣam a sidelong glance ; rasa-dāna-kauśalam *expert at giving nectar.

Translation

One day, in the beautiful rāsa-dance circle, which was filled with the tinkling of anklets and with courtyards splendid with pearls and parasols, awnings of flowering mālatī vines fragrant with nectar honey, sounds of flute and mṛdaṅga, and beautiful singing from beautiful throats, and which was beautiful with many beautiful girls, Rādhā cast a sidelong glance at Lord Kṛṣṇa, who is more charming that many millions of Kāmadevas, and who generously gives the sweetest nectar. She spoke to Him the following words.
Text 29

Verse text

śrī-rādhovāca yadi rāse prasanno 'si mama premṇā jagat-pate tadāhaṁ prārthanāṁ tvāṁ tu karomi manasi sthitām

Synonyms

śrī-rādhā uvāca Śrī Rādhā said ; yadi if ; rāse in the rasa dance ; prasannaḥ pleased ; asi You are ; mama of Me ; premṇā with the love ; jagat-pate O Lord of the worlds ; tadā then ; aham I ; prārthanām request ; tvām to You ; tu indeed ; karomi I do ; manasi in the heart ; sthitām *situated.

Translation

Śrī Rādhā said: O Lord of the worlds, if You are pleased with My love in this rāsa-dance, then there is a desire in My heart I would like to place before You.
Text 30

Verse text

śrī-bhagavān uvāca icchāṁ varāya vāmoru yā te manasi vartate na deyaṁ yadi yad vastu premṇā dāsyāmi tat priye

Synonyms

śrī-bhagavān uvāca the Supreme Personality of Godhead said ; icchām desire ; varāya please choose ; vāmoru O girl with the beautiful thighs ; what ; te of You ; manasi in the heart ; vartate is ; na not ; deyam to be given ; yadi if ; yat what ; vastu things ; premṇā with love ; dāsyāmi I will give ; tat that ; priye *O beloved.

Translation

The Supreme Personality of Godhead said: O girl with the beautiful thighs, You may ask for whatever Your heart desires. O beloved, if I have not already given it, I will lovingly give whatever You wish.
Text 31

Verse text

śrī-rādhovāca vṛndāvane divya-nikuṣja-pārśve kṛṣṇā-taṭe rāsa-rasāya yogyam rahaḥ-sthalaṁ tvaṁ kurutān manojṣaṁ manoratho 'yaṁ mama deva-deva

Synonyms

śrī-rādhā uvāca Śrī Rādhā said ; vṛndāvane in Vṛndāvan ; divya-nikuṣja-pārśve in the splendid groves ; kṛṣṇā of the Yamunā ; taṭe on the shore ; rāsa-rasāya for the nectar of a rasa dance ; yogyam suitable ; rahaḥ-sthalam secluded place ; tvam You ; kurutān may do ; manojṣām beautiful ; manorathaḥ desire ; ayam this ; mama My ; deva-deva *O Lord of lords.

Translation

Śrī Rādhā said: In splendid Vṛndāvana forest, in a beautiful and secluded place by the Yamunā's shore, please make an arena for a nectar rāsa-dance. O Lord of lords, this is My desire.
Text 32

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca tathāstu coktvā bhagavān raho-yogyaṁ vicintayan sva-netra-paṅkajābhyāṁ tu hṛdayaṁ sandadarśa ha

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; tathāstu so be it ; ca and ; uktvā saying ; bhagavān the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; raho-yogyam secluded ; vicintayan considering ; sva-netra-paṅkajābhyām with His lotus eyes ; tu undeed ; hṛdayam heart ; sandadarśa saw ; ha *indeed.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: Saying, "So be it", the Lord meditated. With His lotus eyes he looked inside His heart.
Text 33

Verse text

tadaiva kṛṣṇa-hṛdayād gopī-vyūhasya paśyataḥ nirgataṁ sa-jalaṁ tejo 'nurāgasyeva cāṅkuram

Synonyms

tadā then ; eva certainly ; kṛṣṇa-hṛdayāt from Lord Kṛṣṇa's heart ; gopī-vyūhasya a host of gopīs ; paśyataḥ watching ; nirgatam came out ; sa-jalam with water ; tejaḥ fire ; anurāgasya of love ; iva like ; ca and ; aṅkuram *a sprout.

Translation

As the gopīs watched, Kṛṣṇa's love, in a form of fire and water, came from His heart as a sprout comes up from the ground.
Text 34

Verse text

patitaṁ rāsa-bhūmau tad vavṛdhe parvatākṛtī ratna-dhātu-mayaṁ divyaṁ su-nirjhāra-darī-vṛtam

Synonyms

patitam fallen ; rāsa-bhūmau on the ground of the rāsa-dance ; tat that ; vavṛdhe grew ; parvatākṛtī in the form of a mountain ; ratna-dhātu-mayam made of jewels ; divyam splendid ; su-nirjhāra-darī-vṛtam *filled with caves and mountain-streams.

Translation

Falling onto the ground of the rāsa-dance circle, that love grew into a great mountain filled with many caves and swiftly-moving streams, . . .
Text 35

Verse text

kadamba-bakulāśoka- latā-jāla-manoharam mandāra-kunda-vṛndāḍhyaṁ su-pakṣi-gaṇa-saṅkulam

Synonyms

kadamba kadamba ; bakula bakula ; aśoka asoka ; latā vines ; jāla network ; manoharam beautiful ; mandāra mandara ; kunda kunds ; vṛnda multitudes ; āḍhyam opulent ; su-pakṣi-gaṇa-saṅkulam *filled with birds.

Translation

. . . beautiful with kadamba, bakula, and aśoka trees and a great network of flowering vines, opulent with mandāra and kunda flowers, and filled with graceful birds.
Text 36

Verse text

kṣaṇa-mātreṇa vaideha lakṣa-yojana-vistṛtam śata-koṭir yojanānāṁ lambitaṁ śeṣavat punaḥ

Synonyms

kṣaṇa-mātreṇa in onlky a moment ; vaideha O king of Videha ; lakṣa-yojana-vistṛtam eight hundred thousand miles ; śata-koṭiḥ one billion ; yojanānām yojanas ; lambitam in extent ; śeṣavat like Śeṣa ; punaḥ *again.

Translation

O king of Videha, in a single moment that mountain became eight hundred thousand miles wide and eight billion miles long. It was like another Ananta Śeṣa.
Text 37

Verse text

ūrdhvaṁ samunnataṁ jātaṁ paṣcāśat-koṭi-yojanam karīndra-vat sthitaṁ śaśvat paṣcāśat-koṭi-vistṛtam

Synonyms

ūrdhvam up ; samunnatam raised ; jātam born ; paṣcāśat-koṭi-yojanam 4,000,000,000 miles ; karīndra-vat like the king of elephants ; sthitam situated ; śaśvat eternally ; paṣcāśat-koṭi-vistṛtam *five hundred million.

Translation

It was four billion miles tall. It is four billion miles tall eternally. It was like a gigantic elephant.
Text 38

Verse text

koṭi-yojana-dīrghāṅgaiḥ śṛṅgānāṁ śatakaiḥ sphurat uccakaiḥ svarṇa-kalaśaiḥ prāsādam iva maithila

Synonyms

koṭi-yojana eithy million miles ; dīrgha tall ; aṅgaiḥ with limbs ; śṛṅgānām of peaks ; śatakaiḥ with a hundred ; sphurat manifested ; uccakaiḥ tall ; svarṇa-kalaśaiḥ with many golden domes ; prāsādam a palace ; iva like ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

It had a hundred eighty-million-mile-tall peaks. O king of Mithilā, it was like a great palace with many golden domes.
Text 39

Verse text

govardhanākhyaṁ tac cāhuḥ śata-śṛṅgaṁ tathāpare evam-bhūtaṁ tu tad api vardhitaṁ mānasotsukam

Synonyms

govardhanākhyam named Govardhana Hill ; tat that ; ca and ; āhuḥ said ; śata-śṛṅgam hundred peaks ; tathā so ; apare others ; evam-bhūtam in this way ; tu indeed ; tat that ; api also ; vardhitam increased ; mānasa of the heart ; utsukam *the eagerness.

Translation

Some called this mountain Govardhana and others called it Śataśṛṅga (a hundred peaks). The mountain expanded as much as its heart wished.
Text 40

Verse text

kolāhale tadā jāte goloke bhaya-vihvale vīkṣyotthāya hariḥ sākṣād dhastenāśu tatāda taṁ

Synonyms

kolāhale chaos ; tadā then ; jāte was maniufested ; goloke inj Goloka ; bhaya-vihvale filled with fear ; vīkṣya seeing ; utthāya rising ; hariḥ Kṛṣṇa ; sākṣāt directly ; hastena with one hand ; āśu at once ; tatāda struck ; tam *it.

Translation

As the mountain expanded, Goloka became filled with fear and there was a great uproar. Lord Kṛṣṇa at once stood up and slapped the mountain with His hand
Text 41

Verse text

kiṁ vardhase bho pracchinnaṁ lokam ācchādya tiṣṭhasi kiṁ vā na caite vasituṁ tac-chāntim akarod dhariḥ

Synonyms

kim why? ; vardhase do you expand ; bhaḥ O ; pracchinnam covered ; lokam realm ; ācchādya coving ; tiṣṭhasi you stand ; kim why? ; or ; na not ; ca and ; ete they ; vasitum to reside ; tat-śāntim peace ; akarot did ; hariḥ *Kṛṣṇa.

Translation

He said, "Why do You expand so much? You have covered the entire realm! Why do you not stop at once?" In this way Kṛṣṇa stopped the mountain from growing any further.
Text 42

Verse text

samvīkṣya taṁ giri-varaṁ prasannā bhagavat-priyā tasmin rahaḥ-sthale rājan rarāja hariṇā saha

Synonyms

samvīkṣya seeing ; tam this ; giri-varam best of mountains ; prasannā pleased ; bhagavat-priyā the Lord's beloved ; tasmin in that ; rahaḥ-sthale in a secluded pkace ; rājan O king ; rarāja shone ; hariṇā Kṛṣṇa ; saha *with.

Translation

Gazing at this best of mountains, Lord Kṛṣṇa's beloved Rādhā was very pleased. O king, She enjoyed pastimes with Kṛṣṇa in a secluded place on that mountain.
Text 43

Verse text

so 'yaṁ giri-varaḥ sākṣāc chrī-kṛṣṇena praṇoditaḥ sarva-tīrtha-mayaḥ śyāmo ghana-śyāmaḥ sura-priyaḥ

Synonyms

saḥ this ; ayam this ; giri-varaḥ the best of mountains ; sākṣāc directly ; śrī-kṛṣṇena by Kṛṣṇa ; praṇoditaḥ sent ; sarva-tīrtha-mayaḥ consisting of all holy places ; śyāmaḥ dark ; ghana-śyāmaḥ dark as a cloud ; sura-priyaḥ *dear to the Lord.

Translation

In this way Govardhana Hill, which is the best of mountains, which is dear to the Lord, which is dark as a monsoon cloud, and which contains within itself all holy places, was manifested by Lord Kṛṣṇa.
Text 44

Verse text

bhāratāt pāścima-diśi salmali-dvīpa-madhyataḥ govardhano janma lebhe patnyāṁ droṇācalasya ca

Synonyms

bhāratāt from Bharata varsa ; pāścima-diśi in the w4est ; salmali-dvīpa-madhyataḥ in Slamali-dvipa ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; janma birth ; lebhe attained ; patnyām in the wife ; droṇācalasya of Mount Droṇa ; ca *and.

Translation

In Śālmalī-dvīpa, to the west of Bhārata-varṣa, Govardhana Hill was born from the wife of Mount Droṇa.
Text 45

Verse text

pulastyena samānīto bharate vraja-maṇḍale vaideha tasyāgamanaṁ mayā tubhyaṁ puroditam

Synonyms

pulastyena by Pulastya Muni ; samānītaḥ brought ; bharate to Bharata varsa ; vraja-maṇḍale in Vraja-maṇḍala ; vaideha O king of Videha ; tasya of him ; āgamanam the arrival ; mayā by me ; tubhyam to you ; purā before ; uditam *described.

Translation

Pulastya Muni brought Govardhana to Bhārata-varṣa. O king of Videha, I have already described this to you.
Text 46

Verse text

yathā purā vardhitum utsuko 'yaṁ tathāpidhānaṁ bhavitā bhuvo vā vicintya śāpaṁ muninā pareśo droṇātmajayeti dadau kṣayārtham

Synonyms

yathā as ; purā before ; vardhitum to 3expand ; utsukaḥ eager ; ayam this ; tathā so ; apidhānam —covered ; bhavitā will be ; bhuvaḥ of the earth ; or ; vicintya considering ; śāpam curse ; muninā by the sage ; pareśaḥ the Supreme Personality of Godhead ; droṇātmajaya to the son of Mount Droṇa ; iti thus ; dadau gave ; kṣayārtham *to decrease.

Translation

Because Govardhana Hill had been so eager to expand unlimitedly, Lord Kṛṣṇa arranged that the sage Pulastya curse it to decrease day by day. .pa Chapter Ten Śrī Girirāja-māhātmya The Glory of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca atraivodāharantīmaṁ itihāsaṁ purātanam yasya śravaṇa-mātreṇa mahā-pāpaṁ praṇaśyati

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; atra here ; eva indeed ; udāharanti say ; imam thus ; itihāsam history ; purātanam ancient ; yasya of which ; śravaṇa-mātreṇa simply by hearing ; mahā-pāpam great sin ; praṇaśyati *is destroyed.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: This is the most ancient history of Goloka. When one hears it, all his sins are destoryed.
Text 2

Verse text

vijayo brāhmaṇaḥ kaścid gotamī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt āyayau svam ṛṇaṁ netuṁ mathurāṁ pāpa-nāśinīm

Synonyms

vijayaḥ Vijaya ; brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmaṇa ; kaścit a certain ; gotamī-tīra-vāsa-kṛt residing on the bank of the Gotamī river ; āyayau went ; svam own ; ṛṇam debt ; netum to repay ; mathurām to Mathurā ; pāpa-nāśinīm *destroyer of sins.

Translation

One day, in order to repay the debt he owed the sages and ancestors, a certain brāhmaṇa named Vijaya went to Mathurā, the holy place that removes all sins.
Text 3

Verse text

kṛtvā kāryaṁ gṛhaṁ gacchan govardhana-taṭīṁ gataḥ vartulaṁ tatra pāṣāṇaṁ caikaṁ jagrāha maithila

Synonyms

kṛtvā doing ; kāryam duty ; gṛham home ; gacchan going ; govardhana-taṭīm to Govardhana Hill ; gataḥ went ; vartulam round ; tatra there ; pāṣāṇam stone ; ca and ; ekam one ; jagrāha took ; maithila *O king of Mithilā.

Translation

O king of Mithilā, after performing his religious duties, he went to Govardhana Hill and took one of the stones there.
Text 4

Verse text

śanaiḥ śanair vanoddeśe nirgato vraja-maṇḍalāt agre dadarśa cāyantaṁ rākṣasaṁ ghora-rūpiṇam

Synonyms

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ gradually ; vanoddeśe in the forest ; nirgataḥ went ; vraja-maṇḍalāt from the circle of Vraja ; agre before ; dadarśa saw ; ca and ; āyantam coming ; rākṣasam a raksasa ; ghora-rūpiṇam *horrible.

Translation

Going in a leisurely way from forest to forest, he finally left the circle of Vraja. At that moment he saw a horrible rākṣasa monster approaching.
Text 5

Verse text

hṛdaye ca mukhaṁ yasya trayaḥ pādaḥ bhujaś ca ṣaṭ hasta-trayaṁ ca sthūloṣṭho nāśā hasta-samunnatā

Synonyms

hṛdaye in the chest ; ca and ; mukham face ; yasya of whom ; trayaḥ fear ; pādaḥ feet ; bhujaś arms ; ca and ; ṣaṭ six ; hasta-trayam three hands ; ca and ; sthūloṣṭhaḥ huge lips ; nāśā nose ; hasta-samunnatā *raised hands.

Translation

The monster had three heads, three chests, six arms, six legs, three hands, huge lips, and a huge nose. His hands were raised in the air.
Text 6

Verse text

sapta-hastā lalaj-jihvā kaṇṭakābhās tanūruhāḥ aruṇe akṣiṇī dīrghe dantā vakrā bhayaṅkarāḥ

Synonyms

sapta-hastā seven hands ; lalaj-jihvā lolling tongue ; kaṇṭakābhāḥ like a thorn bush ; tanūruhāḥ the hairs of the body ; aruṇe red ; akṣiṇī eyes ; dīrghe long ; dantā teeth ; vakra curved ; bhayaṅkaraḥ *fearsome.

Translation

His seven-hands-long tongue moved to and fro, the hairs of his body were like a tangle of thorns, his eyes were red, and he had long, curved, frightening fangs.
Text 7

Verse text

rākṣaso ghurghura-śabdaṁ kṛtvā cāpi bubhukṣitaḥ āyayau sammukhe rājan brāhmaṇasya sthitasya ca

Synonyms

rākṣasaḥ the monster ; ghurghura-śabdam a snorting sound ; kṛtvā making ; ca and ; api and ; bubhukṣitaḥ wishing to eat ; āyayau came ; sammukhe in the presence ; rājan O king ; brāhmaṇasya of the brāhmaṇa ; sthitasya standing there ; ca *and.

Translation

O king, wishing to eat him, the snorting monster approached the brāhmaṇa.
Text 8

Verse text

girirājodbhavenāsau pāṣāṇena jaghāna tam girirāja-śilā-sparśāt tyaktvāsau rākṣasīṁ tanum

Synonyms

girirāja on Govardhana Hill ; udbhavena manifested ; asau he ; pāṣāṇena the stone ; jaghāna hit ; tam him ; girirāja-śilā of the stone from Govardhana Hill ; sparśāt from the touch ; tyaktvā gave up ; asau he ; rākṣasīm of the monster ; tanum *the body.

Translation

With his Govardhana-stone the brāhmaṇa struck the monster. Hit by the Govardhana-stone, the monster gave up his body.
Texts 9 and 10

Verse text

padma-patra-viśālākṣaḥ śyāmasundara-vigrahaḥ vana-mālī pīta-vāsā mukuṭī kuṇḍalānvitaḥ vaṁśī-dharo vetra-hastaḥ kāmadeva ivāparaḥ bhūtvā kṛtāṣjalir vipraṁ praṇanāma muhur muhuḥ

Synonyms

padma lotus ; patra petal ; viśāla large ; akṣaḥ eyes ; śyāma dark ; sundara handsome ; vigrahaḥ form ; vana-mālī wearing a forest garland ; pīta-vāsā yellow garments ; mukuṭī wearign a crown ; kuṇḍalānvitaḥ wearing earrings ; vaṁśī a flute ; dharaḥ holding ; vetra-hastaḥ a stick in his hand ; kāmadeva Kāmadeva ; iva like ; aparaḥ another ; bhūtvā becoming ; kṛtāṣjaliḥ with folded hands ; vipram to the brāhmaṇa ; praṇanāma offered obeisances ; muhuḥ again ; muhuḥ *and again.

Translation

Suddenly transformed into a handsome dark person with large lotus-petal eyes, dressed in yellow garments, garlanded with forest flowers, wearing a crown and earrings, holding a flute and stick, glorious as another Kāmadeva, and his features like those of Lord Kṛṣṇa, with folded hands he bowed before the brāhmaṇa again and again.
Text 11

Verse text

śrī-siddha uvāca dhanyas tvaṁ brāhmaṇa-śreṣṭha para-trāṇa-parāyaṇaḥ tvayā vimocito 'haṁ vai rākṣasatvān mahā-mate

Synonyms

śrī-siddha uvāca the liberated soul said ; dhanyaḥ fortunate ; tvam you ; brāhmaṇa-śreṣṭha O best of brāhmaṇas ; para-trāṇa-parāyaṇaḥ devoted to the protection of others ; tvayā by you ; vimocitaḥ freed ; aham I am ; vai indeed ; rākṣasatvāt from the state of being a monster ; mahā-mate *O noble-hearted one.

Translation

The liberated soul said: O best of brāhmaṇas, you earnestly work for the salvation of others. O noble-hearted one, you have rescued me from a monster's life.
Text 12

Verse text

pāṣāṇa-sparśa-mātreṇa kalyāṇaṁ me babhūva ha na ko 'pi māṁ mocayituṁ samartho hi tvayā vinā

Synonyms

pāṣāṇa of the stone ; sparśa by the touch ; mātreṇa simply ; kalyāṇam auspiciousness ; me of me ; babhūva became ; ha Oh ; na not ; ko 'pi anyone ; mām me ; mocayitum to deliver ; samarthaḥ is able ; hi indeed ; tvayā for you ; vinā *except.

Translation

Good fortune has come to me simply by the touch of this stone. No one but you could have delivered me.
Text 13

Verse text

śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca vismitas tava vākye 'haṁ na tvaṁ mocayituṁ kṣamaḥ pāṣāṇa-sparśana-phalaṁ na jāne vada suvrata

Synonyms

śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca the brāhmaṇa said ; vismitaḥ surprised ; tava of you ; vākye the words ; aham I am ; na not ; tvam you ; mocayitum to deliver ; kṣamaḥ am able ; pāṣāṇa-sparśana-phalam the result of a stone's touch ; na not ; jāne I understand ; vada please tell ; suvrata *O saintly one.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa said: I am astonished by your words. I have no power to deliver you. I don't know how, simply by a stone's touch, this has happened. O saintly one, please tell me how this happened.
Text 14

Verse text

śrī-siddha uvāca girirājo hare rūpaṁ śrīmān govardhano giriḥ tasya darśana-mātreṇa naro yāti kṛtārthatām

Synonyms

śrī-siddha uvāca the liberated souls said ; girirājaḥ the king of mountains ; hare of Lord Kṛṣṇa ; rūpam the form ; śrīmān glorious ; govardhanaḥ Govardhana Hill ; giriḥ hill ; tasya of it ; darśana-mātreṇa simply by seeing ; naraḥ a person ; yāti becomes ; kṛtārthatām *successful.

Translation

The liberated soul said: Glorious Govardhana Hill, the king of mountains, is the person form of Lord Kṛṣṇa. Simply by seeing it, a person attains the supreme goal of life.
Text 15

Verse text

gandhamādana-yātrāyāṁ yat phalaṁ labhate naraḥ tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ girirājasya darśane

Synonyms

gandhamādana-yātrāyām on a journey to Gandhamadama Mountain ; yat what ; phalam result ; labhate attains ; naraḥ a person ; tasmāt than that ; koṭi-guṇam multiplied millions of times ; puṇyam piety ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; darśane *in seeing.

Translation

By seeing Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of a pligrimage to Mount Gandhamadana.
Text 16

Verse text

paṣca-varṣa-sahasrāṇi kedare yat tapaḥ-phalam tac ca govardhane vipra kṣaṇena labhate naraḥ

Synonyms

paṣca-varṣa-sahasrāṇi five thousand years ; kedare on Mount Kedara ; yat what ; tapaḥ-phalam the result of austerities ; tac that ; ca and ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; vipra O brāhmaṇa ; kṣaṇena in a moment ; labhate attains ; naraḥ *a person.

Translation

O brāhmaṇa, the same result one attains by performing austerities for five thousand years on Mount Kedāra is attained in a single moment on Govardhana Hill.
Text 17

Verse text

malayādrau svarṇa-bhāra- dānasyāpi ca yat phalam tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ girirāje hi māsikam

Synonyms

malayādrau in the Malaya Hills ; svarṇa of gold ; bhāra of a bhara ; dānasya of charity ; api even ; ca and ; yat that ; phalam result ; tasmāt than that ; koṭi-guṇam multiplied millions of times ; puṇyam piety ; girirāje on Govardhana Hill ; hi indeed ; māsikam *one month.

Translation

By staying for one month on Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result many millions of times greater than the result of giving in charity a bhāra of gold in the Malaya Hills.
Text 18

Verse text

parvate maṅgala-prasthe yo dadyād dhema-dakṣiṇām sa yāti viṣṇu-sārūpyaṁ yuktaḥ pāpa-śatair api

Synonyms

parvate maṅgala-prasthe on Mount Maṅgala ; yaḥ one who ; dadyāt gives ; dhema-dakṣiṇām gold in daksina ; sa he ; yāti attains ; viṣṇu-sārūpyam a form like Lord Viṣṇu's ; yuktaḥ engaged ; pāpa-śataiḥ with hundreds of sins ; api *even.

Translation

Even though he has committed hundreds of sins, a person who on Mount Maṅgala gives gold in charity attains a spiritual form like Lord Viṣṇu's.
Text 19

Verse text

tat padaṁ hi naro yāti girirājasya darśanāt girirāja-samaṁ puṇyaṁ anyat tīrthaṁ na vidyate

Synonyms

tat that ; padam state ; hi indeed ; naraḥ aperson ; yāti attains ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; darśanāt from seeing ; girirāja-samam like Govardhana Hill ; puṇyam piety ; anyat another ; tīrtham holy place ; na not ; vidyate *is.

Translation

That same result is attained simply by seeing Govardhana Hill. No other holy place is as sacred as Govardhana Hill.
Texts 20 and 21

Verse text

ṛṣabhādrau kūṭakādrau kolakādrau tathā naraḥ suvarṇa-śṛṅga-yuktānāṁ gavāṁ koṭir dadāti yaḥ mahā-puṇyaṁ labhet so 'pi viprān sampūjya yatnataḥ tasmāl lakṣa-guṇaṁ puṇyaṁ girau govardhane dvija

Synonyms

ṛṣabhādrau on Mount Ṛṣabha ; kūṭakādrau on Mount kūṭaka ; kolaka on Mount Kolaka ; tathā so ; naraḥ a person ; suvarṇa gold ; śṛṅga horns ; yuktānām with ; gavām of cows ; koṭiḥ tewn million ; dadāti gives ; yaḥ one who ; mahā-puṇyam great piety ; labhet attains ; saḥ he ; api also ; viprān brāhmaṇas ; sampūjya worshiping ; yatnataḥ carefully ; tasmāl than that ; lakṣa-guṇam a hunbdred thousand times ; puṇyam piety ; girau govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; dvija *O brāhmaṇa.

Translation

O brāhmaṇa, simply by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains piety a hundred thousand times greater than the piety he would attain if on the sacred mountains Ṛṣabha, Kūṭaka, and Kolaka he had worshiped many brāhmaṇas and given in charity ten million cows with golden horns.
Texts 22 and 23

Verse text

ṛṣyamūkasya sahyasya tathā deva-gireḥ punaḥ yātrāyāṁ labhate puṇyaṁ samastāya bhuvaḥ phalam girirājasya yātrāyāṁ tasmāt koṭi-guṇaṁ phalam girirāja-samaṁ tīrthaṁ na bhūtaṁ na bhaviṣyati

Synonyms

ṛṣyamūkasya of Ṛṣyamūka ; sahyasya borne ; tathā so ; deva-gireḥ of Devagiri ; punaḥ again ; yātrāyām on pilgrimage ; labhate attains ; puṇyam piety ; samastāya all ; bhuvaḥ of tyhe world ; phalam the result ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; yātrāyām on pilgrimage ; tasmāt than that ; koṭi-guṇam multiplied ten million times ; phalam result ; girirāja-samam equal to Govardhana Hill ; tīrtham holy place ; na not ; bhūtam was ; na not ; bhaviṣyati *will be.

Translation

By going on pilgrimage to Govardhana Hill one attains piety ten million times greater than the piety he would attain by going on pilgrimage to Ṛṣyamūka or Devagiri. There never was, nor will there ever be a holy place equal to Govardhana Hill.
Texts 24 and 25

Verse text

śrī-śaile daśa varṣāni kuṇḍe vidyādhare naraḥ snānaṁ karoti sukṛtī śata-yajṣa-phalaṁ labhet govardhane pucche-kuṇḍe dinaikaṁ snāna-kṛn naraḥ koṭi-yajṣa-phalaṁ sākṣāt puṇyam eti na saṁśayaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-śaile on Śrī Saila ; daśa ten ; varṣāni years ; kuṇḍe vidyādhare in Vidyadhara-kunda ; naraḥ a person ; snānam bath ; karoti does ; sukṛtī pious ; śata-yajṣa-phalam the result of a hundred yajnas ; labhet attains ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; pucche-kuṇḍe in Puccha-kunda ; dinaikam one day ; snāna-kṛn bathing ; naraḥ a person ; koṭi-yajṣa-phalam the result of ten million yajnas ; sākṣāt direct ; puṇyam piety ; eti attains ; na no ; saṁśayaḥ *doubt.

Translation

By bathing every day for ten years in Vidyādhara-kuṇḍa on Śrī Śaila, one attains the result of a hundred yajṣas. By once bathing in Puccha-kunda on Govardhana Hill one attains the result of ten million yajṣas. Of this there is no doubt.
Texts 26 and 27

Verse text

veṅkatādrau vāri-dhāre mahendre vindhya-parvate yajṣāṁ kṛtvā hy aśvamedhaṁ naro nāka-patir bhavet govardhane 'smin yo yajṣaṁ kṛtvā dattvā su-dakṣiṇām nāke padaṁ samvidhāya sa viṣṇoḥ padam āvrajet

Synonyms

veṅkatādrau on Venkata Hill ; vāri-dhāre on Mounta Varidhara ; mahendre on Mount Mahendra ; vindhya-parvate in the Vindhya mountains ; yajṣam a yajna ; kṛtvā performing ; hy indeed ; aśvamedham asvamedha ; naraḥ a person ; nāka-patiḥ the king of heaven ; bhavet becomes ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; asmin there ; yaḥ who ; yajṣam a yajna ; kṛtvā performs ; dattvā giving ; su-dakṣiṇām daksina ; nāke in the heaven ; padam the realm ; sa he ; viṣṇoḥ of Lord Viṣṇu ; padam the abode ; āvrajet *attains.

Translation

A person who performs an aśvamedha-yajṣa on the mountains Veṅkaṭa, Vāridhāra, Mahendra, or Vindhya, attains the post of King Indra. A person who performs an aśvamedha-yajṣa on Govardhana Hill and gives proper dakṣiṇā goes beyond the realm of Indra and attains the abode of Lord Viṣṇu.
Texts 28-30

Verse text

citrakūṭe payasvinyāṁ śrī-rāma-navamī-dine pariyātre tṛtīyāyāṁ vaiśākhasya dvijottama kukurādrau ca pūrṇāyāṁ nilādrau dvādaśī-dine indrakīle ca saptamyāṁ snānaṁ dānaṁ tapaḥ kriyā tat sarvaṁ koṭi-guṇitaṁ bhavatītthaṁ hi bhārate govardhane tu tat sarvaṁ anantaṁ jāyate dvija

Synonyms

citrakūṭe on Citrakūṭa ; payasvinyām in Payasvini ; śrī-rāma-navamī-dine on Śrī Rāma-navamī day ; pariyātre pilgrimage ; tṛtīyāyām on the third ; vaiśākhasya during Visakha ; dvijottama O best of brāhmaṇas ; kukurādrau on Mount Kukura ; ca and ; pūrṇāyām during the full moon day ; nilādrau on Mount Nila ; dvādaśī-dine on the dvadasi day ; indrakīle on Indrakila ; ca and ; saptamyām on the saptami ; snānam bath ; dānam charity ; tapaḥ asterity ; kriyā pious deed ; tat that ; sarvam all ; koṭi-guṇitam multiplied by ten million times ; bhavati is ; ittham thus ; hi indeed ; bhārate in Bharata varsa ; govardhane on Govardhana Hill ; tu but ; tat that ; sarvam all ; anantam endless ; jāyate is manifested ; dvija *O brāhmaṇa.

Translation

O best of brāhmaṇas, bathing in sacred rivers, giving charity, performing austerities, and performing pious deeds, all these performed during Śrī Rāma-navamī on Mount Citrakūṭa, during the third day of Viśākhā on Pariyātra, during the full-moon on Mount Kukura, during Dvādaśī on Mount Nīla, or during Saptamī at Indrakīla bring a great pious result. That pious result is multiplied ten million times by visiting Bhārata-varṣa. It is multiplied unlimited times by visiting Govardhana Hill.
Texts 31-37

Verse text

godāvaryāṁ girau siṁhe māyāpuryāṁ tu kumbhage puṣkare puṣya-nakṣatre kurukṣetre ravi-grahe candra-grahe tu kāśyāṁ vai phālgune naimiṣe tathā ekādaśyāṁ śūkare ca kārtikyāṁ gaṇa-mukti-de janmāṣṭamyāṁ madhoḥ puryāṁ khāṇḍave dvādaśī-dine kārtikyāṁ pūrṇimāyāṁ tu vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭe makarārke prayāge tu barhiṣmatyāṁ hi vaidhṛtau ayodhyā-sarayū-tīre śrī-rāma-navamī-dine evaṁ śiva-caturdaśyāṁ vaijanātha-śubhe vane tathā darśe soma-vāre gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgame daśamyāṁ setubandhe ca śrī-raṅge saptamī-dine eṣu dānaṁ tapaḥ snānaṁ japo deva-dvijārcanam tat sarvaṁ koṭi-guṇitaṁ bhavatīha dvijottama tat-tulyaṁ puṇyam āpnoti girau govardhane vare

Synonyms

godāvaryām in thre Godavari ; girau siṁhe in Mount Simha ; māyāpuryām in Mayapuri ; tu indeed ; kumbhage during kumbhaga ; puṣkare during puskara ; puṣya-nakṣatre during pusya-naksatra ; kurukṣetre at Kuruksetra ; ravi-grahe on Sunday ; candra-grahe during the moon ; tu indeed ; kāśyām at Varanasi ; vai indeed ; phālgune in the month of Phalguna ; naimiṣe in Naimisaranya ; tathā so ; ekādaśyām duting ekadasi ; śūkare in siūkara ; ca and ; kārtikyām in kartika ; gaṇa-mukti-de giving liberation ; janmāṣṭamyām in janmastami ; madhoḥ puryām in Mathura City ; khāṇḍave in the khandava forest ; dvādaśī-dine on Dvadasi ; kārtikyām in Kartika ; pūrṇimāyām on the full moon ; tu indeed ; vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭe at the great vatesvara banyan tree ; makarārke in markara ; prayāge in Prayaga ; tu indeed ; barhiṣmatyām in Barhismati ; hi indeed ; vaidhṛtau in Vaidhrti ; ayodhyā-sarayū-tīre on ther shore of the Sarayu at Ayodhya ; śrī-rāma-navamī-dine on Śrī Rāma-navami ; evam thus ; śiva-caturdaśyām on Siva caturdasi ; vaijanātha-śubhe vane in brautiful vaijanatha forest ; tathā so ; darśe in darsa ; soma-vāre on monday ; gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgame at Ganga-sagara ; daśamyām on dasami ; setubandhe at Setubandha ; ca and ; śrī-raṅge at Śrī Ranga ; saptamī-dine on saptami ; eṣu in these ; dānam charity ; tapaḥ austerity ; snānam bathing ; japaḥ chanting mantras ; deva-dvijārcanam worshiping the Lord and the ds ; tat that ; sarvam all ; koṭi ten million times ; guṇitam multitplied ; bhavati is ; iha here ; dvijottama O best of brāhmaṇa ; tat-tulyam equal to that ; puṇyam piety ; āpnoti attains ; girau govardhane vare *on Govardhana Hill.

Translation

By giving charity, performing austerities, bathing in sacred rivers, chanting sacred mantras, or worshiping the brāhmaṇas and the Supreme Personality of Godhead at the Godāvarī, Mount Siṁha, Māyāpurī, Kumbhaga, Puṣkara, Puṣya-nakṣatra, Kurukṣetra, Ravi-graha, Candra-graha, Kāśī, Phālguna, Naimiṣa, Ekādaśī, Śūkara, Kārtikī, Gaṇamuktida, Janmāṣṭamī, Madhupurī, Khāṇḍava, Dvādaśī, Kārtikī, Pūrṇimā, Vaṭeśvara-mahā-vaṭa, Makarārka, Prayāga, Barhiṣmatī, Vaidhṛti, Ayodhyā-sarayū-tīra, Śrī Rāma-navamī-dina, Śiva-caturdaśī, vaijanātha-śubha-vana, Darśa, Soma-vāra, Gaṅgā-sāgara-saṅgama, Daśamī, Setubandha, Śrī Raṅga, or Saptamī-dina, on attains a great pious result. O best of brāhmaṇas, by visiting Govardhana Hill one attains a pious result ten million times greater than all those pious deeds together.
Text 38

Verse text

govinda-kuṇḍe viśade yaḥ snāti kṛṣṇa-mānasaḥ prāpnoti kṛṣṇa-sārūpyaṁ maithilendra na saṁśayaḥ

Synonyms

govinda-kuṇḍe Gpvinda-kunda ; viśade sacred ; yaḥ who ; snāti bathes ; kṛṣṇa-mānasaḥ thinking og Kṛṣṇa ; prāpnoti attains ; kṛṣṇa-sārūpyam a form like Kṛṣṇas's ; maithilendra O king of Mithilā ; na no ; saṁśayaḥ *doubt.

Translation

One who, thinking of Lord Kṛṣṇa, bathes in sacred Govinda-kuṇḍa, attains a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's. O king of Mithilā, of this there is no doubt.
Text 39

Verse text

aśvamedha-sahasrāṇi rājasūya-śatāni ca mānasī-gaṅgayā tulyaṁ na bhavanty atra no girau

Synonyms

aśvamedha-sahasrāṇi thousand asvamedha-yajnas ; rājasūya-śatāni a hundred rajasuya-yajnas ; ca and ; mānasī-gaṅgayā with manasa-gaṅgā ; tulyam equal ; na not ; bhavanty is ; atra here ; na not ; u indeed ; girau *on Govardhana Hill.

Translation

Neither a thousand aśvamedha-yajṣas nor a hundred rājasūya-yajṣas are equal to visiting Mānasa-gaṅgā on Govardhana Hill.
Text 40

Verse text

tvayā vipra kṛtaṁ sākṣād girirājasya darśanam sparśanaṁ ca tataḥ snānaṁ na tvatto 'py adhiko bhuvi

Synonyms

tvayā by you ; vipra O brāhmaṇa ; kṛtam done ; sākṣāt directly ; girirājasya of Govardhana Hill ; darśanam sight ; sparśanam touch ; ca and ; tataḥ there ; snānam bath ; na not ; tvattaḥ than you ; api even ; adhikaḥ greater ; bhuvi *on the earth.

Translation

O brāhmaṇa, you have directly seen and touched Govardhana Hill. You have bathed in its sacred waters. In this world no one is more fortunate than you.
Text 41

Verse text

na manyase cen māṁ paśya mahā-pātakinaṁ param govardhana-śilā-sparśāt kṛṣṇa-sārūpyatāṁ gataḥ

Synonyms

na not ; manyase you consider ; cen if ; mām me ; paśya look ; mahā-pātakinam great sinner ; param gret ; govardhana Govardhana ; śilā stone ; sparśāt by the touch ; kṛṣṇa-sārūpyatām teh state of having a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's ; gataḥ *attained.

Translation

If you don't believe my words, consider the story of the great sinner who, because he was touched by a Govardhana-stone, attained a transcendental form like Lord Kṛṣṇa's. .pa Chapter Eleven Śrī Girirāja-prabhāva The Power of Śrī Girirāja
Text 1

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca iti śrutvā siddha-vākyaṁ brāhmaṇo vismayaṁ gataḥ punaḥ papraccha taṁ rājan girirāja-prabhāva-vit

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; iti thus ; śrutvā hearing ; siddha-vākyam the words of the liberated soul ; brāhmaṇaḥ of the brāhmaṇa ; vismayam wonder ; gataḥ attained ; punaḥ again ; papraccha asked ; tam him ; rājan O king ; girirāja-prabhāva-vit *the knower of the powers of Govardhana Hill.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: When he heard the liberated soul's words, the brāhmaṇa became struck with wonder. Then he asked another question of the liberated soul, who knew the power and glory of Govardhana Hill.
Text 2

Verse text

śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca purā janmani kas tvaṁ bhos tvayā kiṁ kaluṣaṁ kṛtam sarvaṁ vada mahā-bhāga tvaṁ sākṣād-divya-darśanaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-brāhmaṇa uvāca the brāhmaṇa said ; purā before ; janmani birth ; kaḥ who? ; tvam you ; bhoḥ Oh ; tvayā by you ; kim how? ; kaluṣam sin ; kṛtam done ; sarvam all ; vada tell ; mahā-bhāga O fortunate one ; tvam you ; sākṣād-divya-darśanaḥ *can see everything perfectly.

Translation

The brāhmaṇa said: Who were you in your previous birth? What sin did you commit. O fortunate one, you have spiritual eyes to see all this directly.
Text 3

Verse text

śrī-siddha uvāca purā janmani vaiśyo 'haṁ dhanī vaiśya-suto mahān ā-bālayād dyūta-nirato viṭa-goṣṭhi-viśāradaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-siddha uvāca the liberated soul said ; purā previous ; janmani birth ; vaiśyaḥ a vaisya ; dhāni wealthy ; vaiśya of a vaisya ; sutaḥ the son ; mahān great ; ā-bālayāt from childhood ; dyūta-nirataḥ addicted to gambling ; viṭa-goṣṭhi-viśāradaḥ *a rake.

Translation

The liberated soul said: In my previous birth I was a wealthy vaiśya's son. From childhood I was a compulsive gambler. I became a great rake.
Text 4

Verse text

veśyā-rataḥ ku-mārgo 'haṁ madirā-mada-vihvalaḥ mātrā pitrā bhāryayāpi bhartsito 'haṁ sadā dvija

Synonyms

veśyā with a prostitute ; rataḥ in love ; ku-mārgaḥ on the wrong path ; aham I ; madirā-mada-vihvalaḥ a drunkard ; mātrā by my mother ; pitrā father ; bhāryayā wife ; api and ; bhartsitaḥ rebuked ; aham I ; sadā always ; dvija *O brāhmaṇa.

Translation

I became a drunkard addicted to chasing prostitutes. O brāhmaṇa, my father, mother, and wife rebuked me again and again.
Text 5

Verse text

ekadā tu mayā vipra pitarau garadānataḥ māritau ca tathā bhāryā khaḍgena pathi māritā

Synonyms

ekadā one day ; tu indeed ; mayā by me ; vipra O brāhmaṇa ; pitarau parents ; garada-ānataḥ poisoned ; māritau died ; ca and ; tathā then ; bhāryā wife ; khaḍgena with a sword ; pathi on the highway ; māritā *killed.

Translation

Then one day with poison I killed my parents and with a sword I killed my wife on a pathway.
Text 6

Verse text

gṛhitvā tad-dhanaṁ sarvaṁ veśyayā sahitaḥ khalaḥ dakṣiṇāśaṁ ca gatavān dasyu-karmāti-nirdayaḥ

Synonyms

gṛhitvā taking ; tad-dhanam that wealth ; sarvam all ; veśyayā with a prostitute ; sahitaḥ with ; khalaḥ rascal ; dakṣiṇāśam to the south ; ca and ; gatavān went ; dasyu-karmāti-nirdayaḥ *a merciless thief.

Translation

Then I took all their money and went with my prostitute beloved to the south, where I became a merciless thief.
Text 7

Verse text

ekadā tu mayā veśyā niḥkṣiptā hy andha-kūpake dasyunā hi mayā pāśair māritāḥ śataśo narāḥ One day I threw the prsotitute into a blind well and left her there to die. Indeed, with ropes I killed many hundreds of people as I robbed them.

Synonyms

ekadā one day ; tu indeed ; mayā by me ; veśyā the prostitute ; niḥkṣiptā thrown ; hy indeed ; andha-kūpake into a blind well ; dasyunā by a thief ; hi indeed ; mayā by me ; pāśaiḥ with ropes ; māritāḥ killed ; śataśaḥ hundreds
Text 8

Verse text

dhana-lobhena bho vipra brahma-hatyā-śataṁ kṛtam kṣatra-hatyā vaiṣya-hatyāḥ śūdra-hatyāḥ sahasraśaḥ

Synonyms

dhana-lobhena greedy ; bhaḥ O ; vipra brāhmaṇa ; brahma-hatyā-śatam killing hunderds of brāhmaṇa ; kṛtam done ; kṣatra-hatyā the murder of ksatriyas ; vaiṣya-hatyāḥ the murder of vaisyas ; śūdra-hatyāḥ the murder of sudras ; sahasraśaḥ *thousands.

Translation

O brāhmaṇa, I was so greedy after money that as a highwayman I murdered many hundreds of brāhmaṇas and many thousands of kṣatriyas, vaiśyas, and śūdras.
Text 9

Verse text

ekadā māṁsam ānetuṁ mṛgān hantuṁ vane gatam sarpo 'daśat padā spṛṣṭo duṣṭaṁ māṁ nidhanaṁ gatam

Synonyms

ekadā one day ; māṁsam meat ; ānetum to get ; mṛgān deer ; hantum to kill ; vane in the forest ; gatam went ; sarpaḥ snake ; adaśat bit ; padā by the foot ; spṛṣṭaḥ touched ; duṣṭam wicked ; mām me ; nidhanam to death ; gatam *went.

Translation

One day, as I was hunting deer in the forest, I stepped on a snake. The snake bit me and I died.
Text 10

Verse text

santāḍya mudgarair ghorair yamadūtā bhayaṅkarāḥ baddhvā māṁ narakaṁ ninyur mahā-pātakinaṁ khalam

Synonyms

santāḍya beating ; mudgaraiḥ with clubs ; ghoraiḥ terrible ; yamadūtā the yamadutas ; bhayaṅkarāḥ feearsome ; baddhvā binding ; mām me ; narakam to hell ; ninyuḥ led ; mahā-pātakinam great sinner ; khalam *wicked.

Translation

Fearsome Yamadūtas beat me with terrible clubs, tied me up, and dragged me, a great sinner, to hell.
Text 11

Verse text

manvantaraṁ tu patitaḥ kumbhīpāke mahā-khale kalpaikaṁ tapta-sūrmau ca mahā-duḥkhaṁ gataḥ khalaḥ

Synonyms

manvantaram for a manvantara ; tu certainly ; patitaḥ fallen ; kumbhīpāke into Kumbhipaka ; mahā-khale great hell ; kalpa ekam for one kalpa ; tapta molten ; sūrmau the iron form of a woman ; ca and ; mahā-duḥkham tormented ; gataḥ attained ; khalaḥ *wicked.

Translation

I fell into the terrible hell named Kumbhīpāka and I stayed there for a manvantara. For a kalpa I was forced to embrace the red-hot iron statue of a woman. I, a great sinner, suffered greatly.
Text 12

Verse text

catur-aśīti-lakṣāṇāṁ narakānāṁ pṛthak pṛthak varṣaṁ varṣaṁ nipatito nirgato 'haṁ yamecchayā

Synonyms

catur-aśīti-lakṣāṇām eight million four hundred thousand ; narakānām of hells ; pṛthak one ; pṛthak after another ; varṣam place ; varṣam after place ; nipatitaḥ fallen ; nirgataḥ went ; aham I ; yama-icchayā *by the desire of Yamarāja.

Translation

By the desire of Yamarāja I was thrown into eight million four-hundred thousand different hells.
Text 13

Verse text

tatas tu bhārate varṣe prāpto 'haṁ karma-vāsanām daśa-vāraṁ sūkaro 'haṁ vyāghro 'haṁ śata-janmasu

Synonyms

tataḥ then ; tu indeed ; bhārate varṣe in Bharata-varsa ; prāptaḥ attained ; aham I ; karma-vāsanām by the karma ; daśa-vāram ten times ; sūkaraḥ pig ; aham I ; vyāghraḥ I tiger ; aham I ; śata-janmasu *in a hundred births.

Translation

Then my karma took me to Bhārata-varṣa. For ten births I was a pig, and for a hundred births I was a tiger.
Text 14

Verse text

uṣṭro 'haṁ janma-śatakaṁ mahiṣaḥ śata-janmasu sarpo 'haṁ janma-sāhasraṁ mārito duṣṭa-mānavaiḥ

Synonyms

uṣṭraḥ a camel ; aham I ; janma-śatakam for a hundred births ; mahiṣaḥ a buffalo ; śata-janmasu for a hundred births ; sarpaḥ a snake ; aham I ; janma-sāhasram for a hundred births ; māritaḥ killed ; duṣṭa-mānavaiḥ *by wicked men.

Translation

For a hundred births I was a camel. For another hundred births I was a buffalo. For a thousand births I was a snake. Wicked men killed me again and again.
Text 15

Verse text

evaṁ varṣāyutānte tu nirjale vipine dvija rākṣasaś cedṛśo jāto vikarālo mahā-khalaḥ

Synonyms

evam thus ; varṣ years ; ayuta ten thousand ; ante at the end ; tu indeed ; nirjale vipine in a desert ; dvija O brāhmaṇa ; rākṣasaś a manoster ; ca and ; idṛśaḥ like this ; jātaḥ born ; vikarālaḥ gruesome ; mahā-khalaḥ *wicked.

Translation

O brāhmaṇa, after ten thousand years of these births I was born in a desert as a grotesque and wicked monster.
Text 16

Verse text

kasya śūdrasya dehaṁ vai samāruhya vrajaṁ gataḥ vṛndāvanasya nikaṭe yamunā-nikaṭāc chubhāt

Synonyms

kasya śūdrasya of a sudra ; deham the body ; vai indeed ; samāruhya taking ; vrajam to Vraja ; gataḥ went ; vṛndāvanasya Vṛndāvana forest ; nikaṭe near ; yamunā-nikaṭāt near the Yamunā ; śubhāt *sacred.

Translation

One day I assumed the form of a śūdra and I went to Vraja. I came near to Vṛndāvana and the sacred Yamunā.
Text 17

Verse text

samutthitā yaṣṭi-hastāḥ śyāmalāḥ kṛṣṇa-pārṣadāḥ tais tāḍito dharṣito 'haṁ vraja-bhūmau palāyitaḥ

Synonyms

samutthitā risen ; yaṣṭi-hastāḥ with sticks in their hands ; śyāmalāḥ handsome ; kṛṣṇa-pārṣadāḥ Kṛṣṇa's associates ; taiḥ by them ; tāḍitaḥ beaten ; dharṣitaḥ defeated ; aham I ; vraja-bhūmau from Vraja ; palāyitaḥ *fled.

Translation

With sticks in their hands, some of Lord Kṛṣṇa's handsome friends beat me severely and I fled from the land of Vraja.
Text 18

Verse text

bubhukṣito bahu-dinais tvāṁ khāditum ihāgataḥ tāvat tvayā tāḍito 'haṁ girirājāśmanā mune

Synonyms

bubhukṣitaḥ hungry ; bahu-dinaiḥ from many days ; tvām you ; khāditum to eat ; iha here ; āgataḥ came ; tāvat from then ; tvayā by you ; tāḍitaḥ hit ; aham I ; girirāja of Govardhana Hill ; aśmanā by a stone ; mune *O sage.

Translation

Hungry for many days, I came here to eat you. Then you hit me with a stone from Govardhana Hill.
Text 19

Verse text

śrī-kṛṣṇa-kṛpayā sākṣāt kalyāṇaṁ me babhūva ha

Synonyms

śrī-kṛṣṇa of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; kṛpayā by the mercy ; sākṣāt directly ; kalyāṇam auspiciousness ; me of me ; babhūva became ; ha *indeed.

Translation

Then, by Lord Kṛṣṇa's kindness, I became very fortunate.
Text 20

Verse text

śrī-nārada uvāca evaṁ pravadatas tasya golokāc ca mahā-rathaḥ sahasrāditya-saṅkāśo hayāyuta-samanvitaḥ

Synonyms

śrī-nārada uvāca Śrī Nārada said ; evam thus ; pravadataḥ speaking ; tasya of him ; golokāt from Goloka ; ca and ; mahā-rathaḥ a great chariot ; sahasrāditya-saṅkāśaḥ splendid as a thousand suns ; hayāyuta-samanvitaḥ *drawn by ten thousand horses.

Translation

Śrī Nārada said: As the liberated soul was speaking these words, a chariot, splendid as a thousand suns and drawn by ten thousand horses, came from Goloka.
Text 21

Verse text

sahasra-cakra-dhvani-bhṛl lakṣa-pārṣada-maṇḍitaḥ maṣjīra-kiṅkinī-jālo manoharataro nṛpa

Synonyms

sahasra a thousand ; cakra wheels ; dhvani-bhṛt with the sound ; lakṣa-pārṣada-maṇḍitaḥ decorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord ; maṣjīra-kiṅkinī-jālaḥ with a network of bells and thinkling ornamentsd ; manoharataraḥ extremely beautiful ; nṛpa *O king.

Translation

The chariot rumbled with a thousand wheels. It was decorated with a hundred thousand associates of the Lord. It had a great network of bells and tinkling ornaments. It was extremely beautiful.
Text 22

Verse text

paśyatas tasya viprasya tam ānetuṁ samāgataḥ tam āgataṁ rathaṁ divyaṁ nematur vipra-nirjarau

Synonyms

paśyataḥ looking on ; tasya of him ; viprasya the brāhmaṇa ; tam him ; ānetum to take ; samāgataḥ came ; tam that ; āgatam went ; ratham chariot ; divyam splendid ; nematuḥ bowed down ; vipra the brāhmaṇa ; nirjarau *and the liberated soul.

Translation

As the brāhmaṇa looked one, the chariot approached. The brāhmaṇa and the liberated soul bowed down before the chariot.
Text 23

Verse text

tataḥ samāruhya rathaṁ sa siddho viraṣjayan maithila maṇḍalaṁ diśam śrī-kṛṣṇalokaṁ prayayau parāt paraṁ nikuṣja-līlā-lalitaṁ manoharam

Synonyms

tataḥ then ; samāruhya ascending ; ratham the chariot ; sa he ; siddhaḥ the liberated soul ; viraṣjayan renouncing ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; maṇḍalaṁ diśam the material world ; śrī-kṛṣṇalokam to the planet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa ; prayayau went ; parāt than the greatest ; param greater ; nikuṣja-līlā-lalitam beautiful with pastime forests ; manoharam *pleasing to the heart.

Translation

Climbing the chariot, and at that moment losing all interest in his heart to stay in the material world, the liberated soul went to Śrī Kṛṣṇa's beautiful abode, graceful with many pastime gardens, the highest of all spiritual realms.
Text 24

Verse text

vipro 'pi tasmāt punar āgato giriṁ govardhanaṁ sarva-girīndra-daivatam pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya punaḥ praṇamya taṁ yayau gṛhaṁ maithila tat-prabhāva-vit

Synonyms

vipraḥ the brāhmaṇa ; api even ; tasmāt from that ; punaḥ again ; āgataḥ went ; giriṁ govardhanam to Govardhana Hill ; sarva-girīndra-daivatam the Deity of the kings of mountains ; pradakṣiṇī-kṛtya circumambulating ; punaḥ again ; praṇamya bowing down ; tam to it ; yayau went ; gṛham home ; maithila O king of Mithilā ; tat-prabhāva-vit *aware of the power of Govardhana Hill.

Translation

Then the brāhmaṇa returned to Govardhana Hill, the Deity worshiped by the kings of mountains. Circumambulating the hill, bowing down before it, and now aware of its great power and glory, the brāhmaṇa went to his home.
Text 25

Verse text

idaṁ mayā te kathitaṁ pracaṇḍaṁ su-mukti-daṁ śrī-girirāja-khaṇḍam śrutvā janaḥ pāpy api na pracaṇḍaṁ svapne 'pi paśyed yamam ugra-daṇḍam

Synonyms

idam this ; mayā by me ; te to you ; kathitam told ; pracaṇḍam great ; su-mukti-dam granting liberation ; śrī-girirāja of Govardhana Hill ; khaṇḍam canto ; śrutvā hearing ; janaḥ a person ; pāpī a sinner ; api even ; na not ; pracaṇḍam ferocious ; svapne in dream ; api even ; paśyet sees ; yamam yamarāja ; ugra fearsome ; daṇḍam *punishment.

Translation

Now I have spoken to you the glorious Śrī Girirāja-khaṇḍa, which brings liberation. Anyone, even if he is very sinful, who hears this khaṇḍa, will never see fearsome Yamarāja, even in a dream.
Text 26

Verse text

yaḥ śṛṇoti girirāja-yasaśyaṁ gopa-rāja-nava-keli-rahasyam deva-rāja iva so 'tra sameti nanda-rāja iva śāntim amutra

Synonyms

yaḥ one who ; śṛṇoti hears ; girirāja-yasaśyaṁ the glory of Govardhana Hill ; gopa-rāja of the king of gopas ; nava new ; keli pastimes ; rahasyam secret ; deva-rāja the king of the demigods ; iva like ; saḥ he ; atra here ; sameti attains ; nanda-rāja King Nanda ; iva like ; śāntim peace ; amutra *in the next life.

Translation

One who hears the glories of Govardhana Hill, glories that are filled with the secrets of Lord Kṛṣṇa's ever-new transcendental pastimes, will become as fortunate as King Indra in this life, and as fortunate as King Nanda in the next.

Harivamsa

15 - kṛṣṇaṁ prati gopavākyam - Gopa-s explain to Krishna

vaiśampāyana uvāca

tayoḥ pravṛttayorevaṁ kṛṣṇasya ca balasya ca |

vane vicharatormāsau vyatiyātau sma vārṣikau ||2-15-1

vaiśaṁpāyana said:

(O janamejaya!) In this way, kṛṣṇa and balarāma spent the months of rainy season, playing in the forest.

vrajamājagmatustau tu vraje śuśruvatustadā |

prāptaṁ śakramahaṁ vīrau gopāṁśchotsavalālasān ||2-15-2

When they arrived in vraja, they heard that the time for īndra festival has come. All gopa-s were eager to celebrate the festival.

kautuhalādidaṁ vākyam kṛṣṇaḥ provāca tatra tān |

ko'yaṁ śakramaho nāma yena vo harṣa āgataḥ ||2-15-3

Then kṛṣṇa asked out of curiosity: What is this indra festival, about which all are excited?

tatra vṛddhatamastveko gopo vākyamuvaca ha |

śrūyatāṁ tāta śakrasya yadarthaṁ dhvaja ijyate ||2-15-4

Then one of the elderly gopa-s said: Son, I will tell you why we are worshipping the flag of īndra.

devānāmīśvaraḥ shakro meghānāṁ cārisūdana |

tasya cāyaṁ mahaḥ kṛṣṇa lokanāthasya śāśvataḥ ||2-15-5

O killer of enemies! īndra is the lord of deva-s and (rain) clouds. kṛṣṇa, this festival is for him, the eternal lord of the worlds.

tena saṁchoditā meghāstasya cāyudhabhūṣitāḥ |

tasyaivājṣākarāḥ sasyaṁ janayanti navāmbubhiḥ ||2-15-6

The clouds sent by him, decorated with his weapon (rainbow), produce vegetation with new rain water as ordered by him.

meghasya payaso dātā puruhūtaḥ purandaraḥ |

saṁprahṛṣṭasya bhagavānprīṇāyatyakhilaṁ jagat ||2-15-7

īndra who gives water to the clouds, satisfies the entire world when he is pleased.

tena saṁpāditaṁ sasyam vayamanye ca mānavāḥ |

vartayāmopayuṣjānāstarpayāmaścha devatāḥ ||2-15-8

We and other men consume the grains produced by the vegetation enriched by him and live. We also offer these grains to the gods.

deve varṣati loke'smiṁstataḥ sasyaṁ pravardhate |

pṛthivyāṁ tarpitāyāṁ tu sāmṛtaṁ lakṣyate jagat ||2-15-9

If god showers rain, then vegetation is sustained in this world. If the earth is satisfied, then the world is enjoyable like nectar.

kṣīravatyastvimā gāvo vatsavatyashcha nirvṛtāḥ |

tena saṁvardhitāstāta tṛṇaiḥ puṣṭāḥ sapuṅgavāḥ ||2-15-10

Son! the cows, bulls and calves are maintained healthy by the god with green grass. The satisfied cows give plenty of milk.

nāsasyā nātṛṇā bhūmirna bubhukṣārdito janaḥ |

dṛśyate yatra dṛśyante vṛṣṭimanto balāhakāḥ ||2-15-11

Where there is sufficient rain, there is no shortage of vegetation and grass. When there is adequate rainfall, people do not suffer hunger.

dudoha saviturgā vai shakro divyāḥ payasvinīḥ|

tāḥ kṣaranti navaṁ kśīraṁ medhyaṁ meghaughadhāritam ||2-15-12

īndra directs (milks) the sun's rays (cows) to yield (divine) water. They (sun's rays) yield new milk (water) which is collected by the group of clouds.

vāyvīritaṁ tu megheṣu karoti ninadaṁ mahat |

javenāvartitaṁ caiva garjatīti janā viduḥ ||2-15-13

The clouds pushed by the wind produce great sound. With the repeated sound, people think that the clouds are roaring.

tasya chaivohyamānasya vāyuyuktairbalāhakaiḥ |

vajrāśanisamāḥ śabdāḥ śrūyante nagabhedinaḥ ||2-15-14

The sound of clouds along with the wind, like a thunderbolt, which shatters the mountain can be heard.

tajjalaṁ vajraniṣpeṣairvimuṣchati nabhogataiḥ |

bahubhiḥ kāmagairmeghaiḥ shakro bhṛtyairiveśvaraḥ ||2-15-15

Just as god makes his servants work, īndra uses a number of clouds that freely wander in the sky along with lightening to shower rain on earth.

kvachiddurdinasaṅkāśaiḥ kvaciccinnābhrasaṁnibhaiḥ |

kvachidbhinnāṣjanākāraiḥ kvaciccīkaravārṣibhiḥ ||2-15-16

The sky at some places is cloudy like a bad day; at some places, it is like a shattered mirror, at some other places, it is like broken pieces of aṣjana (black stones) and at some other places, it is drizzling.

maṇḍayatīva devendro viśvamevaṁ nabho ghanaiḥ |

kvaciccīkaramuktābhaḥ kurute gaganaṁ ghanaḥ ||2-15-17

īndra decorates the sky with dense clouds. Sometimes, the sky is adorned with water drops, like pearls, showered by the dense clouds.

evametatpayo dugdhaṁ gobhiḥ sūryasya vāridaḥ |

parjanyaḥ sarvabhūtānāṁ bhavāya bhuvi varṣati ||2-15-18

In this way, indra (parjanya) draws water from earth with the suns rays and forms rain clouds. He showers rain on earth for the benefit of all beings.

yasmātprāvṛḍiyaṁ kṛṣṇa śakrasya bhuvi bhāvinī |

tasmātprāvṛṣi rājānaḥ sarve śakraṁ mudā yutāḥ |

mahaiḥ sureshamarchanti vayamanye ca māṇavāḥ ||2-15-19

kṛṣṇa, hence the rainy season is the time for worshipping indra on earth. All kings worship indra happily by celebrating many festivals. We and other men worship the lord of gods with the festival.

iti srimahābhārate khileṣu harivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi śiśucaryāyāṁ gopavākye paṣchadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

Thus this is the fifteenth chapter of viṣṇuparva of harivaṁśa, khila of śrimahābhārata, gopā-s explain to kṛṣṇa.

nīlakaṇṭha commentary

atha paṣchadaśe'dhyāye gopānindramakhotsukān |

kṛṣṇaḥ papraccha taddhetuṁ śuśrāvātha taduttaram || 1 ||

· 2-15-1 tayoḥ pravṛttayorityadhyāyadvayam

"āgrāvabhirahanyebhiraktubhirvariṣṭhaṁ

vajramājidharti māyini |

śataṁ vā yasya pracaran svedame

saṁvartayanto vichacarttayannahaḥ" ||

iti mantrasyopabṛṁhaṇārthaṁ mantrārthamāha |

yasya vajriṇaḥ svedamaṁ svagṛhe vāyurvendro vā'ntarīkṣasthāna ityukterantarīkṣe śataṁ vā tato'dhikaṁ vā saṁvarttayantaḥ | saṁvarttaṁ pralayaṁ kurvantaḥ | saṁvarttakā nāma meghā pracaran prācaran saṁsāraṁ kṛtavantaḥ saḥ māyini māyāmanuṣye śrīkṛṣṇe variṣṭhaṁ śreṣṭhatamaṁ vajraṁ aśaniṁ taddhatīṁ mahāvṛṣṭiṁ Ajidharti kṣarati | aktabhi rātribhiḥ saptabhiriti purāṇataḥ saptarātraṁ vajradhāreṇa parjanyena vavarṣtyarthaḥ | tatra hetumāha | āgrāvabhirahanyebhiriti | grāvabhiriti samudāyibhiḥ grāvasamudāyaḥ shilocchayo lakṣyate yaiḥ ahanyebhiḥ ahaḥ kratumarhanti te'hanyāstaiḥ parvate kratubhāji satītyarthaḥ | māyi punaḥ kiṁ cakāretyeta āha | vivarttayannaheti ca anantaraṁ māyī ahaḥ kratūn vivarttayan viparītaṁ varttayannāste iti śeṣaḥ | indrayāgarthamāhṛtaiḥ saṁbhārairgiriyāgaṁ pravarttayiti māyini indro mahatiṁ vṛṣṭiṁ cakāretyarthaḥ | tayoḥ pravṛttayoḥ tayoḥ pravṛttamānayoḥ vytiyātau vyatikrāntau ||

· 2-15-2 vrajaṁ gopasamājam śakramaham indrotsavam |

· 2-15-5 śāśvataḥ kulaparamparāgataḥ |

· 2-15-7 meghasya meghasambandhinaḥ |

· 2-15-8 sasyaṁ dhānyaṁ | varttayāmo jīvāmaḥ upayuṣjānāḥ bbhakṣayantaḥ | sandhirārṣaḥ ||

· 2-15-9 sāmṛtaṁ sajalam ||

· 2-15-10 sapuṅgavāḥ savṛṣāḥ ||

· 2-15-12 dudoheti | gāḥ sūryaraśmīn payasvinīriti strītvaṁ lokāt | āyamarthaḥ | yathāsmākam jaṭharāgniḥ prāṇasahāyo jalaṁ śoṣayati tachcāsmābhirbalasādhye karmaṇi kriyamāṇe romakūpadvārā prasvedarūpeṇa vamati | evaṁ vāyusahāyaḥ sūryaḥ bhūmyādigataṁ jalaṁ śoṣayati tacchendreṇa balasādhye nirantarabhramirūpe karmaṇi prayuktaḥ san kiraṇadvārā charmakośarūpeṣu megheṣu vamati tatastān meghānindro bindan vṛṣṭiṁ pravartayatīti ||

· 2-15-18 payo jalaṁ gobhiḥ raśmibhiḥ parjanya indraḥ ||

· 2-15-19 śakrasya vibhāvinī pūjayitrī pūjākāla ityarthaḥ | mahaiḥ utsavaiḥ ||

iti śrīharivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi tīkāyāṁ paṣchadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

16 - śaradvarṇanam - Description of Autumn Season

vaiśampāyana uvāca

gopavṛddhasya vacanam śrutvā śakraparigrahe |

prabhāvajṣo'pi śakrasya vākyaṁ dāmodaro'bravīt ||2-16-1

vaiśaṁpāyana said:

(O janamejaya!) After hearing the words of the elderly gopa about the śakra (indra) festival, dāmodara (kṛṣṇa), even though he knew well about the splendour of śakra, said:

vanaṁ vanacarā gopāḥ sadā godhanajīvinaḥ |

gāvo'smaddaivataṁ viddhi girayashcha vanāni ca ||2-16-2

We, cow tenders, live in the forest. Our life is sustained by the wealth of cows. Therefore, cows, hills and the forests are our gods.

karṣukāṇāṁ kṛṣirvṛttiḥ paṇyaṁ vipaṇijīvinām |

gāvo'smākaṁ parā vṛttiretattraividyamucyate ||2-16-3

Farming is the livelihood of farmers, trading is the livelihood of merchants. Tending cows is our livelihood. These are said to be three types of livelihoods.

vidyayā yo yathā yuktastasya sā daivataṁ param |

saiva pūjyārchanīyā ca saiva tasyopakāriṇī |

For each, the means of suitable livelihood, is god. One should worship that which is useful for him.

yo'nyasya phalamaśnānaḥ karotyanyasya satkriyām ||2-16-4

dvāvanarthau sa labhate pretya cheha ca mānavaḥ |

One who worships and respects some one with the benefit received from some one else will inherit misfortune in this world and in the other world.

kṛṣyantā prathitā sīmā sīmāntaṁ śrūyate vanam |2-16-5

vanāntā girayaḥ sarve sā cāsmākaṁ gatirdhruvā |

The field ends in a border. That border ends in the forest. The forest ends at the hill. Hence we depend on the hill.

śrūyante girayaścāpi vane'sminkāmarūpiṇaḥ |

pravishya tāstāstanavo ramante sveṣu sānuṣu ||2-16-6

It is heard that, the hills, taking forms as they like, enjoy in the forest. Manifesting various forms, they wander in their peaks.

bhūtvā kesariṇaḥ simhā vyāghrāścha nakhinām varāḥ |

vanāni svāni rakṣanti trāsayanto vanacchidaḥ ||2-16-7

Taking the form of lions and tigers with nails, the forests frighten the forest destroyers and protect themselves from them.

yadā chaiṣāṁ vikurvanti te vanālayajīvinaḥ |

ghnanti tāneva durvṛttānpauruṣādena karmaṇā ||2-16-8

When those who live depending on the forest engage in destructive acts, the forest will kill those wicked people with appropriate actions.

mantrayajṣaparā viprāḥ sītāyajṣāścha karṣukāḥ |

giriyajṅāstathā gopā ijyo'smābhirgirirvane ||2-16-9

Brahmins are engaged in chanting of mantras. Farmers are engaged in tilling. The gopa-s depend on the hill . Hence we should worship the hill and the forest.

tanmahyaṁ rochate gopā giriyajṣaḥ pravartatām |

karma kṛtvā sukhasthāne pādapeṣvatha vā girau ||2-16-10

According to my opinion, we should worship the hill. This should be performed in a comfortable place, under a tree or at the foot of a hill.

tatra hatvā paśūnmedhyānvitatyāyatane śubhe |

sarvaghoṣasya saṁdohaḥ kriyatāṁ kiṁ vicāryate ||2-16-11

There, at an auspicious location, performing animal sacrifice, let us milk all the cows. What are we thinking about (Let us not delay)?

taṁ śaratkusumāpīḍāḥ parivārya pradakṣiṇam |

gāvo girivaraṁ sarvāstato yāntu punarvrajam ||2-16-12

Let us decorate the cows with autumn flowers and circumambulate the hill. Thereafter let the cows return to the vraja.

prāptā kileyaṁ hi gavāṁ svādutoyatṛṇā guṇaiḥ |

śaratpramuditā ramyā gatameghajalāśayā ||2-16-13

The pleasant and beautiful autumn season has arrived. The water is tasty and grass is good for the cows. There are no clouds in the sky.

priyakaiḥ puṣpitairgauraṁ śyāmaṁ bāṇasanaiḥ kvachit |

kaṭhoratṛṇamābhāti nirmayūrarutaṁ vanam ||2-16-14

Due to the flowers in full bloom, the forest has a golden colour. Somewhere the forest appears dark due to thick bushes and small plants. The forest is full of tough grass There is no sound of peacocks.

vijalā vimalā vyomni vibalākā vividyutaḥ |

vivardhante jaladharā vidantā iva kuṣjarāḥ ||2-16-15

Devoid of water, dirt and lightning, the clear water bearing clouds wander in the sky, like elephants without tusks.

paṭunā meghanādena navatoyānukarṣiṇā |

parṇotkaraghanāḥ sarve prasādaṁ yānti pādapāḥ ||2-16-16

The trees appeared dense with leaves since they were showered with strong winds loaded with water bearing clouds. All these trees begin to lose their leaves. (There is plenty of light) and hence they look pleased.

sitavarṇāmbudoṣṇīṣaṁ haṁsacāmaravījitam |

pūrṇacandrāmalacchatraṁ sābhiṣekamivāmbaram |2-16-17

The sky looks like a king at his coronation - The white clouds look like his turban, the swans are like fans and the full moon is like an umbrella held over the head.

haṁsaiḥ prahasitānīva samutkṛṣṭāni sārasaiḥ |

sarvāṇi tanutāṁ yānti jalāni jaladakṣaye ||2-16-18

After the rains, the water in the reservoirs begin to decrease. It looks as though the swans are laughing at them and the cranes have abandoned them.

cakravākastanataṭāḥ pulinaśroṇimaṇḍalāḥ |

haṁsalakṣaṇahāsinyaḥ patiṁ yānti samudragāḥ ||2-16-19

The river which flow to meet her husband, the ocean, appears beautiful with swans sporting in water as her smile, banks as the hips and a pair of cakravaka birds as the breasts.

kumudotphullamudakaṁ tārābhiścitramambaram |

samamabhyutsmayantīva śarvarīṣvitaretaram ||2-16-20

In the night, lotus flowers bloom in water and the sky dazzles with many stars. Both appears to compete with each other, saying, "my beauty is superior to yours".

mattakrauṣcāvaghuṣṭeṣu kamalāpakvapāṇḍuṣu |

nirviṣṭaramaṇīyeṣu vaneṣu ramate manaḥ ||2-16-21

The mind finds great pleasure in the forest where, excited birds sing sweetly, paddy fields ready for reaping look like decorated brides, a pleasant atmosphere prevails like in the house of a married couple.

puṣkariṇyastaḍāgāni vāpyaścha vikachotpalāḥ |

kedārāḥ saritashcaiva sarāṁsi ca śriyājvalan ||2-16-22

The incomparable beauty of ponds and lakes with golden flowers and pools and rivers increase with nourishment.

paṅkajāni ca tāmrāṇi tathānyāni sitānyapi |

utpalāni ca nīlāni bhejire vārijāṁ shriyam ||2-16-23

The water-born red, white and blue lotuses increase the beauty of the water of the lakes.

madaṁ jahuḥ sitāpāṅgā mandaṁ vavṛdhire'nilāḥ |

abhavadvyabhramākāśamabhūccha nibhṛto'rṇavaḥ ||2-16-24

The excitement of the peacocks has ended. The wind is blowing slow. The sky is devoid of clouds. The sea appears to be full.

ṛtuparyāyaśithilairvṛttanṛtyasamujjhitaiḥ |

mayūrāṅgaruhairbhūmirbahunetreva lakṣyate ||2-16-25

The rainy season has ended and the peacocks have stopped dancing. Due to the scattered peacock feathers, the ground appears to be having many eyes.

svapaṅkamalinaistīraiḥ kāśapuṣpalatākulaiḥ |

haṁsasārasavinyāsairyamunā bhāti śobhanā ||2-16-26

The banks of yamunā which were dirty with slush, look beautiful with blooming kāśa flowers where the swans and cranes have made their nests.

kalamāpākaramyeṣu kedāreṣu janeṣu ca |

sasyādā jalajādāścha mattā viruruvuḥ khagāḥ ||2-16-27

The birds, eating the grains in the beautiful fields ready for reaping, and the birds eating fish in the lakes, are making various sounds.

siṣichuryāni jaladā jalena jaladāgame |

tāni sasyāni bālāni kaṭhinatvaṁ gatāni vai ||2-16-28

The young tender plants, dragged by the clouds in the rainy season, have grown up and become hard.

tyaktvā meghamayaṁ vāsaḥ śaradguṇavidīpitaḥ |

eṣa vai vimale vyomni hṛṣṭo vasati candramāḥ ||2-16-29

The moon has abandoned the clothes in the form of clouds. Adorned with the qualities of autumn, the moon happily stays in the clear sky.

kṣīriṇyo dviguṇaṁ gāvaḥ pramattā dviguṇaṁ vṛṣāḥ |

vanānāṁ dviguṇā lakṣmīḥ sasyairguṇavatī mahī ||2-16-30

In the autumn season, the cows give double the quantity of milk. The bulls are doubly excited. The forests are doubly wealthy. Because of abundant vegetation, the earth is enriched with many qualities.

jyotīṁṣi ghanamuktāni padmavanti jalāni ca |

manāṁsi ca manuṣyāṇāṁ prasādamupayānti vai ||2-16-31

The planets and stars released from the cover of clouds, water adorned with lotus flowers, and the minds of people have become pleased.

asṛjatsavitā vyomni nirmukto jaladairbhṛśam |

śaratprajvalitaṁ tejastīkṣṇaraśmirviśoṣayan ||2-16-32

In autumn, the sun, freed from the rain bearing clouds in the sky, producing rays with higher blaze and weakens the essence of earth.

nīrājayitvā sainyāni prayānti vijigīṣavaḥ |

anyonyarāṣṭrābhimukhāḥ pārthivāḥ pṛthivīkṣitaḥ ||2-16-33

The kings of earth provide their army with weapons and march towards other kingdoms looking for victory.

bandhujīvābhitāmrāsu baddhapaṅkavatīṣu ca |

manastiṣṭhati kānṭāsu citrāsu vanarājiṣu ||2-16-34

The mind goes to the beautiful forest lands dazzling with shoeflowers, enriched by mud and sediments.

vaneṣu ca virājante pādapā vanaśobhinaḥ |

śrasanāḥ saptaparṇāścha kovidārāścha puṣpitāḥ ||22-16-35

iṣusāhvā nikumbhāścha priyakāḥ svarṇakāstathā |

sṛmarāḥ pechukāścaiva ketakyashcha samantataḥ ||2-16-36

The trees in full bloom, such as, śrasanā, saptaparṇā, kovidāra, iṣusāhvā, nikumbhā, priyakā, svarṇakā, and ketaki dazzle adding beauty to the forest. Many kinds of deer and owls roam in a happy mood.

Translator's note:

The botanical names of the trees mentioned in this śloka, according to the Monier Williams Dictionary are as follows:

śrasanā - Terminalia Tomentosa

saptaparṇā - Alstonia Scholaris

kovidāra -Bauhinia Variegata

iṣusāhvā -

nikumbhā - Croton Polyandrum

priyakā - Nauclea - Cadamba - Several plants - Terminalia Tomentosa

svarṇakā - suvarṇaka - Cathartocarpus Fistula

ketaki -Pandanus odoratissimus

vrajeṣu ca viśeṣeṇa gargarodgārahāsiṣu |

śaratprakāśayoṣeva goṣṭheṣvaṭati rūpiṇī ||2-16-37

In those vrajas, the autumn season roams like a beautiful young woman, where specially, milk, curd and butter are filled in pots creating sound which appears like the laughter of the season.

nūnaṁ tridaśabhūyiṣṭhaṁ meghakālasukhoṣitam |

patatriketanaṁ devaṁ bodhayanti divaukasaḥ ||2-16-38

It is sure that the gods are waking up the lord having garuḍa on his flag, from his comfortable rest in the rainy season.

śaradyevaṁ susasyāyāṁ prāptāyāṁ prāvṛṣaḥ kṣaye |

nīlacandrārkavarṇaiścha rachitaṁ bahubhirdvijaiḥ ||2-16-39

After the rainy season, the autumn season decorated with beautiful vegetation has arrived, along with many birds with multiple colours, such as blue like clouds, white like moon and sun.

phalaiḥ pravālaiścha ghanamindracāpaghanopamam |

bhavanākāraviṭapaṁ latāparamamaṇḍitam ||2-16-40

The trees are full of fruits, dense with tender leaves. They look beautiful, like clouds decorated with rainbow. The huge branches decorated with creepers look like houses.

viśālamūlāvanataṁ pavanābhogamaṇḍitam |

archayāmo giriṁ devaṁ gāścaiva ca viśeṣataḥ ||2-16-41

The roots of the trees have spread far and wide. The trees enjoy good air. We should specially worship the hill along with the cows.

barhāpīḍaiścha daṁśitaiḥ |

ghaṇṭābhiścha pralambābhiḥ puṣpaiḥ śāradikaistathā ||2-16-42

Let us decorate the horns of the cows with peacock feathers. Let us tie bells on their neck and decorate the cows with autumn flowers.

śivāya gāvaḥ pūjyantāṁ giriyajṣaḥ pravartyatām |

pūjyatāṁ tridaśaiḥ shakro girirasmābhirijyatām ||2-16-43

Let us worship the cows for our well being. Let us start the worship of the hill. Let the gods worship indra and let us worship the hill.

kārayiṣyāmi goyajṣaṁ balādapi na saṁśayaḥ |

yadyasti mayi vaḥ prītiryadi vā suhṛdo vayam ||2-16-44

gāvo hi pūjyāḥ satataṁ sarveṣāṁ nātra saṁśayaḥ |

If you are pleased with me and if we seek the good of all, then I will carry out the cow festival forcefully. There is no doubt that the cows are to be worshipped always by all.

yadi sāmnā bhavetprītirbhavatāṁ vaibhavāya ca |

etanmama vacastathyaṁ kriyatāmavicāritam ||2-16-45

If you are happy with my explanation, then for your own progress, accept my words without any hesitation and proceed accordingly.

iti śrīmahābhārate khileṣu harivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi śaradvarṇane śoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ

Thus this is the sixteenth chapter of viṣṇuparva of harivaṁśa, khila of śrimahābhārata, description of Autumn season.

nīlakaṇṭha commentary

etasmin ṣoḍaśe'dhyāye yuktibhirmaghabhedanaṁ |

upendreṇa mahendrasya śarado varṇanaṁ tathā || 1 ||

· 2-16-1 gopav+ddhasya vacanaṁ śrutvā śakraparigrahe indramahotsavasvīkāre ||

· 2-16-3 paṇyaṁ vikreyaṁ dravyaṁ vipaṇijīvināṁ vaṇijāṁ traividyaṁ vārtārūpāyāḥ vidyāyā bhedatrayaṁ ||

· 2-16-4 vidyayā vārttayā

· 2-16-6 tanavastanūḥ

· 2-16-8 eṣāṁ vanānāṁ vikurvanti vikāraṁ janayanti | vanālayāḥ bhillādyāḥ vanajīvino gopatakṣādyāḥ||

· 2-16-10 karma svastivācanādikaṁ sukhastāne pādapādisannidhau same deshe ||

· 2-16-11 vitatya kuṇḍamaṇḍapādikaṁ vistārya kriyatāṁ | ekatreti śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-16-13 pramuditā pramuditajanatvāt ||

· 2-16-14 priyakaiḥ kadambhabhedaiḥ bāṇāsanaiḥ jhiṇṭipucchaiḥ nirmayūrarutaṁ varṣāpagamāt

· 2-16-15 balākeva balākā ākasmikapātā'śaniḥ tadrahitā vibalākāḥ ||

· 2-16-17 sābhiṣekamiva paṭṭābhiṣiktanṛpatitulyam ||

· 2-16-20 abhyutsmayanti garvamāviṣkurvanti | bahutvamārṣam

· 2-16-21 kalamāpakvapāṇḍuṣu dhānyamaṣjarīpākapiṅgeṣu nirviṣṭāḥ kṛtavivāhāstadvadramaṇīyeṣu krauṣchapuruṣayoḥ dhānyavarāṅganayoścha sāmyam ||

· 2-16-24 sitāpāṅgāḥ mayūrāḥ nibhṛtaḥ pūrṇaḥ

· 2-16-25 ṛtuparyāyo varṣāpagamastena śithilaiḥ vṛttaṁ samāptaṁ yannṛtyaṁ tadā samujjhiyataiḥ ||

· 2-16-26 vinyāsaiḥ upaveśanasthalaiḥ ||

· 2-16-27 jalajādāḥ matyāśinaḥ ||

· 2-16-3 2 viśoṣayan rasāniti śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-16-34 bandhujīvaiḥ raktapuṣpaiḥ amitaḥ tāmrāsu lohitāsu ||

· 2-16-36 iṣusāhvāḥ bāṇāṣanāḥ nikumbāḥ dantiviṭapāḥ svarṇakāḥ svarṇavarnāḥ puṣpitā iti pūrvaṇānvayaḥ | sṛmarā mṛgaviśeṣāḥ teṣāṁ śaradi darśanāt | pechukāḥ ghūkāḥ iti kechit ||

· 2-16-42 sāvataṁsaiḥ samukuṭaiḥ barhāpīḍaiḥ mayūrapatrabhuṣābhistatraiva śṛṅgeṣu daṁśiterbaddhe ||

iti śrīharivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi ṭīkāyāṁ ṣodaśo'dhyāyaḥ

17 – govardhanamahotsavaḥ - Performance of ṁountain-ṣacrifice

vaiśampāyana uvāca

dāmodaravacaḥ śrutvā hṛṣṭāste goṣu jīvinaḥ |

tadvāgamṛtamāsādya pratyūcuraviśaṅkayā ||2-17-1

vaiśampāyana said:

(O janamejaya!) Hearing the words of dāmodara (kṛṣṇa) happily, the people who depend on cows for their livelihood, enjoyed the sweet nectar (amṛta) of the talk and replied without any doubt.

tavaiṣā bāla mahatī gopāṇāṁ hitavardhinī |

prīṇayatyeva naḥ sarvānbuddhirvṛddhikarī gavām ||2-17-2

O child (kṛṣṇa), your thoughts are great and in favour of the wishes of gopas. All of us are pleased with your thoughts. Your intellect is for the welfare of the cows.

tvaṁ gatistvaṁ ratishcaiva tvaṁ vettā tvaṁ parāyaṇam |

bhayeṣvabhayadastvaṁ nastvameva suhṛdāṁ suhṛt |2-17-3

You are our dependence. You are our happiness. You are our shelter. You protect us from our fears. You are our well-wisher.

tvatkṛte kṛṣṇa ghoṣo'yaṁ kṣemī muditagokulaḥ |

kṛtsno vasati śāntāriryathā svargaṁ gatastathā ||2-17-4

This vraja is created by you. We are happy and well because of you. Our enemies have become silent. We are living happily as though in heaven.

janmaprabhṛti karmaitaddevairasukaraṁ bhuvi |

boddhavyāccābhimānāccha vismitāni manāṁsi naḥ ||2-17-5

Since birth you have performed tasks which are not easy even for the deva-s to perform on the earth. In view of all these and your proud words, we are astonished.

balena ca parārdhyena yaśasā vikrameṇā ca |

uttamastvaṁ manuṣyeṣu deveṣviva purandaraḥ |2-17-6

You are the best among men in strength, fame and prowess. Among gods, you are equal to indra.

pratāpena ca tīkṣṇena dīptyā pūrṇatayāpi ca |

uttamastvaṁ ca martyeṣu deveṣviva divākaraḥ ||2-17-7

You are the best among men due to influence, strong effulgence, complete vision like sun among the gods.

kāntyā lakṣmyā prasādena vadanena smitena ca |

uttamastvaṁ ca martyeṣu deveṣviva niśākaraḥ ||2-17-8

You are the best among men due to your beauty, prosperity, pleasantness, face and smile like moon among the gods.

balena vapuṣā caiva bālyena caritena ca |

syātte shaktidharastulyo na tu kashchana mānuṣaḥ ||2-17-9

There is no other powerful man equal to you in strength, body and childhood activities.

yattvayābhihitaṁ vākyaṁ giriyajṣaṁ prati prabho |

kastallaṅghayituṁ shakto velāmiva mahodadhiḥ ||2-17-10

Lord! Who is able to oppose your words on your views regarding the hill sacrifice (giri-yajṣam) like a great ocean breaking its shore?

sthitaḥ śakramahastāta śrīmāngirimahastvayam |

tvatpraṇīto'dya gopānāṁ gavāṁ hetoḥ pravartyatām ||2-17-11

O son! From today, we shall stop the indra sacrifice and conduct the hill sacrifice which you have introduced for the benefit of gopa-s and cows.

bhojanānyupakalpyantāṁ payasaḥ peśalāni ca |

kumbhāścha viniveśyantāmudapāneṣu śobhanāḥ ||2-17-12

Let us collect beautiful pots of milk. Let us keep beautiful pots of water near the well.

pūryantāṁ payasā nadyo droṇyaścha vipulāyatāḥ |

bhakṣyaṁ bhojyaṁ ca peyaṁ ca tatsarvamupanīyatām ||2-17-13

Let us fill canals and boats with milk. Let us prepare and bring snacks, food and drinks.

bhājanāni ca māṁsasya nyasyantāmodanasya ca |

trirātraṁ caiva saṁdohaḥ sarvaghoṣasya gṛhyatām ||2-17-14

Let us arrange with pleasure, the plates and vessels for rice and meat. Let us collect milk and milk products for three days and nights.

viśasyantāṁ ca pashavo bhojyā ye mahiṣādayaḥ |

pravartyatāṁ ca yajṣo'yaṁ sarvagopasusaṁkulaḥ ||2-17-15

Let us kill the animals such as buffalos to be eaten. Let this sacrifice be conducted with all gopas.

Anandajanano ghoṣo mahānmuditagokulaḥ |

tūryapraṇādaghoṣaiścha vṛṣabhāṇāṁ ca garjitaiḥ ||2-17-16

hambhāravaiścha vatsānāṁ gopānāṁ harṣavardhanaḥ |

Afterwards, there was a great jubilation in the vraja along with the playing of musical instruments, the bellowing of the bulls, and the mooing of calves, leading to the joy of gopas.

dadhno hrado ghṛtāvartaḥ payaḥ kulyāsamākulaḥ ||2-17-17

māṁsarāśiḥ prabhūtāḍhyaḥ prakāśaudanaparvataḥ |

saṁprāvartata yajṣo'sya girergobhiḥ samākulaḥ ||2-17-18

tuṣṭagopajanākīrṇo gopanārīmanoharaḥ |

Along with a pond of curd, a vortex of ghee, a river of milk, a variety of meat and a mountain of cooked rice, the entire complex of vraja including the happy gopa-s and beautiful gopi-s proceeded for the hill sacrifice.

bhakṣyāṇāṁ rāśayastatra śataśaśchopakalpitāḥ |

gandhamālyaiścha vividhairdhūpairuchcāvacaistathā ||2-17-19

There were hundreds of varieties of food . The sacrifice was complete with varieties of fragrant garlands and incense.

athādhiśṛtaparyante saṁprāpte yajṣasaṁvidhau |

yajṣaṁ girestithau saumye cakrurgopā dvijaiḥ saha || 2-17-20

At the start of the sacrifice, the items were offered to the fire as ordained. The gopa-s performed the sacrifice along with brahmins on an auspicious day.

yajanānte tadannaṁ tu tatpayo dadhi chottamam |

māmsaṁ ca māyayā kṛṣṇo girirbhūtvā samashnute ||2-17-21

At the end of the sacrifice, by illusion, kṛṣṇa became the hill and consumed the best rice, milk, curd and meat which were offered.

tarpitāścāpi viprāgryāstuṣṭāḥ saṁpūrṇamānasāḥ |

uttasthūḥ prītamanasaḥ svasti vācyaṁ yathāsukham ||2-17-22

In the sacrifice, the brahmanas were treated with food, drinks and gifts. All their requirements fulfilled, they blessed all and prayed for their well-being.

bhuktvā cāvabhṛte kṛṣṇaḥ payaḥ pītvā ca kāmataḥ |

saṁtṛpto'smīti divyena rūpeṇa prajahāsa vai ||2-17-23

After the ritual bath at the end of the sacrifice, kṛṣṇa ate the offerings, drank milk to his satisfaction and said: I am completely satisfied. Saying this he started laughing in the form of the deity of the hill.

taṁ gopāḥ parvatākāraṁ divyasraganulepanam |

girimūrdhni sthitaṁ dṛṣṭvā kṛṣṇaṁ jagmuḥ pradhānataḥ ||2-17-24

Seeing the hill deity standing on the peak of the hill wearing divine garlands, smeared with divine ointments, the gopa-s considered him as shelter, as kṛṣṇa.

bhagavānapi tenaiva rūpeṇāccāditaḥ prabhuḥ |

sahitaiḥ praṇato gopāirvavandātmānamātmanā ||2-17-25

Splendorous Lord kṛṣṇa, concealing his form, offered his obeisance to himself in the form of the hill deity along with gopas.

tamūcurvismitā gopā devaṁ girivare sthitam |

bhagavamstvadvashe yuktā dāsāḥ kiṁ kurma kiṅkarāḥ ||2-17-26

Astonished by the hill deity standing on the peak of the hill, the gopa-s said: Lord, we are at your service. Tell us, what shall we do to serve you?

sa uvāca tato gopāngiriprabhavayā girā |

adyaprbhṛti chejyo'haṁ goṣu yadyastu vo dayā ||2-17-27

Then he told gopa-s in a voice coming from the hill: If you are kind to cows, worship me through the cows from today.

ahaṁ vaḥ prathamo devaḥ sarvakāmakaraḥ śubhaḥ |

mama prabhāvāccha gavāmayutānyeva bhokṣyatha |1-17-28

I am your principal god. I fulfill all your wishes. By my splendour, you will have ten thousand cows and you will enjoy their products.

shivashcha vo bhaviṣyāmi madbhaktānāṁ vane vane |

raṁsye ca saha yuṣmābhiryathā divigatastathā ||2-17-29

I will be helpful to all of you who are devotees of me. Just as I live in my heavenly abode, I will remain with you happily.

ye cheme prathitā gopā nandagopapurogamāḥ |

eśāṁ prītaḥ prayachcāmi gopānāṁ vipulaṁ dhanam ||2-17-30

I am pleased with gopa-s such as nandagopa. I will grant them wealth and prosperity.

paryāpnuvantu kṣipraṁ māṁ gāvo vatsasamākulāḥ |

evaṁ mama parā prītirbhaviṣyati na samśayaḥ ||2-17-31

Now, quickly arrange to circumambulate me along with cows and calves. There is no doubt that by doing so, I will be greatly pleased.

tato nīrājanārthaṁ hi vṛndaśo gokulāṇi tam |

parivavrurgirivaraṁ savṛṣāṇi samantataḥ ||2-17-32

Afterwards, the cows and bulls of the vraja assembled for circumambulating the great hill.

tā gāvaḥ pradrutā hṛṣṭāḥ sāpīḍastabakāṅgadāḥ |

sasrajāpīḍaśṛṅgāgrāḥ śataśo'tha sahasraśaḥ ||2-17-33

Hundreds of thousands of cows, their heads and legs decorated with flowers, and horns adorning flower garlands happily and quickly began to circumambulate the hill.

anujagmushcha gopālāḥ kālayanto dhanāni ca |

bhakticchedānuliptāṅgā raktapītasitāmbarāḥ ||2-17-34

The cows were driven by by gopa-s who followed them with their bodies smeared with fragrant pastes. They were dressed in red, yellow and white clothes.

mayūracitrāṅgadino bhujaiḥ praharaṇāvṛtaiḥ |

mayūrapatravṛntānāṁ keśabandhaiḥ suyojitaiḥ ||2-17-35

They were wearing armlets of peacock feathers on their arms. They carried sticks in their hands. Their heads were decorated with suitable head bands of peacock feathers.

babhrājuradhikam gopāḥ samavāye tadādbhute |

anye vṛṣānāruruhurnṛtyanti sma pare mudā ||2-17-36

gopālāstvapare gāścha jagṛhurvegagāminaḥ |

Due to this, the gopa-s looked enchanting in that assembly. Some were riding on the backs of the bulls while others were dancing. Other gopa-s were catching the running cows and calves.

tasminparyāyanirvṛtte gavāṁ nīrājanotsave ||2-17-37

antardhānaṁ jagāmāśu tena dehena so'chalaḥ |

When the circumambulation of the cows were completed, the deity of the hill disappeared along with his body.

kṛṣṇo'pi gopasahito vivesha vrajameva ha || 2-17-38

kṛṣṇa along with gopa-s returned to vraja.

giriyajṣapravṛttena tenāścharyeṇa vismitāḥ |

gopāḥ sabālavṛddhā vai tuṣṭuvurmadhusūdanam ||2-17-39

Astonished by the wonderful conclusion of the hill sacrifice, all the gopa-s including the elders, men and boys praised madhusūdhana (kṛṣṇa).

iti śrīmahābhārate khileṣu harivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi giriyajṣapravartane saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

Thus this is the seventeenth chapter of viṣṇuparva of harivaṁśa, khila of śrimahābhārata, performance of mountain sacrifice.

nīlakaṇṭha commentary

atha saptadaśedhyāye govardhanamahotsavaḥ

varṇyate hariṇā klṛpto darśanaṁ tasya cādbhutam || 1 ||

· 2-17-1 aviśaṅkyā indrāt bhayaṁ aśaṅkamānā ityarthaḥ

· 2-17-3 aśaṣkāyāṁ bījamāhustvamiti | parāyaṇam āśrayaḥ ||

·

· 2-17-4 yathā svargaṁ gataḥ svargatha iva ||

· 2-17-5 etacchakaṭabhaṅgādibhi karma dṛṣṭveti śeṣaḥ | boddhavyāt draṣṭuṁ yogyāttavābhimānādahaṁkārādahaṁ kārayiṣyāmi goyajṣaṁ balādetanna saṁśayaṁ ityevaṁrūpāt | ekaśvakāraḥ pādapūraṇārthaḥ |

· 2-17-9 ve tyayā tulyaḥ śaktidharaḥ kārtikeyaḥ ||

· 2-17-11 tvatpraṇītastvayā pravartitaḥ ||

· 2-17-13 nadyaḥ sudhāmayyo dīrghakulyāḥ drauṇyastādṛśāni kuṇḍāni ||

· 2-17-14 saṁdohaḥ payaādiḥ gṛhyatāṁ natu vikreyaḥ |

· 2-17-17 daghno hradaḥ ghṛtāvarttaḥ sārarūpeṇa ghṛtaṁ yatropayārvarttate sa tathā ||

· 2-17-18 prabhūtaścāsau āḍhyaścha bhūyānsaṁrakārakadravyasaṁyuktaścha yasminnityarthaḥ ||

· 2-17--19 adhisṛtāni vahnistāni carustālYādīni paryantāni samīpe āsāditāni yasmin ||

· 2-17-24 pradhānataḥ mukhyāsttatvajṣāḥ jagmuḥ śaraṇamiti śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-17-26 taṁ girishikharastam ||

· 2-17-31 paryāpnuvantu pradakṣiṇaṁ kurvantu ||

· 2-17-33 sāpīḍāḥ saśirobhūṣaṇāḥ tāścha tāḥ stabakāṅgadāḥ puṣpaguchcākārāṇi bāhūbhūṣaṇāni yāsāṁ tāḥ | srajashcha āpīḍāḥ śṛṣgārabhūṣaṇāni taishcha sahitāni sasrajāpīḍāni śṛṅgāgrāṇi yāsāṁ tā ||

· 2-17-34 kālayanto niyamanantaḥ dhanāni godhanāni bhakticchedairvibhāgabhedaiḥ anuliptāṅgāḥ nānāvarṇairanulepitāni pṛthak pṛthagaṅgāni yaistādṛśā ityarthaḥ ||

· 2-17-35 praharaṇāvṛtaiḥ sāyudhaiḥ mayūrapatrāṇāṁ vṛntāni madhyaśaṅkavaḥ teṣām ||

iti śrīharivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi ṭīkāyāṁ saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

18 - govardhanadhāraṇam - Hoisting the Govardhana Mountain

vaiśampāyana uvāca

mahe pratihate śakraḥ sakrodhastridaśeśvaraḥ |

saṁvartakaṁ nāma gaṇaṁ toyadānāmathābravīt ||2-18-1

vaiśaṁpāyana said:

(O janamejaya!) When the sacrifice was stopped, the lord of gods (indra) became angry. He ordered the water bearing clouds named saṁvartaka.

bho balāhakamātaṅgāḥ śrūyatāṁ mama bhāṣitam |

yadi vo matpriyaṁ kāryam rājabhaktipuraskṛtam ||2-18-2

Clouds, powerful as elephants! Hear my words. If you are loyal to me and if you wish to please me, then do as I say.

ete vṛndavanagatā dāmodaraparāyaṇāḥ |

nandagopādayo gopā vidviṣanti mamotsavam ||2-18-3

The gopa-s such as nandagopa residing in vṛndāvana condemn my festival, depending on dāmodara (kṛṣṇa).

ājīvo yaḥ parasteṣāṁ gopatvaṁ ca yataḥ smṛtam |

tā gāvaḥ saptarātreṇa pīḍyantāṁ varṣamārutaiḥ ||2-18-4

By showering rain for seven days, torture the cows, who are the livelihood for the people there.

airāvatagataścāhaṁ svayamevāmbudāruṇaṁ |

srakṣyāmi vṛṣṭiṁ vātaṁ ca vajrāśanisamaprabham ||2-18-5

Riding on the back of airāvata, I will personally go there to oversee this terrible rain accompanied by thunder, lightning and strong winds.

bhavadbhiśchaṇḍavarṣeṇa charatā mārutena ca |

hatāstāḥ savrajā gāvastyakṣyanti bhuvi jīvitam ||2-18-6

When you begin thundershowers accompanied by strong winds, the cows and the people of vraja will be distressed and forced to give up their lives.

evamājṣāpayāmāsa sarvāṣjaladharānprabhuḥ |

pratyāhate vai kṛṣṇena śāsane pākaśāsanaḥ ||2-18-7

The powerful indra (pākaśāsana), with his sacrifice stopped by kṛṣṇa, thus ordered all the rain bearing clouds.

tataste jaladāḥ kṛṣṇā ghoranādā bhāyāvahāḥ |

ākāśaṁ cādayāmāsuḥ sarvataḥ parvatopamāḥ ||2-18-8

Then the terrible, dark coloured, water bearing clouds resembling mountains began to thunder as they covered the sky.

vidyutsaṁpātajananāḥ śakracāpavibhūṣitāḥ |

timirāvṛtamākāśaṁ cakruste jaladāstadā ||2-18-9

The rain bearing clouds, decorated with rainbows and accompanied by lightning covered the sky. The sky became dark.

gajā ivānyasamyuktāḥ kechinmakaravarchasaḥ |

nāgā ivānye gagane cherurjaladapuṅgavāḥ ||2-18-10

Some clouds looked like elephants walking side by side. Others looked like crocodiles. Some other clouds looked like serpents in the sky.

te'nyonyaṁ vapuṣā baddhā nāgayūthāyutopamāḥ |

durdinaṁ vipulaṁ cakruścādayanto nabhastalam ||2-18-11

The clouds covered the entire sky like a group of thousands of elephants, touching each other's bodies, creating a long bad day.

nṛhastanāgahastābhyāṁ veṇūnāṁ caiva sarvataḥ |

dhārābhistulyarūpābhirvavṛṣuste balāhakāḥ ||2-18-12

The clouds started raining all over showering water streams looking like hands of men, trunks of elephants and bamboo stems.

samudraṁ menire taṁ hi khamārūḍhaṁ nṛcakṣuṣaḥ |

durvigāhyamaparyantamagādhaṁ durdinaṁ mahat ||2-18-13

The eyes of men considered the deep, unlimited and incomprehensible clouds as a grave situation as if the ocean has taken over the sky.

naivāpatanvai khagamā dudruvurmṛgajātayaḥ |

parvatābheṣu megheṣu khe nadatsu samantataḥ ||2-18-14

The birds stopped flying and the animals ran here and there. Clouds like mountains began to rumble all over in the sky.

naṣṭasūryendusadṛśairmeghairnabhasi dārunaiḥ |

ativṛṣṭena lokasya virūpamabhavadvapuḥ ||2-18-15

Those terrible clouds covering the entire sky made sun and moon disappear. By showering rain continuously, the earth was deformed.

meghaughairniṣprabhākāramadṛśyagrahatārakam |

candrasūryāṁśurahitaṁ khaṁ babhūvātiniṣprabham ||2-18-16

Due to the group of dark clouds, there was no light. Planets and stars were not visible. Without the rays of sun and moon, the sky became dark.

vāriṇā meghamuktena mucyamānena cāsakṛt |

Ababhau sarvatastatra bhūmistoyamayī yathā ||2-18-17

The water released from the clouds continuously spread everywhere and the earth appeared to be filled with water.

(Note 1)

vinedurbarhiṇastatra tokakalparutāḥ khagāḥ |

vivṛddhiṁ nimnagā yātāḥ plavagāḥ saṁplavaṁ gatāḥ ||2-18-18

The peacocks crowed loudly. The other birds became silent. The rivers overflowed and the trees were swept in the currents.

garjitena ca meghānāṁ parjanyaninadena ca |

tarjitānīva kampante tṛṇāni tarubhiḥ saha ||2-18-19

Due to the thundering of clouds and the roaring of the rain, the grass and the trees began to tremble.

prāpto'ntakālo lokānāṁ vyaktamekārṇavā mahī |

iti gopagaṇā vākyaṁ vyāharanti bhayārditāḥ ||2-18-20

The terrified gopa-s started saying, "The time of destruction has come. The earth has become engulfed in the sea".*

tenotpātāṁbuvarṣeṇa gāvo viprahatā bhṛśam |

hambhāravaiḥ krandamānā na cheluḥ stambhitopamāḥ ||2-18-21

Due to the incessant rain, the cows were terrified. They bellowed and stood still as though they have become statues.

niṣkampasakthicharaṇā niṣprayatnakhurānanāḥ |

hṛṣṭaromārdratanavaḥ kṣāmakukṣipayodharāḥ ||2-18-22

Without moving their legs, toes and face, they stood still. The hair on their wet bodies were erect. Their stomach and breasts became thin.

.

kāśchitprāṇāṣjahuḥ śrāntā nipetuḥ kāśchidāturāḥ |

kāśchitsavatsāḥ patitā gāvaḥ śīkaravejitāḥ ||2-18-23

Being unable to bear the stress, some cows gave up their lives. Some of them became ill and fell down. Due to the rain, some cows fell down with the calves.

kāśchidākramya kroḍena vatsāṁstiṣṭhanti mātaraḥ |

vimukhāḥ śrāntasakthyaścha nirāhārāḥ kṛśodarāḥ ||2-18-24

Some cows kept the calves under their bodies. Some were separated from calves. Many became inactive without food, their stomachs becoming thin.

peturārtā vepamānā gāvo varṣaparājitāḥ |

Unable to bear the rain, the cows bellowed and fell down.

vatsāśchonmukhakā bālā dāmodaramukhāḥ sthitāḥ |

trāhīti vadanairdīnaiḥ kṛṣṇamūcurivārditāḥ ||2-18-25

The calves raised their heads turning towards dāmodara(kṛṣṇa)'s face as though appealing to kṛṣṇa, "Please save us".

gavāṁ tadkadanaṁ dṛṣṭvā durdināgamajaṁ mahat |

gopāṁścāsannanidhanānkṛṣṇaḥ kopaṁ samādadhe ||2-18-26

Observing the bad day (with the sky covered with dark clouds), the suffering and death of cows and the impending doom of gopa-s, kṛṣṇa became very angry.

(Note 2)

sa cintayitvā samrabdho dṛṣṭo yogo mayeti ca |

ātmānamātmanā vākyamidamūche priyaṁvadaḥ ||2-18-27

Thinking for a while and coming to a suitable solution, kṛṣṇa who speaks dear words, said to himself:

adyāhamimamutpāṭya sakānanavanaṁ girim |

kalpayeyaṁ gavāṁ sthānaṁ varṣatrāṇāya durdharam ||2-18-28

I will now lift the hill along with the trees and forest, creating a place to save the cows from the terrible rain.

ayaṁ dhṛto mayā śailaḥ pṛthvīgṛhanibhopamaḥ |

trāsyate savrajā gā vai madvashyashcha bhaviṣyati ||2-18-29

The hill, lifted by me, similar to a house built on earth, will save the cows along with vraja and will be under my control.

evaṁ sa cintayitvā tu kṛṣṇaḥ satyaparākramaḥ |

bāhvorbalaṁ darśayiṣyansamīpaṁ taṁ mahīdharam ||2-18-30

dorbhyāmutpāṭayāmāsa kṛṣṇo girimivācalaḥ |

Thinking like this, the true valiant kṛṣṇa, to show the strength of his arms, lifted the nearby hill. As he lifted the hill with his arm, kṛṣṇa appeared like another hill.

(Note 3)

sa dhṛtaḥ saṅgato meghairgiriḥ savyena pāṇinā |

gṛhabhāvaṁ gatastatra gṝhākāreṇā varchasā ||2-16-31

The hill surrounded by clouds, lifted up by kṛṣṇa with his left hand appeared like a house there.

bhūmerutpāṭyamānasya tasya shailasya sānuṣu |

śilāḥ praśithilāścelurviniṣpetuścha pādapāḥ ||2-18-32

On the peaks of the hill, which was lifted up from earth, rocks were dislocated and trees were uprooted.

śikharairghūrṇamānaiścha sīdamānaiścha pādapaiḥ |

vidhūtaiśchocchritaḥ śṛṅgairagamaḥ khagamo'bhavat |2-18-33

That hill having shaking tall peaks with falling trees shook completely and appeared like a bird flying in the sky.

calatprasravaṇaiḥ pārśvairmeghaughairekatāṁ gataiḥ |

bhidyamānāśmanichayaścacāla dharaṇīdharaḥ ||2-18-34

Then the hill shook once, with streams running along the sides merging with the surrounding clouds and rocks rolling down.

na meghānāṁ pravṛṣṭānāṁ na śaialasyāśmavarṣiṇaḥ |

vividuste janā rūpaṁ vāyostasya ca garjataḥ ||2-18-35

The people did not know the form of the clouds showering the rain or the form of the hill showering the stones or the roaring wind.

meghaiḥ saśailasaṁsthānairnīlaiḥ prasravaṇārpitaiḥ |

miśrīkṛta ivābhāti giriruddāmabarhavān ||2-18-36

With the streams merging with the dark blue clouds around the peaks, the hill looked like a peacock spreading its feathers.

āpluto'yaṁ giriḥ pakṣairiti vidyādharoragāḥ |

gandharvāpsarasaścaiva vāco muṣchanti sarvaśaḥ ||2-18-37

All the vidyādhara-s, nāgā-s, gandharvā-s and apsara-s said that the hill appeared as if it was about to fly with wings.

sahastatalavinyasto muktamūlaḥ kṣitestalāt |

rītīrnirvartayāmāsa kāṣchanāṣjanarājatīḥ ||2-18-38

Resting on the hand (of kṛṣṇa), being uprooted and separated from the surface of earth, the hill revealed gold, aṣjana, silver and other minerals.

kānicicchithilānīva saṁccinnārdhāni kanichit |

girermeghapravṛṣṭāni tasya śṛṅgaṇi cābhavan ||2-18-39

Some peaks of the hill were broken. Some other peaks were cracked. Some were covered by clouds.

giriṇā kampamānena kampitāṇāṁ tu śākhinām |

puṣpamuchcāvacaṁ bhūmau vyaśīryata samantataḥ ||2-18-40

Due to the shaking of the hill, variety of flowers from the shaking branches of trees showered down and spread on the ground.

niḥsṛtāḥ pṛthumūrdhānaḥ svastikārdhavibhūśitāḥ |

dvijihvapatayaḥ kruddhāḥ khecarāḥ khe samantataḥ ||2-18-41

With bodies decorated by half svastika marks, many angry serpents, coming out from their holes, flew in the sky with their large hoods.

ārtiṁ jagmuḥ khagagaṇā varṣeṇa ca bhayena ca |

utpattyotpattya gaganātpunaḥ peturavāṅmukhāḥ ||2-18-42

Flocks of birds which flew high in the sky and fell down again and again, distressed and terrified by rain and fear.

resurāroṣitāḥ simhāḥ sajālā iva toyadāḥ |

gargarā iva mathyanto neduḥ śārdūlapuṅgavāḥ ||2-18-43

The lions became angry and roared loudly like rain bearing clouds. The tigers growled resembling the sound of churning pots.

viṣamaiścha samībhūtaiḥ samaiścātyantadurgamaiḥ |

vyāvṛttadehaḥ sa giriranya evopalakṣyate ||2-18-44

The uneven portions of the hill became even and the even portions became highly uneven. Thus, with deformed surface, it appeared like a completely different hill.

ativṛṣṭasya tairmeghaistasya rūpaṁ babhūva ha |

stambhitasyeva rudreṇa tripurasya vihāyasi ||2-18-45

The shape of the hill, with clouds showering incessant rain, became similar to that of tripura, immobilized by rudra (shiva) in the sky.

bāhudaṇḍena kṛṣṇāsya vidhṛtaṁ sumahattadā |

nīlābhrapaṭalacchannaṁ tadgiricchatramābabhau ||2-18-46

The huge hill, carried by kṛṣṇa on his hand, dazzled like an umbrella, covered by dark blue clouds.

svapnāyamāno jaladairnimīlitaguhāmukhaḥ |

bāhūpadhāne kṛṣṇāsya prasupta iva khe giriḥ ||2-18-47

Closing the mouths of caves, with rain clouds, the hill appeared to be sleeping, using kṛṣṇa's hand as a pillow.

nirvihaṅgarutairvṛkṣairnirmayūrarutairvanaiḥ |

nirālamba ivābhāti giriḥ svaśikharairvṛtaḥ ||2-18-48

With trees without the sound of birds and forest without the sound of peacocks, the hill covered by branches of trees looked desolate.

paryastairghūrṇamānaiścha prachaladbhishcha sānubhiḥ |

sajvarāṇīva shailasya vanāni śikharāṇi ca ||2-18-49

The forests, trees and peaks of the hill appeared as though suffering from fever with the shaking and crumbling peaks.

uttmāṅgagatāstasya meghāḥ pavanavāhanāḥ |

tvaryamāṇā mahendreṇa toyaṁ mumuchurakṣayam ||2-18-50

The rain clouds, carried by winds showered incessant rain on the hill, prompted by the great indra.

sa lambamānaḥ kṛṣṇasya bhujāgre saghano giriḥ |

cakrārūḍha ivābhāti desho nṛpatipīḍitaḥ ||2-18-51

The hill situated on the hand of kṛṣṇa surrounded by rain clouds, appeared like a country, tormented by enemy kings.

sa meghanichayastasthau giriṁ taṁ parivārya ha |

puraṁ puraskṛtya yathā sphīto janapado mahān ||2-18-52

The group of rain clouds stayed surrounding the hill, like a country surrounding the capital.

niveshya taṁ kare śailaṁ tolayitvā ca sasmitam |

provāca goptā gopānāṁ prajāpatiriva sthitaḥ ||2-18-53

Keeping the hill on his hand and smiling, kṛṣṇa, the protector and supporter of gopa-s, like prajāpati, spoke as follows:

etaddevairasaṁbhāvyaṁ divyena vidhinā mayā |

kṛtaṁ girigṛhaṁ gopā nirvātaṁ śaraṇaṁ gavām ||2-18-54

Gopa-s! By my divine power, impossible even by the gods, I have made the hill, a house, for you and the cows. Wind can not enter this shelter.

kṣipraṁ vishantu yūthāni gavāmiha hi śāntaye |

nirvāteṣu ca deśeṣu nivasantu yathāsukhaṁ ||2-18-55

Bring all the cows here quickly for rest. Let them stay here comfortably, without being disturbed by winds.

(Note 4)

vibhajyatāmayaṁ deśaḥ kṛtaṁ varṣanivāraṇam |

śailotpāṭanabhūreṣā mahatī nirmitā mayā ||2-18-56

You can share this place. I have avoided the rain. By lifting the hill, I have made a large area, suitable for you to live.

paṣcakrośapramāṇena kroshaikavistaro mahān |

trailokyamapyutsahate rakṣituṁ kiṁ punarvrajam ||2-18-57

The length of this large place is five krosha-s and the breadth is one krosha. When I am able to protect all the three worlds, what is the protection of vraja for me?

tataḥ kilakilāśabdo gavāṁ hambhāravaiḥ saha |

gopānāṁ tumulo jajṣe meghanādascha bāhyataḥ ||2-18-58

As the gopa-s came under the hill, there was a lot of noise, with the bellowing of cows and the rumbling of clouds.

prāviśanta tato gāvo gopaiyūthaprakalpitāḥ |

tasya shailasya vipulaṁ pradaraṁ gahvarodaram ||2-18-59

Then the cows, divided into groups by gopa-s, entered the deep and large belly of the hill.

kṛṣṇo'pi mūle shailasya shailastambha ivocchritaḥ |

dadhāraikena hastena śailaṁ priyamivātithim ||2-18-60

kṛṣṇa stood still under the hill like a pillar, carrying the hill on his hand as a dear guest.

tato vrajasya bhāṇḍāni yuktāni śakaṭāni ca |

viviśurvarṣabhītāni tadgṛhaṁ girinirmitam ||2-18-61

Then all the vraja, afraid of the rain, entered the house made by lifting the hill, along with their utensils and carts.

ātidaivaṁ tu kṛṣṇasya dṛṣṭvā tatkarma vajrabhṛt |

mithyāpratijṣo jaladānvārayāmāsa vai vibhuḥ ||2-18-62

īndra, holder of vajra, saw the task, impossible even for the gods, performed by kṛṣṇa. Defeated in his attempt, the lord removed the rain clouds.

saptarātre tu nirvṛtte dharaṇyāṁ vigatotsavaḥ |

jagāma saṁvṛto meghairvṛtrahā svargamuttamam ||2-18-63

After seven days, with his festival not performed on earth, the killer of vṛtra (indra), along with the clouds, returned to the best heaven.

nivṛtte saptarātre tu niṣprayatne shatakratau |

gatābhre vimale vyomni divase dīptabhāskare ||2-18-64

After seven days were over, when the efforts of the performer of hundred sacrifices (indra) became futile, the sky became clear, devoid of the clouds and the sun began to shine in the day.

gāvastenaiva mārgeṇā parijagmuryathāgatam |

svaṁ ca sthānaṁ tato ghoṣaḥ pratyayātpunareva saḥ ||2-18-65

The cows returned through the same way easily. The vraja returned to the own location.

kṛṣṇo'pi taṁ giriśreṣṭhaṁ svasthāne sthāvarātmavān |

prīto niveśayāmāsa śivāya varado vibhuḥ ||2-18-66

kṛṣṇa, the eternal soul, was pleased. He reinstated the hill in its original place for the benefit of the world.

iti śrīmahābhārate khileṣu harivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi govardhanoddharaṇe aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ

Thus this is the eighteenth chapter of viṣṇuparva of harivaṁśa, khila of śrimahābhārata, hoisting the govardhana mountain.

Note 1: See The harivamśa, Vol.ī, Edited by P.L. Vaidya, Volume 1, page 397, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune, 1969. After śloka 17, D3, T1,2, G and M have the following line

meghayuktena vātena ghūrṇitaṁ visvatomukham

Due to the winds driving the rain clouds and shaking all the world

The malayāLaṁ translation of this line is given in bhāṣābhārataṁ by kuṣṣikkuṭṭan taṁpurān, Volume 6, page 378, line 6, DC Books, Kottayam, 2007.

Note 2: See The harivamśa, Vol.ī, Edited by P.L.Vaidya, Volume 1, page 398, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune, 1969. After śloka 25, D6, T1,3,4, G 1-3 and M4 have the following śloka

Aho dārṣṭyaṁ surapatermāmanādṛtya saṁprati |

gavāṁ vadhaḥ kṛtastasya gopānāṁ ca tathā kṛtaḥ ||

Look at the defiance of the king of deva-s! He is killing the cows as well as gopa-s, without considering me.

The malayāLaṁ translation of this śloka is given in bhāṣābhārataṁ by kuṣṣikkuṭṭan taṁpurān, Volume 6, page 378, sloka 28, DC Books, Kottayam, 2007

Translator's note: The above śloka connects well with the śloka which follows beginning "sa cintayāmāsa",

Note 3: See The harivamśa, Vol.ī , Edited by P.L. Vaidya, Volume 1, page 399, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune, 1969. After śloka 29, D6, S have the following śloka

samūlaviṭapaskandhaścacāla sa mahāgiri |

ghaṇāghaṇakṛtaḥ śailaḥ saprāṇa iva niḥśvasan ||

The huge hill having trees with huge trunks, branches and roots was completely shaken and appeared as though it was breathing in along with its life.

The malayāLaṁ translation of this śloka is given in bhāṣābhārataṁ by kuṣṣikkuṭṭan taṁpurān, Volume 6, page 379, sloka 33-2 and 34-1, DC Books, Kottayam, 2007

Note 4: See The harivamśa, Vol.ī, Edited by P.L.Vaidya, Volume 1, page 402, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune, 1969. Line 3 of śloka 54 is

yathāvrajaṁ yathāyūthaṁ yathāsāraṁ ca vai sukham

As per vraja, as per the group, as per the accessories and as per comfort

In harivaṁśapurāṇa, volume 3, translation by bhumipati dasa, page 217, text 57 , the following line is given:

yathāśreṣṭhaṁ yathāyūthaṁ yathāsāram yathāsukhaṁ

As per the age, as per the group, as per the accessories and as per comfort

The malayāLaṁ translation of this line is given in bhāṣābhārataṁ by kuṣṣikkuṭṭan taṁpurān, Volume 6, page 380, line 2 of sloka 59, DC Books, Kottayam, 2007

nīlakaṇṭha commentary

asminnaṣṭādaśe'dhyāye āsārātpīḍite vraje |

daghne kṛṣṇo giriṁ prauḍyā saptāhamiti varṇyate || 1 ||

mahe pratihate śakra ityadhyāye -

"tamasya rājā varuṇastamaśvinā

kratuṁ sajanta mārutasya vedhasaḥ

dādhāra dakṣamuttamamaharvidaṁ

vrajaṁ ca viṣṇuḥ sakhivāṁ aporṇute"

ityetaṁ mantramupabṛṁhayati | mantrārthastu - asya viṣṇostaṁ parvatārthaṁ kṛtaṁ svaṁ svena saṁpāditaṁ kratuṁ yajṣaṁ varuṇo'śvinau ca sachanta anvamodanta mārutastasya vāyorapi vedhasaḥ sraṣṭuḥ tatashcha svamakhabhaṅge kṛte indre kupite sati viṣṇuḥ uttamaṁ śereṣṭhaṁ dakṣaṁ vṛṣṭinivāraṇakṣamaṁ aharvidaṁ kratorlabdhāraṁ parvataṁ dādhāra dadhāra dhṛtavān yataḥ sakhivān mahān vrajākhyasakhisamudāyavān vrajam aporṇute tenāharvidā shailena āccādayateti ||

· 2-18-11 durdinam duḥstaṁ dinam ||

· 2-18-12 nṛhastanāgahastābhyāṁ tulyarūpābhirdhārābhiriti saṁbandhaḥ ||

· 2-18-13 durddinaṁ meghacchannamahaḥ ||

· 2-18-15 naṣṭasūryenduḥ kalpāntaḥ tatkālasadṛśaiḥ ||

· 2-18-16 khaṁ kṛṣṇarātrau iti śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-18-17 toyamayī sarasī ||

· 2-18-18 tokakalparutāḥ atyalpaśabdāḥ plavagāḥ pravāheṇa gacchanti te tīraruhādayaḥ | saṁplavaṁ pravāham ||

· 2-18-21 viśeṣeṇa prahatāḥ viprahatāḥ ||

· 2-18-22 hṛṣṭaromāścha tā Ardratanavashcha tāḥ ||

· 2-18-23 sīkaravejitāḥ ambukaṇaiśchalitāstebhyo bhītā vā ||

· 2-18-28 ime govardhanasaṁjnaṁ ||

· 2-18-33 agamaḥ parvato acalopi khagamaḥ khaga ivābhūdityarthaḥ ||

· 2-18-36 sa shailo meghairmiśrīkṛtaḥ barhavān mayūraḥ sa iva bhātiti yojanā ||

· 2-18-37 āplutaḥ kha utpatitaḥ pakṣairmegharūpairityarthaḥ ||

· 2-18-38 gītīḥ gairikādidhātūn nirvrittayāmāsa prāvartayat ||

· 2-18-40 puṣpaṁ puṣpajātiḥ ||

· 2-18-43 resuḥ śabdaṁ cakruḥ | gargaraāḥ manthanasthālyaḥ ||

· 2-18-45 vṛṣṭasya varṣeṇāklinnasya ||

· 2-18-47 jaladaiḥ prāvaraṇabhūtaiḥ pakṣe tāḍhyapradaiḥ śramaiḥ guhāmukhāni kandarādvārāṇi pakṣe hṛdayaguhāyā mukhāni indriyāṇi ||

· 2-18-48 vanaiḥ vṛtaḥ shikharairiti saṁbandhaḥ ||

· 2-18-51 cakrārūḍhaḥ paracakravaśāt rathaśakāṭādyāruhya palāyamāno yathā''lambate tadvidityarthaḥ ||

· 2-18-54 divyena vidhinā alaukikena prabhāveṇa ||

· 2-18-56 mahatī parvatabughnādapi puṣkalakukṣiḥ ||

· 2-18-59 pradaraṁ gartamukhaṁ gahvarodaraṁ viśālagarbham ||

· 2-18-66 sthāvarātmavān akampa ityarthaḥ ||

iti śrīharivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi ṭīkāyāṁ aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

19 – govindābhiṣekaḥ - Krishna Honoured

vaiśampāyana uvāca

dhṛtaṁ govardhanaṁ dṛṣṭvā paritrātaṁ ca gokulam |

kṛṣṇasya darshanam shakro rochayāmāsa vismitaḥ ||2-19-1

vaiśaṁpāyana said:

(O janamejaya!) When indra saw that kṛṣṇa protected gokula by lifting govardhana hill, he became astonished. He desired to see kṛṣṇa.

sa nirjalāmbudākāraṁ mattaṁ madajalokṣitam |

āruhyairāvataṁ nāgamājagāma mahītalam ||2-19-2

Sitting on airāvataṁ, the best elephant, which appeared white like a cloud devoid of water and wet with water of mada, indra descended on earth.

sa dadarśopaviṣṭaṁ vai govardhanaśilātale |

kṛṣṇamakliṣṭakarmāṇaṁ puruhūtaḥ puraṁdaraḥ ||2-19-3

puraṁdara (indra), also known as puruhūta, saw kṛṣṇa, who performed great tasks easily, sitting on a rock on the govardhana hill.

taṁ vīkṣya bālaṁ mahatā tejasā dīptamavyayam |

gopaveṣadharaṁ viṣṇuṁ prītiṁ lebhe purandaraḥ ||2-19-4

There he saw the dazzling, indestructible boy with great splendour. purandara was highly pleased to see viṣṇu in the form of a gopa boy.

taṁ so'mbujadalaśyāmaṁ kṛṣṇaṁ srīvatsalakṣaṇam |

paryāptanayanaḥ śakraḥ sarvairnertrairudaikṣata ||2-19-5

śakra (indra) having many eyes, looked at kṛṣṇa, with all his eyes, to his satisfaction. kṛṣṇa was as dark as a lotus with the mark of srīvatsa adorning his chest.

dṛṣtvā chainaṁ śriyā juṣṭaṁ martyaloke'maropamam |

sūpaviṣṭaṁ śilāpṛṣṭhe śakraḥ sa vrīḍito'bhavat ||2-19-6

Seeing kṛṣṇa, joined with śrī like a god in the world of mortals, sitting comfortably on a rock, śakra felt ashamed.

(Note 1)

tasyopaviṣṭāsya mukhaṁ pakṣābhyāṁ pakṣipuṅgavaḥ |

antarddhānaṁ gataścāyāṁ cakāroragabhojanaḥ ||2-19-7

On the face of kṛṣṇa sitting there, the king of birds (garuḍa) who eats snakes, created shadows with his wings, remaining hidden from the view.

taṁ vivikte vanagataṁ lokavṛttāntatatparam |

upatasthe gajaṁ hitvā kṛṣṇaṁ balaniṣūdanaḥ ||2-19-8

The killer of bala (indra), alighted from his elephant and approached kṛṣṇa, who is interested in the affairs of the world, in the solitude of the forest.

sa samīpagatastasya divyasraganulepanaḥ |

rarāja devarājo vai vajrapūrṇakaraḥ prabhuḥ ||2-19-9

Going near kṛṣṇa, indra, the king of gods, wielder of vajra, wearing divine garlands and his body smeared with divine pastes, dazzled.

kirīṭenārkatulyena vidyududyotakāriṇā |

kuṇḍalābhyāṁ sa divyābhyāṁ satataṁ śobhitānanaḥ ||2-19-10

His crown was equal to sun, sparkling as lightning. His face was shining always with the divine ear rings.

paṣchastabakalambena hāriṇorasi bhūṣitaḥ |

His chest was adorned with a garland having five bunches of pearls.

sahasrapatrakāntena dehabhūṣaṇakāriṇā |

īkṣamāṇaḥ sahasreṇa netrāṇāṁ kāmarūpiṇām ||2-19-11

He looked with his thousand eyes which adorned his body beautifully like lotus flowers.

tridaśājṣāpanārthena meghanirghoṣakāriṇā |

atha divyena madhuraṁ vyājahāra svareṇā tam ||2-19-12

He ordered the gods in a voice, loud like the rumbling of clouds. Now he spoke in a divine sweet voice.

indra uvāca

kṛṣṇa kṛṣṇa mahābaho jṣātīnāṁ nandivarddhana |

atidivyaṁ kṛtaṁ karma tvayā prītimatā gavām |2-19-13

indra said:

O kṛṣṇa! kṛṣṇa with mighty arms! You enhance the happiness of your acquaintances. What you have done for the benefit of cows is highly divine.

mayotsṛṣṭeṣu megheṣu yugāntāvartakāriṣu |

yattvayā rakśitā gāvastenāsmi paritoṣitaḥ ||2-19-14

Even though the clouds sent by me showered incessant rain, like at the end of the ages (yuga), you protected the cows. I am highly pleased with this.

svāyaṁbhuvena yogena yaścāyaṁ parvatottamaḥ |

dhṛto veśmavadākāśe ko hyetena na vismayet ||2-19-15

With svāyambhuva yoga, you had lifted up this hill like a house in the sky. Who will not be surprised by this?

(Note 2)

pratiṣiddhe mama mahe mayeyaṁ ruṣitena vai |

ativṛṣṭiḥ kṛtā kṛṣṇā gavāṁ vai sāptarātrikī ||2-19-16

kṛṣṇa, I became angry when you prevented my sacrifice. I created incessant rains for seven days to torture the cows.

sā tvayā pratiṣiddheyaṁ meghavṛṣṭirdurāsadā |

devaiḥ sadānavagaṇairdurnivāryā mayi sthite ||2-19-17

You conquered the invincible rain showered by the clouds. It will be impossible even for the gods along with the danava-s to stop the rain created by me.

aho me supriyam kṛṣṇā yattvaṁ mānuṣadehavān |

samagraṁ vaiṣṇavaṁ tejo vinigūhasi roṣitaḥ ||2-19-18

kṛṣṇa! It is a wonderful as well as dear for me to see that you are able to conceal the complete vaiṣṇava splendour within your human body, which comes out when you are angry.

sādhitaṁ devatānāṁ hi manye'haṁ kāryamavyayam |

tvayi mānuṣyamāpanne yukte caiva svatejasā ||2-19-19

I consider the mission of gods as accomplished since you are endowed with your splendour even though you have taken a human body.

setsyate sarvakāryārtho na kiṁchitparihāsyate |

devānāṁ yadbhavānnetā sarvakāryapurogamaḥ ||2-19-20

You are the leader of gods and you are leading all our missions. Hence all our missions will be fruitful, none can be ridiculed.

ekastvamasi devānāṁ lokānāṁ ca sanātanaḥ |

dvitīyaṁ nātra paśyāmi yasteṣāṁ ca dhuraṁ vahet ||2-19-21

Lord! You alone are the eternal protector of the gods and the world. I do not see anyone other than you who can bear this responsibility.

yathā hi puṅgavaḥ śreṣṭho hyagre dhuri niyojyate |

evaṁ tvamasi devānāṁ magnānāṁ dvijavāhanaḥ ||2-19-22

Just as bulls are yoked in front for pulling heavy loads, t he deva-s in distress keep you, having the bird (garuḍa) as vehicle, in front (to save them).

tvaccharīragataṁ kṛṣṇa jagatprakaraṇaṁ tvidam |

brahmaṇā sādhu nirdiṣṭaṁ dhātubhya iva kāṣchanam ||2-19-23

kṛṣṇa, all the creations of this world are in your body. This is as per the direction of brahma. You are among the gods , like gold in minerals.

svayaṁ svayaṁbhūrbhagavānbuddhyātha vayasāpi vā |

na tvānugantuṁ shaknoti paṅgurdrutagatiṁ yathā ||2-19-24

Even the self manifested brahma, with his knowledge and position, is unable to understand you, like a lame man who is unable tocatch up with a fast runner.

sthāṇubhyo himavāṣchreṣṭho hradānāṁ varunālayaḥ |

garutmānpakṣiṇāṁ śreṣṭho devānāṁ ca bhavānvaraḥ ||2-19-25

himālaya is the best among mountains. Among the water reservoirs, ocean is the best. garuḍa is the best among birds. Among the gods, you are the best.

apāmadhastālloko vai tasyopari mahīdharāḥ |

nāgānāmupariṣṭādbhūḥ pṛthivyupari mānuṣāḥ ||2-19-26

Water is at the lowest level. Above water, there are mountains. Earth is on mountains and people live on earth.

manuṣyalokādūrdhvaṁ tu khagāṇāṁ gatirucyate |

ākāśasyopari ravirdvāraṁ svargasya bhānumān ||2-19-27

It is said that the world of birds (sky) is above the world of people. Above the sky is the sun The sun with rays is the entrance of heaven.

devalokaḥ parastasmādvimānagamano mahān |

yatrāhaṁ kṛṣṇa devānāmaindre vinihitaḥ pade ||2-19-28

Above this is the great world of deva-s, which can be reached by vimāna. kṛṣṇa, I am installed there at the position of indra among devas.

svargādūrdhvaṁ brahmaloko brahmarṣigaṇasevitaḥ |

tatra somagatishcaiva jyotiṣāṁ ca mahātmanām ||2-19-29

Above heaven, is the world of brahma, served by the group of brahmarṣis. The moon and the planets move there.

tasyopari gavāṁ lokaḥ sādhyāstaṁ pālayanti hi |

sa hi sarvagataḥ kṛṣṇa mahākāśagato mahān ||2-19-30

Above this is the goloka, governed by sādhyas. That great world, kṛṣṇa, pervading the great sky all over, is above all worlds.

uparyupari tatrāpi gatistava tapomayī |

yāṁ na vidmo vayaṁ sarve pṛcchanto'pi pitāmaham ||2-19-31

Over and above all is the world of your penance. Even after asking pitāmaha (brahma), we are unable to understand that world.

lokastvadho duṣkṛtināṁ nāgalokastu dāruṇaḥ |

pṛthivī karmaśīlānāṁ kśetraṁ sarvasya karmaṇaḥ ||2-19-32

The terrible world of nāga-s, the world of evil-doers, is below all worlds. Earth is for people of action. It is the field of all actions.

khamasthirāṇāṁ viṣayo vāyunā tulyavṛttinām |

gatiḥ śamadamāḍhyānāṁ svargaḥ sukṛtakarmaṇām ||2-19-33

Like wind, sky is meant for the restless. Heaven is meant for people who are engaged in good deeds with self control and humility.

brāhme tapasi yuktānāṁ brahmalokaḥ parā gatiḥ |

gavāmeva tu goloko durārohā hi sā gatiḥ ||2-19-34

brahmaloka is meant for people who are engaged in penances of brahma. The goloka is meant only for cows where no others can enter.

sa tu lokastvayā kṛṣṇa sīdamānaḥ kṛtātmanā |

dhṛto dhṛtimatā vīra nighnatopadravāngavām ||2-19-35

kṛṣṇa! When that world was weakened (when the cows were oppressed by incessant rainfall) , you, vīra, eliminated all the distresses and saved them.

tadahaṁ samanuprāpto gavāṁ vākyena choditaḥ |

brahmaṇaścha mahābhāga gauravāttava cāgataḥ ||2-19-36

O mahābhāga! I have come here, as per the words of brahma and the (divine) cows, and also due to my respect for you.

ahaṁ bhūtapatiḥ kṛṣṇa devarājaḥ puraṁdaraḥ |

aditergarbhaparyāye pūrvajaste purākṛtaḥ ||2-19-37

kṛṣṇa! I am the lord of all living beings, the king of gods, puraṁdara (indra). Earlier I was your elder brother, when you entered the womb of aditi.

svatejastejasā caiva yatte darśitavānaham |

devarūpeṇa tatsarvaṁ kṣantumarhasi me vibho ||2-19-38

Lord! I tried to display my powers as a god before you. Kindly forgive all my offences.

evaṁ kṣāntamanāḥ kṛṣṇa svena saumyena tejasā |

brahmaṇaḥ śṛṇū me vākyaṁ gavām ca gajavikrama ||2-19-39

kriṣṇa, Valiant as an elephant! Kindly forgive me by your good qualities and listen to the words spoken by brahma and the divine cows:

āha tvāṁ bhagavānbrahmā gāvaścākāśagā divi |

karmabhistoṣitā divyaistava saṁrakṣaṇādibhiḥ ||2-19-40

Being pleased by your divine deeds for protecting the cows, Lord brahma and the divine cows said:

bhavatā rakṣitā gāvo golokashcha mahānayam |

yadvayaṁ puṅgavaiḥ sārdhaṁ varddhāmaḥ prasavaistathā ||2-19-41

The cows and the great goloka are protected by you so that we flourish along with the bulls and calves.

karṣukānpuṅgavairbāhyairmedhyena haviṣā surān |

śriyaṁ śakṛtpravṛttena tarpayiṣyāma kāmagāḥ ||2-19-42

Farmers are pleased with best bulls. Gods are pleased with offerings to the sacrificial fire. śrī is pleased with cowdung.

tadasmākaṁ gurustvam hi prāṇadaścha mahābalaḥ |

adya prabhṛti no rājā tvamindro vai bhava prabho ||2-19-43

Lord! You, with great power, gave us life. Hence you are our master. From today onwards, you be our king, indra.

tasmāttvaṁ kāṣchanaiḥ pūrṇairdivyasya payaso ghaṭaiḥ |

ebhiradyābhiṣiṣchasva mayā hastāvanāmitaiḥ ||2-19-44

Hence please accept the abhiṣeka performed with divine water filled in these golden pots presented to you through me, keeping on my hands.

ahaṁ kilendro devānāṁ tvaṁ gavāmindratāṁ gataḥ |

govinda iti lokāstvāṁ stoṣyanti bhuvi śāśvatam ||2-19-45

I am indra of the gods. Let you be the king of cows. From today, the entire people on the face of earth will praise you eternally as govinda.

mamopari yathendrastvaṁ sthāpito gobhirīśvaraḥ |

upendra iti kṛṣṇa tvāṁ gāsyanti divi devatāḥ ||2-19-46

kṛṣṇa!, cows have installed you, above me, as their god, indra. At heaven, gods will sing praising you as upendra.

ye cheme vārṣikā māsāścatvāro vihitā mama |

eṣāmardhaṁ prayachcāmi śaratkālaṁ tu pashchimam ||2-19-47

I am giving the second half of the four rainy months allocated for my worship, which are known as autumn.

adya prabhṛti māsau dvau jṣāsyanti mama mānavāḥ |

varṣārddhe ca dhvajo mahyaṁ tataḥ pūjāmavāpsyasi |

mamāmbuprabhavaṁ darpaṁ tadā tyakṣyanti barhiṇaḥ ||2-19-48

From now onwards, people will consider two months as mine. In the middle of the rainy season, my flag will receive worship. At that time, the peacocks will give up their pride because of the power of my water.

alpavāco gatamadā ye cānye meghanādinaḥ |

śāntiṁ sarve gamiṣyanti mama kālavicāriṇaḥ ||2-19-49

The clouds will become silent giving up their pride. Moving in my time, all will become calm.

triśaṅkvagastyacaritāmāśāṁ ca prachariṣyati |

sahasraraśmirādityastāpayansvena tejasā ||2-19-50

In the rainy season, sun with thousands of rays, will move warming the places, where triśaṅku and sage agastya lived.

tataḥ śaradi yuktāyāṁ maunakāmeśu barhiṣu |

yācamāne khage toyaṁ vipluteṣu plaveṣu ca ||2-19-51

As and when the autumn arrives, as peacocks become silent, as birds seek water and as streams flow,

haṁsasārasapūrṇeṣu nadīnāṁ pulineṣu ca |

mattakrauṣchapraṇādeṣu pramattavṛṣabheṣu ca ||2-19-52

As the banks of rivers are occupied with swans, sārasā-s, and as excited krauṣcha birds and bulls

goṣu caiva prahṛṣṭāsu kśarantīṣu payo bahu |

nivṛtteṣu ca megheṣu niryātya jagato jalam ||2-19-53

As happy cows yield lots of milk, as clouds retire showering water on earth,

ākāśe śastrasaṁkāśe haṁseṣu ca charatsu ca |

jātapadmeṣu toyeshu vāpīṣu ca saratsu ca ||2-19-54

taḍāgeṣu ca kānteṣu toyeṣḥu vimaleṣu ca |

As swans fly in the clear sky, as lotus flowers bloom in the water of pools and lakes, increasing the beauty of the clear water

kalamāvanatāgrāsu kṛṣṇakedārapaṅktiṣu ||2-19-55

kṛṣṇa! As the paddy becomes bent with grains, ready for reaping,

madhyasthaṁ salilārambhaṁ kurvantīṣu nadīṣu ca |

susasyāyāṁ ca sīmāyāṁ manoharyāṁ munerapi ||2-19-56

As the rivers become full of water in the middle, as the plants grow exceeding their limits, stealing the minds of sages even,

pṛthivyāṁ pṛthurāṣṭrāyāṁ raṁyāyāṁ varṣasaṁkṣaye |

śrīmatsu paṅktimārgeṣu phalavatsu tṛṇeṣu ca |

As the beautiful rainy season comes to an end in the land, as the walkways flourish, as grass plants become full with fruits,

ikṣumatsu ca deśeṣu pravṛtteṣu makheṣu ca ||2-19-57

as sugarcane grows all over and as sacrifices continue,

ataḥ pravartsyate puṇyā sharatsuptotthite tvayi |

loke'sminkṛṣna nikhile yathaiva tridive tathā ||2-19-58

As you wake up from your sleep, kṛṣṇa!, it will be the auspicious time for autumn to begin all over the world as well as in heaven.

narāstvāṁ caiva māṁ caiva dhvajākārāsu yaṣṭiṣu |

mahendraṁ cāpyupendraṁ ca mahayanti mahītale ||2-19-59

People on the earth will worship mahendra (me) and upendra (you) with flags and sacrifices.

ye cāvayoḥ sthire vṛtte mahendropendrasaṁjṣite |

mānavāḥ praṇamiṣyanti teṣāṁ nāstyanayāgamaḥ ||2-19-60

Those who celebrate these eternal festivals and worship me and you as mahendra and upendra will never face any difficulties.

tataḥ śakrastu tāngṛhya ghaṭāndivyapayodharān |

abhiṣekeṇa govindaṁ yojayāmāsa yogavit ||2-19-61

Then indra performed abhiṣeka, as ordained, with the divine water filled in the pots on govinda who is an expert in yoga.

dṛṣṭvā tamabhiṣiktaṁ tu gāvastāḥ saha yūthapaiḥ |

stanaiḥ prasravayuktaishcha siṣichuḥ kṛṣṇamavyayam ||2-19-62

Seeing the abhiṣeka being performed (on kṛṣṇa), the cows, accompanied by bulls, also performed abhiṣeka on the eternal kṛṣṇa with milk from their breasts.

meghāścha divi yuktābhiḥ sāmṛtābhiḥ samantataḥ |

siṣichustoyadhārābhirabhiṣicya tamavyayam ||2-19-63

Afterwards, the clouds, performed abhiṣeka on the one who does not have any decline (kṛṣṇa) showering streams of water similar to nectar, from all over the sky.

vanaspatīnāṁ sarveṣāṁ susrāvendunibhaṁ payaḥ |

vavarṣuḥ puṣpavarṣaṁ ca nedustūryāṇi cāmbare ||2-19-64

Then, from trees and plants, sap, white as moon, started dripping. There was a shower of flowers from the sky and musical instruments were played.

astuvanmunayaḥ sarve vāgbhirmantraparāyaṇāḥ |

ekārṇave viviktaṁ ca dadhāra vasudhā vapuḥ ||2-19-65

Then all the sages chanting mantra-s, praised kṛṣṇa. The earth took the form, after emerging from ekārṇava ocean.

prasādaṁ sāgarā jagmurvavurvātā jagaddhitāḥ |

mārgastho'pi babhau bhānuśchandro nakṣatrasaṁyutaḥ ||2-19-66

The water of the oceans became clear. The winds blew gently comforting all beings. The sun moved in his orbit . The moon shone along with stars.

ītayaḥ praśamaṁ jagmurnirvairarachanā nṛpāḥ |

pravālapatraśabalāḥ puṣpavantaścha pādapāḥ ||2-19-67

There were no natural calamities. The kings abandoned their enmity. The trees appeared beautiful, full of young leaves and flowers.

madaṁ prasusruvurnāgā yātāstoṣaṁ vane mṛgāḥ |

alaṁkṛtā gātraruhairdhātubhirbhānti parvatāḥ ||2-19-68

The elephants became intoxicated. The animals in the forest were pleased. The mountains dazzled, being decorated with minerals in their bodies.

devalokopamo lokastṛpto'mṛtarasairiva |

āsītkṛṣṇābhiṣeko hi divyasvargarasokṣitaḥ ||2-19-69

The entire world became happy as heaven, as if satisfied by nectar. With the abhiṣeka of kṛṣṇa, it appeared as though the world was flooded with nectar like heaven.

abhiṣiktaṁ tu taṁ gobhiḥ shakro govindamavyayam |

divyamālyāmbaradharaṁ devadevo'bravīdidam ||2-19-70

The god of gods (indra), told govinda, on whom abhiṣeka was performed by the cows, who does not have any decline and who was wearing divine garlands.

eṣa te prathamaḥ kṛṣṇa niyogo goṣu yaḥ kṛtaḥ |

śrūyatāmaparaṁ kṛṣṇa mamāgamanakāraṇam ||2-19-71

I have now carried out the instruction of the (divine) cows which was the first reason for my coming here. kṛṣṇa! Now listen to the second reason.

kṣipraṁ prasādhyatāṁ kaṁsaḥ keṣī ca turagādhamaḥ |

ariṣṭaścha madāviśṭo rājarājyaṁ tataḥ kuru ||2-19-72

Let kaṁsa and keshi the lowest among horses be killed quickly. Let the arrogant ariṣṭa be sent to the abode of death.

pitṛṣvasari jātaste mamāṁśo'hamiva sthitaḥ |

sa te rakṣyaścha mānyaścha sakhye ca viniyujyatām ||2-19-73

Your father's sister has given birth to a portion of me, who is like me. I request you to protect him, respect him and make him your friend.

tvayā hyanugṛhītasya tava vṛttānuvartakaḥ |

tvadvashe vartamānaścha prāpsyate vipulaṁ yaśaḥ ||2-19-74

With your favour, he will follow you faithfully. Under your guidance, he will attain vast fame.

bhāratasya ca vaṁśasya sa variṣṭho dhanurdharaḥ |

bhaviṣyatyanurūpaścha tvadṛte na ca raṁsyate ||2-19-75

He will be the greatest archer of the bharata dynasty. He will follow your instructions always. He will never be happy without you.

bhārataṁ tvayi cāyattaṁ tasmiṁścha puruṣottame |

ubhābhyāmapi saṁyoge yāsyanti nidhanaṁ nṛpāḥ ||2-19-76

The bhārata (war) will depend on you and that best among men. If both of you make a combined effort, the kings will be killed.

pratijṣātaṁ mayā kṛṣṇa ṛṣimadhye sureṣu ca |

mayā putro'rjuno nāma sṛṣṭaḥ kuntyāṁ kulodvahaḥ ||2-19-77

kṛṣṇa! I have pledged this among the sages and gods. The son named Arjuna, who is born to kunti because of me, will bring glory to the race.

so'strāṇāṁ pāratattvajṣaḥ śreṣṭhaścāpāvikarṣaṇe |

taṁ pravekṣyanti vai sarve rājānaḥ śastrayodhinaḥ ||2-19-78

He will become the supreme expert in releasing arrows. He will become the leading archer. All the kings who fight with weapons, will be vanquished by him.

akṣauhiṇīstu śūrāṇāṁ rājṣāṁ saṁgrāmaśālinām |

sa ekaḥ kṣatradharmeṇa yojayiṣyati mṛtyunā ||2-19-79

He will fight with the armies of the valiant kings. Alone, he will send all of them to the abode of death, according to the kṣatriya dharma.

tasyāstracaritaṁ mārgaṁ dhanuṣo lāghavena ca |

nānuyāsyanti rājāno devā vā tvāṁ vinā prabho ||2-19-80

Lord! In releasing arrows and ease of handling the bow, none among the kings and gods will be able to match him, except you.

sa te bandhuḥ sahāyaścha saṇgrāmeṣu bhaviṣyati |

tasya yogo vidhātavyastvayā govinda matkṛte ||2-19-81

He will be your relative and companion in the battlefield. Govinda! You should instruct him in yoga for my sake.

draṣṭavyaścha yathāhaṁ vai tvayā mānyaścha nityaśaḥ |

jṣātā tvameva lokāṇāmarjunasya ca nityaśaḥ ||2-19-82

Treat him like me and respect him always. Protect arjuna always, since you are aware of everything in the world.

tvayā ca nityaṁ saṁrakṣya āhaveṣu mahatsu saḥ |

rakṣitasya tvayā tasya na mṛtyuḥ prabhaviṣyati ||2-19-83

Always protect him in great battles. As long as he is protected by you, Death will not come to him.

arjunaṁ viddhi māṁ kṛṣṇa māṁ chaivātmānamātmanā |

ātmā te'haṁ yathā shashvattathaiva tava so'rjunaḥ ||2-19-84

Consider arjuna as me, and me as you. How I am your soul, it is so for you and arjuna.

tvayā lokānimāṣjitvā balerhastāttribhiḥ kramaiḥ |

devatānāṁ kṛto rājā purā jyeṣṭhakramādaham ||2-19-85

Earlier, you won the worlds from bali's hands with three steps. As elder brother, you made me the king of gods.

tvāṁ ca satyamayaṁ jṣātvā satyeṣṭaṁ satyavikramam |

satyenopetya devā vai yojayanti ripukṣaye ||2-19-86

You are always fixed in truth. You are worshipped by truth. The gods, in truth entrust you for the destruction of their enemies.

so'rjuno nāma me putraḥ pituste bhaginīsutaḥ |

iha sauhārdamāyātu bhūtvā sahacharaḥ purā ||2-19-87

That person named arjuna is my son. He is the son of your father's sister. Let there be friendship with him, who was with you earlier.

tasya te yuddhyataḥ kṛṣṇa svasthāne'pi gṛhe'pi vā |

voḍhavyā puṅgaveneva dhūḥ sadā raṇamūrdhani ||2-19-88

kṛśṇa, whether he fights, or he is at his place or at his residence, protect him. Like a great bull, always take the responsibility of protecting in the battlefield.

kamse vinihate kṛṣṇa tvayā bhāvyarthadarśinā |

abhitastanmahadyuddhaṁ bhaviṣyati mahīkṣitām ||2-19-89

kṛṣṇa, you know everything that is going to happen in future. After kamsa is killed, all the kings of earth will be engaged in a great war.

tatra teṣāṁ nṛvīrāṇāmatimānuṣakarmaṇām |

vijayasyārjuno bhoktā yaśasā tvaṁ ca yokṣyase ||2-19-90

In that war, arjuna will defeat all the heroic kings, who are capable of superhuman acts and enjoy the victory. You will have great fame.

etanme kṛṣṇa kārtsnyena kartumarhasi bhāṣitam |

yadyahaṁ te surāścaiva satyaṁ ca priyamachyuta ||2-19-91

achyuta! (kṛṣṇa, whose fame will never be diminished), I request you to do all the needful as I told you, if me, the gods and truth are dear to you.

śakrasya vacanaṁ śrutvā kṛṣṇo govindatāṁ gataḥ |

prītena manasā yuktaḥ prativākyaṁ jagāda ha ||2-19-92

Hearing the words of śakra (indra), kṛṣṇa, who became govinda, was highly pleased. He replied as follows:

prīto'smi darśanāddeva tava śakra śacīpate |

yattvayābhihitaṁ chedaṁ na kiṁchitparihāsyate ||2-19-93

god!, O śakra! O Husband of shachi! I am pleased to see you. There is nothing to be left out in what you told me.

jānāmi bhavato bhāvāṁ jānāmyarjunasaṁbhavam |

jāne pitṛṣvasāraṁ ca pāṇḍordattāṁ mahātmanaḥ ||2-19-94

I know your intentions. I am aware of the birth of arjuna. I know my father's sister, (kunti) given (in marriage) to Pandu, the great soul.

yudhiṣṭhiraṁ ca jāṇāmi kumāraṁ dharmanirmitam |

bhīmasenaṁ ca jānāmi vāyoḥ saṁtānajaṁ sutam ||2-19-95

I know yudhiṣṭhira, the son obtained from (god) dharma. I am aware of bhīmasena, the son, born from vāyu.

aśvibhyāṁ sādhu jānāmi sṛṣṭam putradvayaṁ śubham |

nakulaṁ sahadevaṁ ca mādrīkukṣigatāvubhau ||2-19-96

I know the auspicious twin sons, nakula and sahadeva, born from mādri's womb to ashvinideva.

kānīnaṁ cāpi jānāmi savituḥ prathamam sutaṁ |

pitṛṣvasari karṇaṁ vai prasūtaṁ sūtatāṁ gatam ||2-19-97

I know karṇa, the first son born to my father's sister (kunti) from sun god when she was a virgin and who was bought up in a sūta household.

dhārtarāśṭrāścha me sarve viditā yuddhakāṅkṣiṇaḥ |

pāṇḍoruparamam caiva śāpāśaninipātajam ||2-19-98

I am aware of all the sons of dhṛtarāṣtra, who are keen to fight a war. I am aware of the death of pāṇḍu, due to a curse (like a thunderbolt).

tadgaccha tridivaṁ śakra sukhāya tridivaukasām |

nārjunasya ripuḥ kaśchinmamāgre prabhaviṣyati ||2-19-99

śakra (indra)! Now you may return to heaven for the sake of gods. No enemy of arjuna can ever flourish in front of me.

arjunārthe ca tānsarvānpāṇḍavānakṣatānyudhi |

kuntyā niryātayiṣyāmi nivṛtte bhārate mṛdhe ||2-19-100

Because of arjuna, I will return all the pāṇḍavā-s to kunti, unharmed in the war, after the conclusion of bhārata war.

yaccha vakṣyati māṁ śakra tanūjastava so'rjunaḥ |

bhṛtyavattatkariṣyāmi tava snehena yantritaḥ ||2-19-101

śakra (indra)! Whatever your son arjuna asks me, I will do as a servant, because I am bound by your affection.

satyasandhasya tacchrutvā priyaṁ prītasya bhāṣitam |

kṛṣṇasya sākṣāttridivaṁ jagāma tridaśeśvaraḥ ||2-19-102

Hearing these dear words spoken in a pleasing way by kṛṣna, always fixed in truth, the lord of heaven (indra), returned to heaven.

iti śrīmahābhārate khileṣu harivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi govindābhiṣeke ekonaviṁśo'dhyāyaḥ

Thus this is the ninteenth chapter of viṣṇuparva of harivaṁśa, khila of śrimahābhārata, kṛṣṇa honoured.

Note 1: See The Harivamsa, Edited by P.L.Vaidya, Vol. 1, p 404, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, 1969. After sloka 6, D6, T1-2, G, M4 has the following line

surāṇāṁ kāryasiddhyarthaṁ nityaṁ karmasu niṣṭhitam |

Always engaged in actions in the interests of deva-s

The malayāLaṁ translation of this line is given in bhāṣābhārataṁ by kuṣṣikkuṭṭan taṁpurān, Vol.6, page 381, sloka 6-2, DC Books, Kottayam, 2007.

Note 2: See the nīlakaṇṭha commentary of 2-19-15 for svāyaṁbhuvena yogena ... . nīlakaṇtha commentary is explained in detail in the footnote on page 331, śrīharivaṁśapurāṇ, gita press, Gorakhpur, 2003: By taking svāyaṁbhuva yoga, (related to brahma yoga) very heavy items become light. When kṛṣṇa lifted the hill, it became light for him. This is similar to the drinking of ocean by agastaya, when the ocean was reduced to three hands-full of water for him.

nīlakaṇṭha commentary

ekonaviṁśo'dhyāye surabhirbrahmachoditaḥ |

indro'bhiṣiktavān kṛṣṇaṁ gavāmaindre nirūpyate || 1 ||

· 2-19-1 dhṛtāmiti |

· 2-19-5 paryāptanayanaḥ saṁprāptanetraphalaḥ ||

· 2-19-8 lokavṛttāntatatparaṁ lokavyavahāratatparaṁ ||

· 2-19-11 paṣchabhiḥ stabakairmahāgucchairlambate iti tena paṣchastabakalambena ||

· 2-19-15 svāyaṁbhuvena yogena hairaṇyagarbhyā dhāraṇayā tasyāṁ hi kriyamāṇāyāṁ gurutaro'pi laghurbhavati kṛṣṇadhṛtagovardhanavat vipulataro'pyalpo bhavatyagastyapītasamudravat ||

· 2-19-16 gavāṁ kopeneti śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-19-17 roṣitaḥ vajrapakṣapātena mayi kruddhaḥ san pūrṇatvaṁ svasyāccādayasītyarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-22 puṅgavaḥ mahokṣaḥ ||

· 2-19-23 prakaraṇaṁ prakarṣeṇa rachanam | pāṭhāntare pravahaṇaṁ sṛṣṭipravāhaḥ ||

· 2-19-25 sthāṇubhyaḥ parvatebhyaḥ ||

· 2-19-26 golokasya śreṣṭhatvaṁ vaktuṁ pīṭhikāmāha | apāmiti | apāṁ loko'dhastāt tasyoparyapsu plavanto mahīdharāḥ parvatāḥ samudre magnānyuparidaṇḍāni lohalāṅgalāni nāvamiva mahīṁ dhārayantaḥ ata eva nagānāmupariṣṭādbhūḥ smṛtā bhuvashchopari nagā dṛśyante ||

· 2-19-29 somagatistāvatītyarthaḥ | karmaphalaṁ tāvadevetyarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-30 golokastu gopālopāsanāgamyastato'pyuparītyāha | tasyeti ||

· 2-19-31 tatrāpi goloke'pi na vidmaḥ kuto labhemetyarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-34 gavāmevetyanyeṣāṁ tapaādinā'pi duṣprāpa ityarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-35 sa eva golokastvayā saha bhūmāvagataḥ san sīdamānāvastāyāṁ tvayaiva trātaḥ ityarthaḥ | tathā ca mantravarṇaḥ |

"tā vāṁ vāstūnyuśmasi gamadhyai

yatra gāvo bhūriśṛṅgā āyāsaḥ

atrāha tadurugāyasya vṛṣṇaḥ

paramaṁ padamavabhāti bhūri"

iti| tāni vāṁ yuvayoḥ rāmakṛṣṇayorvāstūni ramyasthānāni gamadhyai gantuṁ ushmasi uśmaḥ kāmayāmahe na tu tatra jantuṁ prabhavāma yatra yeṣu vāstuṣu bhūriśṛṅgāḥ mahāśṛṅgavatyo gāvaḥ āyāsaḥ saṁcaranti | atra bhūloke aha niśchitaṁ tat golokākhyaṁ paramaṁ padaṁ bhūri atyantaṁ mukhyādapi viśiṣṭaṁ avabhāti atyantaṁ shobhate | vṛṣṇaḥ ānandavarṣukasya urugāyasya mahākīrtirityarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-39 me mukhāditi śeṣaḥ ||

· 2-19-44 abhiṣiṣchasva ātmānamiti śeṣaḥ | abhiṣekādikaṁ bhagavānaṅgīcakāretyāha mantraḥ:

"ṛṣabhaṁ nā samānānāṁ

sapatnānāṁ viṣāsahiṁ

hantāraṁ śatrūṇāṁ kṛdhi

virājaṁ gopatiṁ gavām"

iti | viṣāsahiṁ sahanasamarthaṁ ||

· 2-19-46 mameti indrāduparīti vigrahe rilopena upendreti nāma niṣpannamityarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-48 varṣārddhe Ashvinaśuklapratipadi | dhvajaḥ vratasamāptichihnam ||

· 2-10-50 āśāṁ dakṣiṇāṁ diśāṁ

· 2-19-51 khage cātake plaveṣu nadītaraṇasādhaneṣu vigatapūrāsu nadīṣvityarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-53 niryātya virecya ||

· 2-19-54 śastrasaṁkāśe kṛṣṇabhāsvare vā nirmale ||

· 2-19-55 kalamānāṁ śālikaṇiśānāṁ avanatāni agrāṇi yāsu tāsu

· 2-19-57 makheṣu āgrāyaṇavājapeyādiṣu ||

· 2-19-59 mahayanti pūjayanti ||

· 2-19-60 sthire śāśvate vṛtte mahākhye ācāre ||

· 2-19-61 divyaṁ payo mandākinījalaṁ tasya dharān ||

· 2-19-62 tāḥ gāvaḥ svargasthāḥ ||

· 2-19-64 vavarṣuḥ devāḥ | neduḥ svayameva ||

· 2-19-6 5 ekārṇavāddiviktaṁ pṛthagbhūtaṁ kṣīrodamadhye kṣīrodatulyā pṛthivyabhavadityarthaḥ ||

· 2-19-67 ītayo'tivṛṣṭyādyā ||

· 2-19-68 gātraruhairvṛkṣādibhiḥ ||

· 2-19-71 niyogaḥ kṛtyopadeśaḥ ||

· 2-19-72 prasādhyatāṁ vadhyatāṁ ||

· 2-19-73 mamāṁśo'rjunaḥ ||

· 2-19-76 bhārataṁ bharatānāṁ yuddham ||

· 2-19-81 yogo'dhyātmavidyā vidhātavyaḥ ajṣāto jṣāpanīyaḥ ||

· 2-19-97 kānīnaṁ kanyāyāṁ bhavam ||

· 2-19-100 niryātayiṣyāmi pratyarpayiṣyāmi

· 2-19-101 yantritaḥ baddhaḥ ||

iti śrīharivaṁśe viṣṇuparvaṇi ṭīkāyāṁ ekonaviṁśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Gopala Champu

Chapter Eighteen - Defeating Indra’s Pride and Increasing Govardhana’s Pride

In the morning when the effulgent members sat in rows in the assembly of Vraja, Snigdhakaṇṭha began speaking joyfully with tears in his eyes and a choked voice. ||1||

[1] Among the months, the end of Aśvina month has special qualities. People from the outskirts of Vraja, wearing clothing fit for sacrifices, became absorbed in deep bliss. Nanda and others walked about with sons and followers with generous hearts, giving orders to those purifying the area for a sacrifice to Indra. Giving up their houses they lived outside.

[2] One day in the evening, returning from the pastures with Balarāma, joyful Kṛṣṇa, with curiosity, looked at the activities of the cowherds. He stayed there because of great curiosity and desire.

[3] Since he had seen this on many previous years it was not novel. However, because of boldness, along with anger at Indra, he became affectionately angry at his father and others, and began to inquire out of seeming ignorance: “Indra is proud, taking the cowherds as insignificant. I am the protector of all those who protect the universe. Dakṣa and other Prajāpatis, the Manus, the kings of the earth, the sages born from Brahmā, are all present here as my representatives. But yet my family members have great devotion to Indra.”

[4] To make clear Indra’s pride, he then inquired, while feeling miserable within:

“O father! Please tell me why you are intently engaged? If it is for sacrifice, who is the devatā? What is the scriptural authority and what is the result?” ||2||

[5] Perceiving somewhat Kṛṣṇa’s intention from understanding his learned questions, Nanda did not answer immediately. Then Kṛṣṇa, taking the mood of a child befitting his age, spoke with misery:

“I am eager to hear about what you are doing. Between us, you are the performer of action and I am the listener.” ||3||

[6] “What shall I say explicitly about the sacrifice to Indra? Will this child understand?” When his respected father doubted in this way, Kṛṣṇa then desired to show great knowledge.

[7] “O father! You are most expert and learned. I am your son. I have only been engaged in herding the cow and that has not finished. But I am familiar slightly with jṣāna and dharma.” He then began to explain nicely.

Paramātmā is present in all bodies and all jīvas are within him. All jīvas are spiritual. The wise who know this are worshiped by the learned. The wise should not hide this knowledge. ||4||

One may object that this is the opinion of yogīs. But listen. One should give up the neutral party as an enemy and accept one’s ātmā as a friend*.* ||5||

One should not say that this sacrifice is the path of dharma without careful consideration. The wise reach perfection, not the fools. ||6||

Dharma may be according to the Vedas or local custom. Which of these do you follow? ||7||

[8] When Kṛṣṇa revealed this vast knowledge to curb Indra’s pride, on seeing him speak so impressively, Nanda replied in astonishment as follows in order to gain a favorable impression:

Though this act is a local custom, since it has been passed down by tradition and is proper, we consider it Vedic. ||8||

Indra, the object of worship, is the giver of rain and is omniscient. It is traditional worship, a feature of cowherd life. ||9||

[9] Hearing an answer which was an action prominent in karma-yoga, and desiring to diminish the stature of Indra, he destroyed the position in Indra by following the opinion of those learned in karma-kāṇḍa:

Dharma gives results of karma to people following the law of karma. Therefore Indra is simply following karma. ||10||

Offering to a person dependent on karma is offering sacrifice to ashes. Offering to the household fires for cooking food will maintain oneself and family members. ||11||

As ābhīras, our duty is to the herd cows. If we are to worship some devatā it should be the devatā who protects cows. ||12||

[10] He then argued by taking ideas from the Śāṇkhya scholars, fearing that Nanda would say that Indra is the rain giver.:

“Govardhana Mountain, the source of grass, arising from rajoguṇa, is the shelter of the cows, not Indra. The cows are our life and the brāhmaṇas are our benefactors. If we take shelter of them, then the devatās will recognize this.” ||13-14||

[11] He then defeated other arguments by the methods of those learned in false argument:

Inference and śabda are known only through perception. Therefore perception is the chief proof. ||15||

Therefore let us celebrate a festival for the cows, brāhmaṇas and Govardhana, by using the offerings of Indra for worship of these three. ||16||

If sacrifice must be done, then make offerings to the fire. The sacrifice is the shelter for all, and is directly seen as such. ||17||

You should satisfy the brāhmaṇas with gifts of cows and money. This is simply your nature, not under the control of higher powers. ||18||

After feeding rice to all, from brāhmaṇas to the lowest caste, and feeding the cows grass, you should give a mountain of food to Govardhana by which the mountain will be known as “peak made of food.” ||19||

[12] “You should give charity to all beings down to the dog-eaters and dogs, but not to Indra.” Speaking with this intention, to engage each person without protest he then said:

Feeding them, and taking cloth, ointments and ornaments, circumambulate the brāhmaṇas, fire, cows and the mountain. It is not necessary to go on foot. Comfortably going by cart is also allowed. ||20||

Those who take the remnants of Govardhana, born as humans in Vraja, will be without old age, with peaceful minds and beautiful bodies. ||21||

The knowledge called Govardhana worship will manifest wealth, beauty, and affection from all people. ||22||

The person who ignores worshiping Govardhana and worships Indra will become blind, afflicted by old age and devoid of clothing. ||23||

[13] Glancing at Balarāma and smiling slightly, he again spoke with respect:

I request this with my intelligence as a child. The cows, brāhmaṇas and Govardhana are dear to me, and are my benefactors. If you like this idea, please do it quickly. If Indra interferes there will be problems. ||24||

Whatever acts you do with your body, mind or words are always for pleasing me. Therefore please do this for satisfying me. ||25||

O father! The wise person knows naturally what is beneficial for himself. If he does not he should not speak. If he speaks, he certainly should know. ||26||

[14] Though the speech was full of contradictions, hearing the fluent description and seeing his face, all the cowherds and brāhmaṇas who came for the festival accepted it as authoritative.

Whatever a dear person speaks is pleasing and accepted by all. If those words are even a little correct, however, how much more they are respected. ||27||

[15] Hearing this, Madhukaṇṭha began to think to himself without speaking:

Kṛṣṇa has spoken well thought-out atheistic views outside the Vedas only as a pastime of defeating Indra for his many crooked ideas and not to reject the Vedas. Because of his great affection for them, these ideas do not seriously apply to the leaders of Vraja who are the crest jewels of knowledge, having faith in the final goals of life mentioned in the Vedas, since Kṛṣṇa’s mood is accepted as the highest by the gurus with knowledge of God. It is said:

aho bhāgyam aho bhāgyaṁ nanda-gopa-vrajaukasām |

yan-mitraṁ paramānandaṁ pūrṇa brahma sanātanam || |

How greatly fortunate are Nanda Mahārāja, the cowherd men and all the other inhabitants of Vrajabhūmi! There is no limit to their good fortune, because the Absolute Truth, the source of transcendental bliss, the eternal Supreme Brahman, has become their friend. SB 10.14.32

[16] What he spoke, with the desire to defeat Indra, resulted in the highest pinnacle of spirituality. The moon born in the family of Vraja’s kings had the desire to hold a festival of the greatest joy.

[17] He then spoke aloud, “Then what happened?”

[18] Snigdhakaṇṭha said:

After the dark moon, celebrated with Dīpavalī, after the joy of giving gifts on that day, on the first day of the waxing moon, with great faith, taking shelter of Kṛṣṇa, the supreme shelter, they did as he had ordered.

[19] In order to carry out this alternative worship, they ornamented the peaks of Govardhana, which increased everyone’s joy, with flags and canopies of various colors and worshiped the hill using the best ingredients such as pādyam and arghyam attractive with fine fragrances, and prepared with attention. They made offerings everywhere on Govardhana in the form of hills, with ghee resembling waterfalls, with various colored vegetables resembling the gaurika minerals on the cliffs, with unsurpassable rivers of milk and lakes of yogurt. The various peaks would be later well known by the names of the sweets such as āpūpika and śāśkulika offered at that time.

The tumult of various types of music at the sacrifice spread to Svarga. The Aśvini-kumāras concluded that this music would be the cause of ear ache for Indra. ||28||

When all the mountains of food were being offered, a huge form of Kṛṣṇa appeared. The cause of people seeing Kṛṣṇa as small in comparison to this form was their limited intelligence. ||29||

[20] Poets describe the huge, expanding form joined to the rocky mountain beneath:

Is this a gold and black effulgence? Is it a cloud with lightning? Or is it a mountain shining with minerals? Or is it Kṛṣṇa appearing in an expanded form? ||30||

This huge form surpasses a mountain of lamp black. Its clothing surpasses the evening cloud. Its ornaments surpass the effulgence of the sun. Its crown is like a thousand strong branches laden with the best flowers. This lord of the mountain causes astonishment to my eyes. ||31||

[21] Then the sweet form called Kṛṣṇa, expert at defeating the cleverness of Brahmā, inquired with humility, “O lord who are you?”

[22] Rumbling like thunder to make the clouds wander, with meaning to make clouds stop moving, Govardhana spoke, “O members of an unprecedented festival! I am the mountain.”

[23] Hearing this, Kṛṣṇa, the enemy of the demons and friend of Śrīdāma and others, spread his arms and stopped the cowherds who were making ever-increasing, irrepressible commotion. In a loud voice he then spoke to all the people: “This divine being is worthy of our respects since it has produced direct faith by accepting to manifest this huge expanded form out of his eagerness and compassion.”

[24] Having said this, with a sweet smile Kṛṣṇa along with Balarāma offered respects on the ground. All others with astonished hearts offered respects in the same way. Govardhana, increasing everyone’s joy, again spoke to the crowd standing faithfully with folded hands:

“The devatās see themselves as different from you. I do not see myself as different from you. Now look! I will eat what is given to me in full view.” ||32||

[25] After saying this, Govardhana ate ten million āḍhakas of cooked rice and vegetable preparations. On each peak he ate a mouthful. Then drawing all the water from lakes, ponds and rivers, he depleted them all. ||33||

When he stretched out his hand to take food in front of him, immediately all the food came to him from all sides just as sparrows come flying on seeing grains. ||34||

Putting the vegetables in the middle, he devoured the piles of rice with his right hand, and mocked Indra by wiggling the tip of the index finger of his left hand. ||35||

With his hands he quickly consumed huge quantities of food. All directions became filled with his hands extending and retrieving. The women of Vraja were able to see this. This was astonishing, among many astonishing things, since no rice at all remained though it was so abundant that it could not be counted. ||36||

As Govardhana, king of mountains, continued to eat, more food was prepared in order to satisfy his appetite. ||37||

The children expressed fear, the youthful laughed, the elderly were astonished and qualified people showed devotion. Govardhana was fully satisfied with all of them. ||38||

Govardhana repeatedly gathered water from a great distance, washed his mouth and spit out the water, creating rain which fell on his back and made grass sprout up. ||39||

After washing his mouth, he took bamboo sticks to clean his teeth. Having shown this form to satisfy living beings, he then withdrew it. ||40||

Making piles of betel nut, he began chewing it with pride. He showed a face as brilliant as the morning sun. ||41||

When it came time for āratrika, they became bewildered, “How can we perform āratrika to this huge form?” Thinking in this way, their hearts fluttered. Slightly laughing, Kṛṣṇa arranged another utensil as a lamp, which moved above and below with a thousand flames. ||42||

[26] Seeing that the mountain had become conscious and that it desired, searched and took, the people placed their hands on their heads in astonishment and stood up. Giving blessing to all, the benefactor mountain then suddenly disappeared. Offering respects, the people stood for a few moments, motionless like pictures.

[27] When they became fully conscious, Kṛṣṇa spoke to the people assembled for the festival:

See! This mountain has mercifully shown this huge form and eaten all the food. It seems that anyone who disrespects him will be punished. Since he has taken Indra’s offering he must be very powerful. ||43||

[28] With great faith they then worshiped the cows which possessed the highest prema.

The cowherds and cows of Vraja first exchanged affection. Nanda and his son were the ideals in doing this. But how can the cows be completely described at the Govardhana festival with worship of Govardhana? One can understand from seeing that the cows were most worthy of worship. ||44||

Being worshiped, dressed in fine cloth, fed sumptuously, united with their calves, the cows were truly happy and fat. But when the cows saw Kṛṣṇa they became more blissful. If this did not occur, the cows would not be happy, just as persons who give up sweets do not enjoy taking medicines. ||45||

[29] With gold caps on their horns, silver on their hooves and bells jingling, they appeared most beautiful. ||46||

[30] The cowherds were astonished by the worship that Kṛṣṇa and other cowherds performed for the cows. Following the rules, approaching the calves decorated with colorful cloth and appearing like paintings, herding the cows out of sport, after giving up noisy laughing they then let them take rest while giving them food. They circumambulated them, offered respects, and, appointing the best priest, performed sacrifice with profuse oblations. They circled the fire which turned to the right, and worshiped the celebrated priests with the piles of ornaments.

[31] They worshiped Kṛṣṇa.

They were not satisfied in giving all the astonishing items–bathing clothes, tilaka, ointments, garlands, and earrings. As a part of the worship of Govardhana, his mother, father and friends could not stop worshiping Kṛṣṇa for a long time. ||47||

Nanda and Yaśodā, treated Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma in the same way seeing no difference between them. They saw their friends in the same way. ||48||

[32] He confused the cows.

When Kṛṣṇa jokingly hid himself from the cows, the cows approached their calves in distress, and when he appeared, they lost their consciousness. ||49||

[33] He laughed loudly.

When he pulled the suckling calves away in order to disturb them, and they pulled the udders with their teeth, the cows would moo and flee everywhere in distress. He then laughed. Hearing this all people experienced bliss, since that lotus face showered honey, filled with loud laughter, in all directions. ||50||

[34] He fed the cows.

The cowherds said, “Kṛṣṇa, touch this cow food with your hand a little. The cows then ate that food endowed with the fragrance of his hand.” ||51||

[35] He let the cows rest.

The cowherds were not able to control all the millions of cows at the festival. But the flute of Kṛṣṇa, made of thousands of good qualities (ropes), with its graceful tune stopped them all. ||52||

[36] Kṛsṇa ordered circumambulation of the cows.

One cannot quickly circumambulate such a number of cows. We will circumambulate one to accomplish this, since the type (jāti) included innumerable individuals. ||53||

One should walk around a mature calf since the wise say that if one waters the root one waters everything. ||54||

[37] Devotion to the cows with offering of respects is eternal and need not be described since by nature the cowherds are devotees. Nanda’s cowherds are superior devotees. The devotion manifested during the Govardhana sacrifice cannot be known by the great sages. ||55||

[38] The way they accepted the priest at the sacrifice was unusual because they did not request the priest as is normally done. The priest was self-appointed. He concentrated his mind during the sacrifice as a priest should. ||56||

[39] The sacrifice is described.

At the great sacrifice of Govardhana in place of the fire, the effulgence of the Lord, who gives affliction to Indra shone brightly. ||57||

When the fire turned to the right, all people began circumambulating it. ||58||

At the sacrifice, Nanda joyfully ordered his servants to give the best cloth, tilaka, unguents, and ornaments for the limbs to the brāhmaṇas without cessation. It sounded as if he were saying simply, “Give, give, give.” ||59||

When Nanda was giving such charming gifts, the witnesses simply looked. ||60||

[40] By seeing this, people were completely satisfied. The bards have glorified this:

“Please say what person among the wealthy is a more generous giver of wealth than the cowherd Nanda?” ||61||

[41] In this sacrifice something special occurred.

At the sacrifice at Govardhana all humans and all other living entities, were filled with food up to their throats. But their hearts were not full at all. Look! Though all the devatās were satisfied, Indra dried up. ||62||

[42] Along with the priests and benefactors, learned members of the assembly, having engaged brāhmaṇas in sacrifice, after worshiping Kṛṣṇa and putting Nanda in front, ate the excellent sacrificial remnants. Wearing special clothing, tasting the glories of the Lord in songs with faith, laughing, free from fear, and dancing, they circumambulated Govardhana.

[43] This is described in *Viṣṇu Purāṇa (*5.10.45):

dvijāṁś ca bhojayāmāsuḥ śataśo ’tha sahasraśaḥ |

gāvaḥ śailaṁ tataś cakrur arcitās tāḥ pradakṣiṇam ||

After feeding and worshiping tens of thousands of brāhmaṇas and worshiping the cows, they circumambulated Govardhana.

[44] One after another they proceeded.

The cows and bulls, brāhmaṇas, guards, followers, elders and women, hundreds of young servant girls and craftsmen circumambulated. ||63||

Dancers, showing skill with music, like fishermen, cast the net of songs of Kṛṣṇa’s qualities everywhere to catch the eyes of the people. They earned their name as fishermen. ||64||

[45] The cowherd women sang as follows. In this song one woman asked a question and the others answered.

Who has arranged the worship of Govardhana?

He who fearlessly assumes the position of Indra.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who killed Pūtanā.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who crushed the body of Tṛnāvarta.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who uprooted the Arjuna trees.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who destroyed Vatsāsura and Bakāsura.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who killed Vyomāsura and Aghāsura.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who subdued Kāliya.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who killed harsh Pralambāsura.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who swallowed two forest fires.

Who has performed the worship of Govardhana?

He who gives fear to Kaṁsa. ||65||

But when the inhabitants of Vraja became stunned by the sweet sound of Kṛṣṇa’s flute, cool like snow without winter, all the good qualities and various interests of the inhabitants became attractive. ||66||

Putting the cows with gold, gem-studded horns in front and arranging all the cowherds, Kṛṣṇa began circumambulating the mountain with Balarāma and his friends. His bodily effulgence increased from his cloth shining like gold. His body shone with kuṁkuma and a rope hung over his back. His clothes also shone. ||67||

His body was attractive with fine scents and red powder. He threw his stick in the air and caught it. Running after the straying cows, he brought them back to the path. Laughing and playing, he kept beat with his hand, sometimes in agreement and sometimes in count-rhtythm. Playing on his flute, he walked around Govardhana. ||68||

Wherever Kṛṣṇa went, by his will either quickly or slowly, all peoples’ eyes went there and attained the same state, as if they were puppets on strings. ||69||

[46] With great joy they continued the journey, and returned to the attractive place of sacrifice. In great bliss, they spent the night there, with the women and others dancing, singing and playing instruments. The next morning, after hearing the glories of Yamunā and offering her respects, they took bath in the river and returned to their houses.

[47] On this day called Bhrātṛ-dvitīya, the brother should be fed by the hand of the sister. Thus, Balarāma and Kṛṣṇa, full of longing and controlled by their affection, along with their friends, were invited by a gathering of most fortunate young daughters of Upananda and others. They were served food and achieved great happiness.

[48] After this, Indra, with crooked mentality, became angry, thinking, “Kṛṣṇa has prevented my sacrifice because of his inflated pride.”

[49] Out of envy, to show that Kṛṣṇa’s aggressive inferences about Indra, though not made directly to him, should not be accepted, Indra sent the Sāṁvartaka clouds to destroy Vraja and to chastise Nanda and others who were worshiped by the universe.

First, from the north, an icy wind began blowing and black clouds appeared, while thunder rolled. The cowherds brought the cows to the sheds and, seeing the bad omens, surrounded Kṛṣṇa and remained in that position. On Kṛṣṇa’s order they went to Govardhana and looking up, remained there. ||70||

[50] Kṛṣṇa stated, “If Indra is producing this rain to destroy the universe, Govardhana, giver of mercy, will be merciful.” ||71||

[51] When they came near the mountain in order to clear all obstacles, the cowherds and Kṛṣṇa remained there. Govardhana began to keep his promise.

First the people had taken shelter of courtyards, strongholds, cottages, banyan trees and slopes, but then they were afflicted by crooked blasts of wind which felled huge trees and made terrifying sounds. When the people gave up Vraja, the wind wandered about with ever-increasing boldness. ||72||

The streams of rain appeared to be arrows released from Indra’s bow (rainbow). The hail was hard like thunderbolts. Thunderbolts wandered about, making the sun fall from its orbit. In this condition when all the cowherds surrendered to Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa lifted Govardhana in his hand, in such a way that no one at all could speculate how he did it. ||73||

[52] Seeing that the rains of Indra, maker of clouds, were definitely causing fear and pain, Kṛṣṇa, who produces auspiciousness, first began to reflect:

“I think that Indra with pride believes that I am far away. Therefore I should crush his pride. I am the only resort for the cowherds. I and my followers attain great bliss in the cow sheds. They are my heart. I treasure them as my very life.” ||74||

When there was confusion as Kṛṣṇa held up the mountain, he began to discuss with Balarāma. Awareness of their mutual affection produced discussion about holding up the mountain. ||75||

[53] Lifting that mountain, his hairs stood on end like needles. He reduced the pride of the rumbling thunder by his sweet, deep voice, extending far in the distance to his family of cowherds having baseless fear. With affection he spoke clearly.

[54] When he called, the word “O” extended in length. “O mother! Do not delay. O father! Please come. O elders! Bring everyone.”

[55] When Balarāma brought them all close, he again said to them, “O father! Do not fear. O mother! Do not be troubled! O friends! Be happy! I am not exerting myself at all, since merciful Govardhana is himself rising up in my hand and is light like a piece of cotton. I see within the mountain a hole, having a ladder, looking like Pātāla. Since the mountain is broad, there is no water in the central area and it is not slippery.” ||76-77||

[56] Seeing that they were thinking that he could not hold the mountain and it would fall, he again spoke, accepting to partially hold the mountain:

“O respectable people! Do not forbid me to do this, on the advice of my mother. How can the mountain fall from the hand of someone lifting it? However, do not delay very long. Seeing your suffering I will tremble and then the mountain will fall. Quickly come under the mountain.” ||78-79||

Understanding Kṛṣṇa’s desire, the cowherds came under the mountain. They did not think of him as their protector, but as their only object of service (to be protected). ||80||

There was a hole equipped with a ladder by which one could easily enter into a place lit by jewels. Its walls were studded with gems just like a house and it had a splendid ceiling. ||81||

The floors were embedded with touchstones and the place was divided into rooms. Fresh water was available. A gentle wind, pleasant to the touch, was blowing. ||82||

He held up the mountain casually in his left hand while smiling. He remained standing in that broad interior with his attractive form. ||83||

With his arm on a friends shoulder he held his flute in his bent hand. The inhabitants of Vraja saw him with joy, eagerness and fear. They became stunned. ||84||

Govardhana was like a huge house decorated with jewels, in which Kṛṣṇa was situated as a sapphire pillar. ||85||

Kṛṣṇa’s arm was like a jeweled stick and the mountain was like an umbrella above. The rains falling everywhere were like strings of pearls. The people of Vraja experienced the rain as a splendor. ||86||

[57] Then Yaśodā along with Rohiṇī held his sides. This is described by poets as follows.

He was held on the sides by the two mothers, who began wiping his lotus face repeatedly. Seeing his amazing actions, Nanda and others stood with hairs standing on end. Then, with smiling lotus eyes, with hands making a dancer’s gestures, holding the mountain on his left hand, he shouted, “Victory! Victory!” while playing. ||87||

In front of Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma, like an actor in a drama, amused all the jovial people. ||88||

[58] While outside there were great rainstorms, roaring wind, hard hail, thunder and dark clouds, which caused suffering, inside there was no rain, there were sweet voices, pleasant breezes, attractive songs, rays of light, and Kṛṣṇa with remarkable beauty, which produced happiness. ||89||

There was singing, eulogies and dancing by skillful performers. The best residents gave charity. Knowers of Vedic customs chanted auspicious prayers. The children played. Everyone’s pride was reduced and their prema for Kṛṣṇa increased. What happiness did the lifter of the mountain not give them? ||90||

Kṛṣṇa’s praiseworthy glance was humble to the elders, smiling to his equals, filled with tears to his followers, and sometimes unsteady. But it was crooked towards Indra! Towards each of them he expressed an appropriate meaning. Any other action would have the fault of redundancy. ||91||

Drinking the nectar from the rays of his moon-like face, the cows gave up hunger and thirst for seven days and nights, what to speak of the people who had affection for him. ||92||

The people became filled with the juicy nectar emanating from his face. Thinking that he was hungry and thirsty, his mother kept filling him with juicy nectar. ||93||

Ananta with his thousand mouths, describing for seven kalpas, cannot complete the glories of Kṛṣṇa’s pastime of holding the mountain for seven days and nights. If a poet quickly tries to describe this in three or four verses, devoid of ornaments, he will end in despair. ||94||

[59] When this situation prevailed, Indra then resorted to evil means.

[60] First he doubted that Vraja had been destroyed by the increased winds. He sent off hundreds of wind devatās to carry out his work. Quickly they came back, reporting that nothing had happened. Thinking that the strong rains must have destroyed everything, he sent the cloud devatās. They returned and answered that nothing had happened. Thinking this very strange, he became depressed. He began beating his carrier cloud in anger with his goad. Suddenly the lightning deity appeared in the sky in front of him, throwing fire with his eyes to destroy all strength. Those devatās returned with the same report. “Please understand a remarkable event has occurred. I have seen that mountain which expanded to eat all the offerings now floating in the air.”

[61] Indra said, “See how the opposite has happened. Where have the inhabitants of Vraja gone with their sons?”

[62] All the servants again swiftly departed with his order and returned. Together they answered, “O Indra! We recognize that you are the leader of the devatās. The people of Vraja have all been turned to ashes by the fire of lightning and therefore we cannot see them outside.”

[63] Indra said in joy, “May you live long. But search again.”

[64] They again returned and explained an alternative version. “O lord of Svarga! They have not been destroyed even now. Entering a hole like Pātāla in the mountain, they can be seen enjoying like anything there. And the mountain is resting on the hand of Kṛṣṇa like a pile of stones.”

[65] Indra said, “Here is what I think. Previously I cut off the wings of the mountain. Has it got new wings since it has become partial to the inhabitants of Vraja? In any case I am prepared to kill it with the fire from a roaring thunderbolt. The proud people under the mountain will be crushed!”

[66] After sending the thunderbolt to smash the mountain, he began thinking that this would also be thwarted. Developing intense anger since his desires had been thwarted, he then dispatched new servants saying, “Ah! Hide and see if any remarkable event has happened. The thunderbolt should have caused great disturbance by its effects.”

[67] They returned and reported what they saw. “O Indra! Not even one leaf has fallen and not even one ant is suffering. If this is what has happened everywhere, what can be said of the condition of all the people within the mountain enjoying waves of bliss?”

[68] Since the thunderbolt was useless against the lofty mountain, in anxiety he became fearful, astonished, and ashamed. For a long time he thought in silence: “Ah! I remember! Viṣṇu has appeared there in the form of Kṛṣṇa. How can he who is holding up the mountain be defeated by anyone?”

[69] At that time a foolish, lowly Yakṣa, partial to Kaṁsa, approached Indra with joy and offered respects. He said: “O Indra! I, from the house of Mahīndra, son of the Dānava named Drumila, offer my respects to your lotus feet! Kaṁsa, acting for your welfare, filled with affection to you, has offered and sent his respects, filling the directions with the sound of drums. We are very happy with the actions you have undertaken. It is intolerable that respect for the great is destroyed by the pride of the insignificant. I have seen that the cowherds who rise up proudly like ants have not been killed by fate. What is the necessity of accepting sacrifices from these cowherds? Taking permission, we will perform sacrifices for you.”

[70] Hearing this, Indra became astonished.

[71] Then he began to think: “Oh! By taking intoxications I have destroyed my intelligence. I have contradicted the norms by showing friendship with the enemy. I have thus proved the meaning of my name ‘breaker of the family rules.’

Since I was proud it is proper that I have been defeated, for it is seen that he who is overcome by pride will be defeated.” ||95||

[72] He spoke to his servants, revealing this: “Let this be. Withdraw the clouds of destruction. Be tolerant to the son of Nanda, since he is my younger brother. We have been taught a lesson. How can we think of defeating Kṛṣṇa?”

[73] He ordered the Yakṣa to deliver a message to Kaṁsa.

[74] “I have understood that though you are constantly angry at Kṛṣṇa, you remain in fear of him. This increases my anger towards you. If this is true, then I will deal with the situation appropriately. I have a hundred-fold wrath, a thousand eyes and millions of hands. Who can oppose me?

Your wealth has been spent on Rākṣasas and you have lost favor of the devatās. Kṛṣṇa will soon be the destroyer of the members of the Bhoja dynasty like you.” ||96||

[75] Hearing these words, the rascal Yakṣa departed with a repentant heart. The message he delivered was useless, like urine in the waves.

[76] Criticizing himself, lamenting in a hundred ways, without being proud of riding on his airplane, he went to his room to sleep in a repentant mood and experienced hell, since nilaya (room) became niraya (hell). The eight grammarians explain that l can be replaced by r.

In desiring to destroy Vraja by wind, Indra committed injury to himself. By desiring to give pain to Vraja with showers of water, he created pain in his own heart. By desiring to strike Vraja with thunderbolts, he beat his own head. He tried to disturb the devotees and gained the opposite result. ||97||

[77] When he entered his inner room, the sun quickly rose in the sky, the directions appeared, and the earth proceeded on its natural path. At that time, the eyes, ears, and feet of the living entities attained their functions of seeing, hearing and walking. ||98||

When the clouds cleared, Kṛṣṇa roared loudly to the people, “Come out of the hole with all the utensils gathered together. Go quickly without fear.” When he spoke these profound words clearly in that place, the clouds which were previously defeated by the power of Govardhana, were defeated by his proud roaring. ||99||

[78] Accompanied by blaring music to stimulate the people to follow his orders, the people along with the cows, shining like Kṛṣṇa’s body with fame and affection, emerged from the hole resembling the heart of Govardhana.

First the cows came out of the hole, turning here and there to see the face of Kṛṣṇa. After the cows came out, the people, seeing his face repeatedly, became stunned and agitated with affection. ||100||

[79] With difficulty all the people emerged from the hole and, looking back, gazed with unblinking eyes as Kṛṣṇa came out. As the jīva becomes satisfied on attaining life airs, so the people, on seeing and attaining Kṛṣṇa, attained bliss.

He who held up the mountain to protect his people, and was filled with spontaneity, all qualities, beauty, tenderness, and love that spread everywhere, appeared before the eyes of the people at the base of the mountain. ||101||

As he had raised the mountain, he put it down. Everyone saw this, but did not see exactly know how he did it. ||102||

[80] Helplessly immersed in solid streams of prema, the cowherds met Kṛṣṇa as he came from the hole and embraced him and welcomed him according to their status, from the elders down. ||103||

The elder gopīs respectfully decorated Kṛṣṇa, conqueror of Indra, with attractive, auspicious items. Though he had conquered Indra, they put their hands on his head to bless him. He who has experienced this care in his heart will understand this type of care. ||104||

[81] Śukadeva has described Yaśodā’s meeting with Kṛṣṇa. Though the attractive verse in anuśṭup is concise, it flows with indestructible juice like a pot of nectar.

yaśodā rohiṇī nando rāmaś ca balināṁ varaḥ |

kṛṣṇam āliṅgya yuyujur āśiṣaḥ sneha-kātarāḥ ||

Mother Yaśodā, mother Rohiṇī, Nanda Mahārāja and Balarāma, the greatest of the strong, all embraced Kṛṣṇa. Overwhelmed with affection, they offered him their blessings. SB 10.25.30

[82] “Ah! Ah! What has happened to the body of this young boy, soft as fresh butter? What is happening to it now, and what will happen in the future?” In this way they responded with doubt filled with affection: “The pain in his body will be relieved by contact with our bodies.” Thinking in this way they embraced him. But it appeared they did not believe that, for they began giving countless blessings, glorifying his family line. Their sight of him was blocked for a long time by the flow of tears from their eyes as they repeated his names.

[83] When four people suddenly meet, the prema increases since remembrance of Kṛṣṇa increases. Therefore Śukadeva has mentioned the names of Yaśodā, Rohiṇī, Nanda Mahārāja and Balarāma.

[84] Since Balarāma, powerful from jṣāna-śakti and kriyā-śakti, felt pain out of affection for Kṛṣṇa, then what can be said of Yaśodā who is devoid of those two śaktis? He is non-different from Kṛṣṇa.

Yaśodā with tearful eyes wiped his face all over, and Nanda touched his śikhā. Looking at his whole body, they asked how he was. His friends began to massage his body. In this way all the inhabitants engaged in serving him, for he was their very life. ||105||

[85] At this place another curious event occurred. Please listen.

[86] When Kaṁsa’s Yakṣa had left, Indra thought. “My fame is long-standing. This incident has occurred because he hid his true form. O servants! Listen with attention. Though Kṛṣṇa, frustrating my endeavors, has acted like an enemy, I know that he will assist me in quelling the demons. To test him, show fear and praise him.”

[87] divi deva-gaṇāḥ siddhāḥ sādhyāḥ gandharva-cāraṇāḥ |

tuṣṭuvur mumucus tuṣṭāḥ puṣpa-varṣāṇi pārthiva ||

śaṅkha-dundubhayo nedur divi deva-pracoditāḥ |

jagur gandharva-patayas tumburu-pramukhā nṛpa||

After Kṛṣṇa came out of the hole with the inhabitants of Vraja, in the heavens, O King, all the demigods, including the Siddhas, Sādhyas, Gandharvas and Cāraṇas, sang the praises of Lord Kṛṣṇa and showered down flowers in great satisfaction. My dear Parīkṣit, the demigods in heaven resoundingly played their conchshells and kettledrums, and the best of the Gandharvas, led by Tumburu, began to sing. SB 10.25.31-32 ||106-107||

The inhabitants of Svarga and earth began singing and playing instruments. The cowherds surrounded him while walking in joy. He returned to Vraja, filled with the highest wealth of gopīs singing, while the women of Svarga shouted, “Victory!” ||108||

Having gone into the hole with their carts, yogurt and rice, they returned to their houses without any items being destroyed. ||109||

[88] Śukadeva has described the inhabitants after coming out of the hole: the cowherd women presented water mixed with yogurt and rice as a token of honor. (SB 10.25.29)

“O Nanda! You have given birth to a son who lifted the mountain to protect his relatives and who crushed Indra’s pride from far off without destroying him. In lifting the mountain, Kṛṣṇa showed his superiority not to just one person, but attained the highest position among you and in the universe.” ||110-111||

[89] After the story was told, the people, as previously, left to do their duties. The sun, following Kṛṣṇa, played till sunset, and the two reciters again were in the assembly of sakhīs at night.

[90] First, Snigdhakaṇṭha spoke to Rādhā, the supreme benefactor.

“Though the pastimes of you and Kṛṣṇa are few, they are extensive. O Rādhā! Those pastimes, most subtle and extensive cannot be analyzed.” ||112||

[91] To make the work smaller we are abbreviating the pastimes. Among poets, we are rash. But by manifesting intelligence, the pastimes will be largely understood.

He then said to his brother:

O respectable brother! Ideal speaker! Please listen again. Not only did Kṛṣṇa reveal the sacrifice for Govardhana but did it for tasting the moon-like faces of Rādhā and other gopīs. ||113||

When he expanded the ingredients of the sacrifice, the gopīs accepted the ingredients such as ornaments. ||114||

When all the lamps were lit, Kṛṣṇa and the gopīs were able to see each other from concealed places. ||115||

When he began the festival of Govardhana, the gopīs began a festival of desiring to see him. ||116||

When the women became blissful at the sacrifice of Govardhana, the gopīs became joyful understanding that they would definitely see Kṛṣṇa. ||117||

When many young women talked to Kṛṣṇa privately, Rādhā and others looked at him with understanding glances. ||118||

When the mountain manifested its form and attracted all people, the gopīs’ eyes, like birds, spontaneously attained the abodes of their desire. ||119||

When everyone began worshiping the cows, the gopīs asked Kṛṣṇa about worship of each cow. ||120||

When the worship of Kṛṣṇa was performed externally, internal worship was seen on each gopīs’ face. ||121||

When they saw the back of a cowherd marked with the hand of a young girl, the arms of the gopīs became eager to touch Kṛṣṇa. ||122||

When Kṛṣṇa entered the assembly of brāhmaṇas at the time of the sacrifice, the gopīs offered their minds into the fire. ||123||

When they became separated from him during circumambulation of Govardhana, the gopīs thought that the distance of separation was as long as Govardhana. ||124||

When Kṛṣṇa threw his stick in the air and caught it, Rādhā seeing that at a distance, made a Yamunā River with her tears mixed with lamp black. ||125||

Whenever it was impossible for others to see them, he would run amidst the gopīs on the pretext of following the cows. ||126||

When Kṛṣṇa on the pretext of following the cows went and touched Rādhā, she beat him with an angry glance, and he became stunned. ||127||

When he saw Rādhā, he forgot everything, but he remembered her face. ||128||

When they all lived together at night in one house, the gopīs would hear only topics concerning Kṛṣṇa. ||129||

When Kṛṣṇa played in the waves of the Yamunā, the gopīs experienced playing with Kṛṣṇa though they were far away from him. ||130||

When Kṛṣṇa went to dine at the houses of girl cousins, the gopīs went there on the pretext of friendship. ||131||

When everyone returned to their houses they returned to their houses, which seemed like prisons. ||132||

When the Saṁvartaka clouds appeared, the gopīs desired to cover Kṛṣṇa with the umbrellas of their bodies. ||133||

When they saw him being protected with umbrellas by his friends, they thought the rain would break his body. ||134||

When they gazed leisurely at Kṛṣṇa as he played under the umbrella which sheltered him from strong rain, they considered the rain to be nectar. ||135||

When everyone stayed with Kṛṣṇa in the hole in the mountain, the gopīs considered that they had attained a treasure in their house. ||136||

They relished the moon face of Kṛṣṇa by their eyes in the form of tongues, without blinking. Their eyes became cakora birds, constantly drinking the nectar for seven days and nights. They could not imagine how they had gained such pious credits. ||137||

Though Rādhā experienced the highest bliss, she shed warm tears, like a pearl necklace. “O Lord! You have no intelligence, because only after a long time you have shown me my lover whom I now constantly see, with a mountain in his hand.” ||138||

When Kṛṣṇa held up the mountain, he avoided glancing in the direction of the gopīs who were praying for his affection. If that glance happens to meet the face of Rādhā, my desires will have been fulfilled after much endeavor. ||139||

“Everyone thinks that merciful Kṛṣṇa lifted the mountain out of mercy. O heart, remain steady! He will save your body, fearful of drowning in the constant shower from his eyes.” This was Rādhā’s thought. ||140||

When the gopīs heard Kṛṣṇa order everyone to leave the hole in the mountain, they left him, though he was their very life. He experienced their mood, and also left the hole, unable to tolerate their burden of pain. ||141||

When Kṛṣṇa emerged from the hole in the mountain, the gopīs could not distinguish whether he had come out of the mountain hole or whether he had come out of their hearts. ||142||

When the tears of the gopīs soaked a large area of their mountain-like breasts, they seemed to reveal their desires to the mountain lifted by Kṛṣṇa. ||143||

[92] Concluding, he said, “O Rādhā! Did the mercy that the lifter of the mountain distributed at that time take shelter of you through the edges of your tear-soaked eyes?” ||144||

[93] When the two reciters departed after concluding the story, as previously, all returned to their houses.

Chapter Nineteen - Surrender of Indra and Kṛṣṇa as lord of the cows.

[1] In the dawn, lit by the effulgence of the assembly, of the two young reciters, Madhukaṇṭha began speaking.

[2] On the auspicious first lunar day, Govardhana manifested his powers. From the third lunar day to the ninth day, Kṛṣṇa attractively lifted Govardhana.

[3] On the tenth lunar day, made attractive by the previous situation, the most learned residents, after dining at his invitation and chewing betel to purify the mouth, began to discuss the incident at the assembly of Nanda.

[4] From seeing him lift Govardhana they began to recount all the impossible events starting from the killing of Pūtanā without omitting any.

[5] They then said:

Lifting the mountain continually he endured a heavy load, but he did not tremble at all. The rain fell outside but not within the mountain. ||1||

[6] His great power is most astonishing and beyond normal conduct. But though this is true, we and others are astonished by his being the natural object of the greatest affection.

[7] That affection which is seen in people like us is most outstanding by its uniqueness.

Everyone naturally has attraction for their sons but we cannot give up attraction to your son. Everyone has this attraction for Kṛṣṇa. O Nanda! Remembering all this, we cannot speak at all or use reasoning. ||2||

[8] Listening attentively, Nanda felt bliss. Then with great affection and the permission of all present he repeated the words of Garga and out of pure affection destroyed the doubt that had arisen about Kṛṣṇa’s glorious activities. This is also mentioned in Bhāgavatam: O cowherd men, just hear my words and let all your doubts concerning my son be gone. Some time ago Garga Muni spoke to me as follows about this boy. (SB 10.26.15)

From the time Garga instructed us and left, I know that Kṛṣṇa performs remarkable activities because of the śakti of Nārāyaṇa within him.” ||3||

[9] Hearing Nanda’s words they became satisfied. When all the people made Nanda joyful by hearing about his son who gave joy to all, suddenly Kṛṣṇa, praised and overjoyed by his leading group of friends, entered with Balarāma.

[10] The assembly surrounded him like the halo around the moon. They tasted his beauty like cakora birds. They became joyful in his presence like lotuses. Their limbs became liquid like moonstones. They swelled with joy like the ocean.

[11] When this happened and all were in this situation, after a few moments from their houses where Lakṣmī resided they brought white, yellow, and blue cloth as well as ornaments for Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma and Nanda to wear.

[12] Just as the men acted in the assembly, the women in the inner chambers decorated Rohiṇī and Yaśodā. Thus there was a festival outside and inside.

[13] Now Indra in Svarga should be described.

[14] Departing from Vraja and thinking of his miserable condition, devoid of his powers, he went to his house but desired his own destruction. He did not desire his wife and did not go to the assembly of devatās.

[15] Hearing what had happened, Bṛhaspati came and scolded him in private, since he was the priest of the devatās.

[16] He scolded him as follows:

O Indra! Because you do not worship Viṣṇu, you will not flourish, just as trees cannot grow without the moon. ||4||

[17] It is not surprising that intoxication with pride has overcome a person like you since you are the leader of the devatās and master of intoxication. But how did you, who drank nectar, become like a dead person? You have become insane, giving up life by not eating.

[18] The wise say, “He who gives fear to the gentle and touches dead bodies should not be touched, like a person who in spite of bathing remains untouchable.” ||5||

[19] O hero! This has happened because of your indiscretion:

If a person rejects the antaryāmī who is his support, and rejects Paramātmā who is protection, he is called insane. ||6||

[20] Indra said, “Without thinking I did this act. Now please instruct me something suitable.”

[21] Bṛhaspati said, “When such irregularity occurs, only Brahmā can rectify the situation. Your only solution is to follow his advice.”

[22] Full of grief, Indra went respectfully to Brahmā and without hesitation revealed his offense.

[23-24] Brahmā said, “Ah! Though you are the leader of the devatās, you are ignorant. Thus you have committed a great offense which could only be accomplished with great effort. Just on hearing you have done such a thing, the wise will block their ears. Having the misfortune of desiring to create the universe, I must instruct you. Desiring to know the Lord’s power, you showed audacity. Considering this an intolerably poisonous sin, I am not able to cleanse you of your grave offense. However, Gautama and others have said:

gavāṁ kaṇḍūyanaṁ kuryād go-grāsaṁ go-pradakṣiṇām |

nityaṁ goṣu prasannāsu gopālo ’pi prasīdati ||

One should tickle the cows, feed them and circumambulate them. If you always please the cows, Kṛṣṇa will be pleased.

Eager to obtain forgiveness of Kṛṣṇa who has great affection for cows, you must serve the mother of cows, Surabhī. If you do not, she will side with the demons.”

[25] Afraid of the demons, Indra went to Surabhī’s planet and pleased Surabhī repeatedly, though she was disturbed when he explained his offense. He returned to Brahmā with Surabhī.

[26] Brahmā said, “O Surabhī! Go to Kṛṣṇa in order to remove Indra’s fear. Remove the bad meaning of the name of Indra, who is called “having bad conduct” in the assembly of the learned. Make Goloka visible in the material world with your wealth of cows–which makes Vaikuṇṭha seem limited. Kṛṣṇa will attain that position of king of Goloka if you bathe him and serve him.”

[27] On the eleventh lunar day, Surabhī came to Vṛndāvana on earth with Indra and waited for an opportunity. From far off, Surabhī spoke to Indra:

This is not a cloud, but Govardhana. This is not part of Govardhana, but Kṛṣṇa. This is not lightning, but his moving cloth. This is not the rumbling of clouds but his joking. ||7||

[28] Look Garuḍa is flying high above us, desiring the shelter of the cloud filled with lightning, who is sitting in the shade of Govardhana.

[29] He is sitting on a white cloth spread on the gems of Govardhana. His left hand is placed on his lotus foot resting on his left thigh, and his right hand holds the most beautiful flute. With a smiling glance, it seems he showers mercy. ||8||

[30] He is willing to meet us, and he has sent his friends away on errands. It is certain that Balarāma has not come today. Go in front of him with grieving heart when no one is there, offer respects and please him.

The person of superior power unto whom the offense has been committed and who can remove the offense rarely sees the miserable offender. ||9||

If one offers respects to the person offended in a private place, one’s miserable state will invoke the mercy of even an ordinary person, what to speak of an elevated person. ||10||

[31] I will approach later to make some special request.

[32] Following Surabhi’s instructions, Indra approached Kṛṣṇa in private and fell at his feet.

When Indra offered respects, Kṛṣṇa’s toe nails shone brilliantly among Indra’s crown jewels. When Indra’s lotus eyes began to flow with tears like honey, Kṛṣṇa’s two nails became like moons. ||11||

[33] When he wept, Kṛṣṇa, being a little taken aback, raised him up with his hand affectionately and spoke to him.

[34] “O lord! Do not do such unsuitable acts. You are the only shelter of all words of the wise.”

[35] When he placed his hands on Indra’s head, shamed Indra remained silent, as if struck by a thunderbolt.

Who will not become the devotee of that person who is strong and affectionate and can bind another’s body by his power, and his mind by his words? ||12||

[36] Kṛṣṇa’s power and affection influenced Indra.

Acting like the moon on others, Kṛṣṇa acted like the sun on Indra. Indra acted like the sun on others, but acted like a firefly in front of Kṛṣṇa. ||13||

When Indra was silent, Kṛṣṇa remained mute. When Indra began praising him, Kṛṣṇa became eloquent. ||14||

No one can describe how Indra spoke when praising Kṛṣṇa. O Nanda! Controlling himself, Kṛṣṇa is becoming shy in front of you. ||15||

[37] Not noticing his disregard, Indra then concluded:

mayedaṁ bhagavan goṣṭha nāśāyāsāra-vāyubhiḥ |

ceṣṭitaṁ vihate yajṣe māninā tīvra-manyunā || |

My dear Lord, when my sacrifice was disrupted I became fiercely angry because of false pride. Thus I tried to destroy your cowherd community with severe rain and wind. SB 10.27.12

[38] Smiling, Kṛṣṇa spoke:

My dear Indra, it was out of mercy that I stopped the sacrifice meant for you. Remembering me, you should not surpass the best devotees like my father. ||16||

If the devatās become proud of their opulence, the brāhmaṇas will become proud of eating fish. ||17||

O Indra! I will uproot your enemies. Why do you fear me? Please act properly. ||18||

[39] Seeing from a distance that Indra had lost his fear, Surabhī mooed and called the other cows. Knowing what to do, with eager eyes, she approached Kṛṣṇa.

[40] When Kṛṣṇa saw Surabhī offering respects as a cow he smiled. Folding his hands in reverence he spoke. “O mother, why have you come?”

[41] Though desiring to give all blessings, she could not do so. She said:

My species has become fortunate. They have come to earth to do service to you. I am not fortunate since I cannot see you. ||19||

However, you are the killer of demons and the protector of all planets. I also dwell in these planets. You are naturally my master. ||20||

[42] I pray as follows:

The Go-sūkta says that the cows are the abode of the devatās and all festivals. Accept the position of Indra for the cows and be worshiped by Brahmā and the devatās. ||21||

Protecting the devatās up to Brahmā is a small show of your power. Goloka has such power that it overshadows Vaikuṇṭha. ||22||

The sun illuminates a house because it illuminates the universe. Since you protect everyone, you also protect a small portion of it. ||23||

This is not only my idea, but the opinion of Brahmā, so that foolish Indra will be purified. ||24||

We cows are the object of your mercy. Indra has taken shelter of us as a medium of your mercy. ||25||

As a thirsty man seeks a well to get its water, Indra seeks us to receive your mercy. ||26||

O lord! Please look. Seeing your lotus feet, Indra is bathing them with tears from his thousand eyes. ||27||

[43] When Kṛṣṇa with a modest expression in his eyes gave permission, Surabhī along with Nārada, Aditi, Indra, Varuṇa, and the Gandharvas, quickly prepared to worship him by bathing him, in order to get his mercy.

[45] Surabhī said:

O moon of Nanda’s family! At this place, all the sacred places such as Yamunā have become successful by serving the feet of you, your friends and your relatives. The cows have become fortunate because you have drunk their milk.

[46] I request permission to use some of this milk and some water from the Gaṅgā, the sacred river of heaven, so that milk from my udder does not become useless. I will do as you say.

[47] Smiling, Kṛṣṇa said, “Do as you please.”

[48] With the movement of Indra’s brow, Airāvata carefully raised his truck upwards and quickly brought a jeweled pot full of water from Gaṅgā in the heavens. Surabhī filled up Indra Sarovara, near the mountain, with milk.

Indra, with strong bhakti in his heart, along with his relatives and the protectors of the directions, bathed Kṛṣṇa while the Gandharvas danced and sang, the sages uttered mantras, and Brahmā and Śiva shouted, “Victory!” in bliss. By this they all bathed in the nectar of happiness. ||28||

Aditi performed a mother’s duties, Pāravatī performed a sister’s duties, Garuḍa performed a servant’s duties, and they all attained bliss. ||29||

[49] When the devatās bathed him, Kṛṣṇa’s beauty spread in all directions. The fragrance of his limbs in contact with the perfumed substances traveled throughout the universe. Waves of auspicious sound entered the ears of the elephants of the directions. Though all living beings became happy because of the spread of bliss, Kaṁsa was surrounded by lizard-like leaders shaking their heads. ||30||

[50] When Kṛṣṇa had protected everyone in all directions, the devatās then spoke:

“As Kṛṣṇa protects all the people everywhere, his abode Goloka, the shelter of hundreds of trillions of Lakṣmīs, is most worthy of praise among all planets in the spiritual world. As you reside there with the name Govinda you should protect this world using that name.” ||31||

At that moment a voice in the sky said “Govinda” and flowers fell. What can be as astonishing as this? ||32||

Indra presented him an umbrella, the sun god gave him attractive ornaments, Brahmā gave him a blue lotus, Śiva gave him a flute he had made, and other devatās gave various gifts, which became most remarkable after being given to him, as the gifts became objects of worship after being used to worship the devatās of his limbs. ||33||

[51] At that time a throne and an attractive umbrella appeared.Two cāmaras began fanning him. He wore shining cloth. Seeing him, his friends with unblinking eyes remained motionless like pictures for a few moments. ||34||

[52] Blissful from being bathed in the glance of lotus-eyed Govinda, the devatās became even more blissful than before. Placing their gifts such as the umbrella on the trees, they repeatedly offered respects to his feet for their own benefit. With tears in their eyes, admitting their offense, the devatās who had been scolded and forgiven, took permission and departed. Kṛṣṇa’s friends, full of joy, gradually approached him.

Coming forward, they saw him, worshiped him, spoke to him, embraced him and smelled him. Seeing the umbrella and other items they inquired repeatedly. He hid the incident from them and thus they were not aware of it. At every moment, laughter, indicating their joy, increased. ||35||

He decorated them with the ornaments given by the devatās and they served him with the gold- handled cāmara and other gifts. ||36||

[53] Kṛṣṇa and his friends appeared like kings.

Seeing Kṛṣṇa served by boys with similar qualities, form and nature, the devatās considered that the boys had gained powers given by Kṛṣṇa as a result of their accumulated knowledge. They concluded that those powers bestowed by him were simply various results gained by their prema. Nothing else could give those results. ||37||

[54] In this way, when the devatās had begun to depart, their departure was interrupted when they became stunned. When Śiva and others saw Kṛṣṇa’s powers, they became completely astonished.

When the devatās worshiped Kṛṣṇa, all people became happy, the cows showered the earth with milk, the rivers flowed with various flavors, the trees flowed with honey, the mountains held jewels on their peaks, and inimical animals became friends. When a great person is worshiped even persons who do not worship become happy. ||38||

If the heart simply trembles on thinking of Indra’s cruel actions, how can the heart describe that nature in words? If the heart simply melts on thinking of the mercy shown by Kṛṣṇa, how can the heart reveal that mercy in words? ||39||

[55] When the sun embraced Sunset Mountain, Kṛṣṇa realized it was getting late. Quickly he gathered the cows and returned to Vraja with his friends. Sprinkled with unequaled flowers by the devatās who respected him, he went with the others who were walking.

Serving Kṛṣṇa by holding umbrella and cāmara, his friends sang while devatās showered flowers. With beauty endowed with glory, he entered his house. ||40||

Hearing about and seeing his limbs adorned with divine ornaments, everyone became full of sāttvika-bhāvas. ||41||

[56] Hearing the news, Balarāma with joyful heart came some distance and, seeing his younger brother, embraced him in happiness and smelled his head. Sitting with him for some time, he spoke with him. Taking permission from Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma took off all the divine ornaments brought from the heavens. Not wanting the elders to see him in that opulent condition, he then brought Kṛṣṇa to Vraja.

[57] Letting the milkmen milk the cows, Nanda on that day, put Kṛṣṇa in front with his friends and Balarāma, and sat there blissfully with his friends in order to understand about the incident.

[58] When Śrīdāma and other truthful friends arrived, they took permission from Kṛṣṇa and began worshiping Nanda and the assembly with the umbrella and cāmara, satisfying them all. Then clearly Nanda said, “Please tell us what happened.”

[59] Śrīdāma said, “To gather the cows we went far away for a long time. Thus we were not able to see anything directly. But all these things naturally announce that they are divine.”

[60] Kṛṣṇa was acting shy, but everybody understood and said, “That is correct Śrīdāma. That is the truth.” All the elder cowherds then became motionless like pictures for a moment with unblinking eyes.

[61] Then Madhumaṅgala said in a loud voice, “O Nanda! Please listen. First a cow began speaking. Then someone with a thousand eyes offered respects. A white elephant took water from heaven and sprinkled it. Someone with four heads and five heads began reciting praises. Many people bathed your son with great festivity.” ||42||

[62] Nanda and the citizens thought they should perform some auspicious acts, but remained immobile. A voice then spoke from the sky:

“O Nanda! Just as we gathered and installed your son as Govinda, you should gather together, ornament your son, and install him as the prince.” ||43||

[63] Filled with joy and pride by those sweet words, the elders began considering among themselves. With unprecedented auspicious music, having brāhmaṇas chant auspicious blessing, and giving gifts to all, they produced a festival and respected Kṛṣṇa as the king of the town.

The women headed by Yaśodā arrived and, holding jeweled lamps in their hands, performed auspicious rites. Offering āratrika, respects and heaps of gems, they carefully led him into the house as if he were affection personified. ||44||

O Nanda! You have given birth to a son who brings joy to my mouth by reciting his glories, and who has brought happiness to the earth, the cows and the heavens by taking the post of lord of the cows. ||45||

The universe has become joyful with Kṛṣṇa’s coronation. The demons have become unfortunate and blind. ||46||

[64] As previously, the topic ended at night (in the assembly of the sakhīs). Madhukaṇṭha then said:

As special medicine has a nourishing effect whether taken in great or small amounts, so food taken in great or small amounts has a nourishing effect. ||47||

[65] Thus, though the descripton is brief, take it as if it were extensive.

[66] At that festival, crowds of young women such as Rādhā came along with the married women and their children. When they came near, their eyes, though covered by cloth, became filled with longing.

[67] In their minds the festivity was equivalent to a marriage.

Is there any cowherd girl fortunate enough to marry Kṛṣṇa? The creator who gives qualification to all others does not make Kṛṣṇa visible to us. Let us curse the creator! ||48||

[68] Let that be, but it is most unjust.

We have been born in good families. We have great beauty and the best qualities. Our life airs have risen to our throats because of such intense love. The lifeless flute does not have such favorable qualities but has attained his association, whereas we have not. ||49||

[69] That lowly flute gains happiness by sucking Kṛṣṇa’s mouth.

Having a desire to be on his chest, you embrace his throat. Your diameter is that of a small piece of rope. But Kṛṣṇa, you, and others who see you have no reservations at all about this. You are most fortunate. ||50||

[70] In their minds the women spoke as follows: “Some women managed to see Kṛṣṇa fully by good fortune. Some have seen only half of him. Others have seen one-third of him. Some have not seen him at all. All act similarly, for what they imagine in their minds about him brings only sorrow.” ||51||

[71] That night, Kṛṣṇa lay down on the roof terrace, but the arrows of the women’s glances in the afternoon pierced his heart. In pain he lay awake till midnight and in order to reveal his suffering to Rādhā and others, he began playing on the flute given by Śiva.

His playing the kedāra-rāga produced a field (kedāra) in the night, in which the gopīs sowed the seeds of desire and made it sprout. ||52||

The people of Mathurā use the word to mean tvam (you). The sound emerged from the flute at every moment. When Kṛṣṇa made every gopī simultaneously hear that word through his flute at night, they all immediately fainted. ||53||

The gopīs acknowledged the attraction which arose from the song of the flute played secondarily for them. But Rādhā, the main object of his song, became unconscious at that time. ||54||

[72] Making a short period seem like a kalpa, the reciter then gradually slackened his pace to finish the story:

“O Rādhā! Here is your lover, whom you have attained after much hardship. He cannot at all be happy without you.” ||55||

[73] When the story had been told in brief, the women remained silent for several muhūrtas (one-hour-and-thirty-six minutes) which passed like a few seconds. Then they returned to their houses.

Ananda Vrindavan Champu

Chapter Fifteen Lifting Govardhana Hill

Looking like the full moon surrounded by a galaxy of stars, Krsna, the playful son of Vrajaraja Nanda, enjoyed blissful pastimes with His inti­mate associates. These joyous pastimes perfectly befit the enchanting at­mosphere of Vrndavana. In the daytime, Krsna tended the cows and sported with His boyfriends. Mother earth felt honored by the touch of Krsna's lotus feet. The cowherd boys felt inconceivable bliss within their minds as they frolicked with Krsna. During their fun-filled days, Krsna often killed some envious demon, who acted like poison to saintly persons.

One day Nanda Maharaja, the abode of kindness, simplicity, and joy and other senior men of Vrndavana made preparations to worship the demigod Indra. They collected many articles and made elaborate arrange­ments for a joyous festival. Noticing this, Krsna said to His father, "0 honored one! What is the name of the ceremony you are organizing? Which demigod are you trying to please? Who is the guru instructing you in this yajna with his infallible words? What injunctions and system of worship are you following?

"Why are people running around mechanically in all directions? I do not understand the meaning of it. Of course, since I am only a boy you may not consider Me qualified to comprehend your explanation. But if you think I am eligible, then tell Me all the details of this yajna from beginning to end. If, however, you think it is too confidential, then still you should tell, because one should not keep secrets from well-wishers. But such details should never be revealed to one's enemies."

After speaking so maturely, Krsna sat next to Vrajaraja Nanda on a cloth asana. Nanda Baba lovingly picked up His son, who was like a spot­less moon moving on the earth, and placed Him on his lap. Hearing the sweet questions of his son, Nanda affectionately smiled revealing his at­tractive white teeth. The soft glow of his face resembled nectar drops of milk. This nectar appeared to be washing and nourishing Nanda's beard, which was mixed with white and black hair. Beaming in a jolly mood, Vrajaraja Nanda tactfully described the nature of the sacrifice.

Nanda Maharaja said, "My dear son! In our family line we have been observing this Indra yajna for a long time. We experience prosperity and freedom from disturbances due to its proper performance. Our only wealth is the cows that live on grass, which needs rain to grow. Rain comes from the clouds that are controlled by the demigod Indra. For all these reasons, therefore, I am making a grand festival to please Indra. I "Every year at this time we carefully observe this sacrifice. Being pleased with our yajna, Indra sends abundant rainfall. The other demigods gladly accept our oblations of ghee, and show their gratitude by preserving what we have and providing what we need. The scriptures say that human be­ings who honor this tradition become glorious and attain the heavenly planets in their next lives. Any man can attain peace of mind by the bless­ings of the demigods. Those who neglect to worship the demigods, how­ever, cannot get any relief from their problems."

After hearing these bitter words, Krsna smiled mildly to hide His feel­ings and then refuted Nanda's presentation. Krsna's eloquent delivery amazed and pleased the Vrajavasis. Indeed, Krsna mesmerized the en­tire audience with His words.

Krsna said, "In this regard your actions are not justified. The force of karma causes the birth, maintenance, and destruction of all living enti­ties. It is not the demigods, but it is a person's work that determines his destiny. A saintly person, therefore, need not worship any demigod. One may beg so many desirable things from the demigods. But the demigods cannot give one more then what he is destined by his own pious and impi­ous acts. Only those who cannot control their senses propound that demi­gods can award more than what one has worked to attain.

"You can say that living entities are inspired to act by the Supersoul. But this is also false, because every individual is under the control of his own conditioned nature. In reality, it is the acquired desires and personal nature of a living entity that cause him to act. Where is the question of the Supersoul being the supreme controller? Even the Lord Himself does not directly perform the activities of creation, maintenance, and destruc­tion. All these actions are conducted by the three modes of material na­ture, namely goodness, passion, and ignorance.

"It is not a fact that wherever it rains, the cause is worshiping and pleas­ing Indra, who in turn sends the rain clouds. There is constant rain during the monsoon season. But you cannot say that Indra sends it. Indeed, the monsoon rains bring mental distress and make people weak and thin. So that rain is not the mercy of someone who is pleased.

"Do the seas and mountains worship Indra? Of course not, but still they are full of water. Why does Indra give them so much water? Impelled by the material mode of passion, the clouds pour rain everywhere, and this rain sustains all creatures. Therefore, nothing will happen if you do not Worship Indra.

"The brahmana maintains his life by studying and teaching the Vedas, the ksatriya by protecting the earth and political activity, the vaisya by trade and agriculture, and the sudra by serving the other classes. The occupational duties of the vaisya are conceived of in four divisions: farming, commerce, cow protection, and money lending. Of these, our duty is cow protection,

"Neither in the past nor the present has there been any certainty about having a successful grain harvest in our village. Therefore, this yajna means nothing to us. It is our nature to dwell in the forest and wander in the woods and on the hills. Since we never stay in one place, why should we perform the Indra yajna, which is not based on scriptural injunctions?

"0 father! You are peaceful and respected by everyone. You should have faith in My words, for they will remove all danger. Now just expertly worship Govardhana Hill with all the ingredients collected for the Indra yajna. This great mountain is not only named Govardhana, but it has the ability to increase (vardhana) the health and satisfaction of our cows (go).

"Collect pots full of milk and make first-class milk sweets like sweet rice. Cook many tasty foods and fancy cakes. Bring leaf bowls full of ghee, honey, and nectar drinks. Prepare an ocean of yogurt, buttermilk, and fresh butter. Build a mountain of rock candy, and cover all directions with an abundance of shikharini rasala.

"Send messengers to invite the brahmanas. Feed them sumptuously until they laugh, and their faces beam with the brilliant garlands of their bliss­ful smiles. At that moment, the brahmanas will consider that the heavenly storehouses of nectar are totally insignificant. Call the priests to conduct the fire sacrifice and distribute cows in charity to the brahmanas. Those among you who are simple-hearted should just try to feed the brahmanas.

"You should please everyone by making an annakuta (hill of food) with thick dais, varieties of aromatic vegetables, and very palatable sweet cakes surrounded by pools of unlimited sweet rice. Then worship Giri-Govardhana with the proper articles such as padya. After feeding the brahmanas, you should give food to everyone else, including such fallen souls as dogs and dog-eaters. Saturate the directions with the sweet music of bheris, resonant conches, tumultuous kettledrums, and various other instruments. The witty, well versed brahmanas will start the yajna with perfectly pronounced mangalacarana mantras. The entire horizon will be surcharged with all these auspicious sounds.

"According to sastric injunction, you should circumambulate Giriraja to conclude the worship. Decorated with priceless jingling ornaments that delight the ears, the men should dress so luxuriously that even the demi­gods would be astonished. The housewives with their sweet, gentle smiles should also assemble. Invite the male and female artists to dance and sing along with flutes, vinas and mrdangas. Bring the bullock carts in a proces­sion lead by scholarly brahmanas, who are truly the personified jewels of all auspiciousness.

"You, who have the audacity to challenge even Lord Indra, who lives for millenniums, should happily circumambulate Govardhana Hill along with your cows, bulls and calves. Do not think, 'How can we have faith that Giriraja will gratify our desires?' Soon Giriraja will fulfill all your desires and become famous as a second Mahendra. He will reward you hand­somely and make all your endeavors fruitful. What more can I say? 0 father! If you want to, you can follow My advice and achieve an auspi­cious result."

After hearing Krsna's speech, Nanda Maharaja and the leading men of Vrndavana accepted His proposal. They agreed that this must be done to satisfy their desires. Acting as the acarya of the yajna, Krsna directed the Vrajavasis to worship Giriraja with all the paraphernalia collected for Indra's worship. This of course made Indra extremely angry.

Nothing else could be heard in Vrndavana except the auspicious vibra­tion of instrumental music. Vedic hymns resounded through the sky. The Vrajavasis felt blissful, and all the living entities entered a jolly mood from the worship of Govardhana.

Hearing the melodious voices of the ladies, the cuckoos anxiously tried to learn singing from them. Ears attained their purpose by perceiving those auspicious sounds. The cows were adorned with gold-plated horns, colorful silk cloths on their backs, pearl necklaces, and tinkling bells hang­ing from their necks. Seeing their mothers so richly ornamented, the calves jumped excitedly.

Nanda Maharaja brought the necessary articles from his house to wor­ship Govardhana Hill. He initiated the puja by respectfully offering padya (water) to wash Giriraja's feet. In an ebullient mood, he made the-Annakuta hill complete with powerful peaks that delighted all in atten­dance. The peak rising out of the middle of the hill looked like a crown made of white camphor. The multi-colored cakes stuck on the sides of the Annakuta hill looked like stones and boulders. At the base of the hill there were clay pots full of milk, yogurt, and sweet rice. There were also colorful sabjis, lakes of dahl, and very fragrant soups.

Due to its covering of ghee, the Annakuta Mountain looked like golden Mt. Kailasa shimmering under a cover of rain. Different kinds of fruits and flowers decorated its edges. When Nanda Maharaja saw the opu­lence of Annakuta spreading its sweet aroma of cloves, camphor, and cardamom in all directions, he felt that this was fitting honor to Sri Giriraja, the king of all mountains.

Sri Hari smiled happily upon seeing the amazing Annakuta rivaling the peak of Mt. Sumeru. Suddenly, the playful, fun-loving, indomitable Krsna assumed a huge unprecedented form and stood on top of Govardhana Hill. He did this to anger Indra and instill faith in the cowherd men.

Observing this powerful form glowing like a thousand suns, Krsna, who remained among the cowherd men in His original human-like form, cast a gentle glance upon everyone and said, "Hung ho! Look! Look! By using all the paraphernalia to exclusively worship Govardhana Hill with pure love you have received his favor. Govardhana, the best of all mountains has now manifested before you as a brilliantly effulgent person. Please look closely! The huge mouth of this expanded form of Giriraja resembles a deep cave. Though his mouth is massive, his face looks as beautiful as the full moon. Usually trees serve as his arms, but now he has two beauti­ful arms adorned with attractive jeweled armlets. Usually hard rocks cover his body, but now he has assumed a tender sweet form. Look how that beautiful body walks over the other non-moving form!

"Moreover, this non-moving form is sitting like a seat made of costly emeralds, but it appears like the huge chest of the moving one. Glittering like a row of rubies, his teeth look like the crown of the non-moving form. The saffron hue of the minerals on the non-moving form gives an attrac­tive hue to the lips of the moving one. In comparison, these two forms of Govardhana manifest the same elegance. Govardhana is reciprocating with your overflowing love and devotion. He is acting like a hungry per­son extending his arms bedecked with jeweled bangles. Look! Just see how this hill has appeared in person to fulfill your desires! Now offer respects to him."

Both Krsna and the people of Vrndavana bowed down to this personi­fied form of Govardhana Hill. In effect, Krsna actually offered obeisances to Himself. When the cowherd men, their wives, and the leading men of Vrndavana saw that form shining like the sun, they raised their folded hands above their heads and said, "Namo! Namo! Namo!" Being over­whelmed in affection, they danced around ecstatically. By joyfully wor­shiping Govardhana Hill, the Vrajavasis realized that Govardhana is a person.

Music from the temples wherein different demigods were being wor­shiped resounded in all directions. From all sides intoxicated dancers per­formed blissfully. The heavenly Kinnaras joined in with euphoric danc­ing. Relishing the music and singing, the Vrajavasis forgot themselves in that joyous Govardhana festival.

Govardhana caused the entire atmosphere to abound in happiness. Govardhana Hill affectionately accepted the faithful worship of Nanda Maharaja by manifesting a personal form. Anyone who simply hears and chants about the glories of Giri-Govardhana, which are inconceivable to ordinary people, will be delivered from all calamities.

Vrajaraja Nanda, the father of the subduer of demons, concluded the propitious worship of Giriraja by sumptuously feeding the brahmanas, and everyone else down to the dogs. He handsomely rewarded the singers and dancers. Everyone attending the festival received precious gems and divinely opulent garments. Their hearts full of joy, the Vrajavasis talked excitedly among themselves as they did parikrama of Govardhana Hill.

Skilled musicians led the way playing the finest instrumental music. The languid muffled tones of bheris, dhakas and kettledrums softened the at­mosphere with their pleasing vibrations. With their bodies decorated with designs drawn in kunkuma, the cowherd boys followed behind the musi­cians. Wielding sticks, they fearlessly drove the multi-colored cows orna­mented with gold and jewels.

A second group of talented musicians came along playing flutes and vinas. Next came singers with sweet gentle voices, and ecstatic dancers moving in rows one behind the other. Then the gopis, their faces glowing with happiness, came riding on bullock carts that rivaled the golden chariots of the gods. They sang loudly about their intimate pastimes with Krsna.

Hari, who removes all obstacles, laughed and joked with His cowherd boyfriends as He circumambulated Govardhana Hill. Eternally bound to Him in faith, Krsna's friends remained fearless and free from all anxi­eties. Wearing a sweet-smelling flower garland across his broad chest, Nanda Maharaja walked just behind the boys. He was smiling in great satisfaction and accompanied by the leading men of Vrndavana.

In accordance to scriptural injunctions, they gave charity to brahmanas at different places while going around Giriraja. It is impossible to find a suitable container to hold the unlimited bliss that the Vrajavasis felt dur­ing their parikrama of Giriraja. Even though tiny in size, the soul can enjoy immeasurable happiness. As a result, their souls drowned in incon­ceivable joy. The continuous music of the dhakas and kettledrums, which are famous on heaven and earth, increased the bliss of the parikrama.

Soon they arrived on the banks of the Yamuna (which previously flowed near Govardhana). Being the glorious day of bhratridvitiya tithi, which is very dear to both Yamuna and her brother Yamaraja, they decided to take an auspicious bath. Bhratridvitiya tithi is the day when sisters pray for the prosperity of their brothers. Sunanda, the intelligent, well-behaved daughter of Upananda, invited her cousin-brother Damodara (Krsna), who is always jubilant and victorious, to celebrate the festival.

Damodara, who delights all moving and non-moving creatures, gladly accepted the sincere request of Sunanda. His heart overflowed with lov-'"g feelings for that dear sister. She affectionately served many types of delicious drinks and tasty cakes to Krsna and His friends. Haladhara and a!! the boys enjoyed the excellent food while Batu, the skillful jester, en­tertained the enchanter of the world with his funny jokes and antics.

Batu quipped, "Alas! Alas! 0 dear friend, killer of the Agha demon! Why didn't the foolish creator make every tithi as bhratridvitiya tithn. O brother, whose chest shines with the mark of Srivatsa, we count the year in terms of days. So how come You do not have many sisters like Sunanda who acting as the embodiments of kindness, will fill us up like this every day of the year? If this had happened, it would have been a great source of pleasure for us. Yesterday's exciting Govardhana festival has passed. Though heaps of food and drink were offered, and although I am a vora­cious eater, still I did not enjoy as much as I have today on bratridvitiya."

Krsna, who steals everyone's heart with His charming character, en­joyed the simple joking words of Batu as He joyfully ate. Then in mutual affection, Damodara and Sunanda exchanged so much valuable cloth, jew­els, and golden ornaments that it astonished the people on earth. Thus, the bratridvitiya celebration ended.

Meanwhile, the demigod Indra developed a headache due to being ig­nored and forgotten by the Vrajavasis. We will now describe how he tried to get relief and revenge by employing excessive rains. While sitting among the demigods, Indra felt sad and distressed seeing that his sacrifice had been cancelled.

Burning with rage, Indra said, "Just see how surprising it is! The intelli­gence of these cowherd men is just like the animals they tend. They stopped my puja just by hearing a few words from a mere child. Even though many goddesses of learning praise me, those offensive cowherd men did not think twice about giving up my worship. Have they been overtaken by false pride?

"0 virtuous cowherd men! Now you act deviously without any fear of anyone. Well, I will see how long it lasts. This foolish, arrogant, and talk-native child has offended me. Even though you claim He satisfies your desires and gives you long prosperous lives, we will soon see if He is really your ever well-wisher."

Overcome by revenge and frustration, Indra considered for a moment how to retaliate against the Vrajavasis. Angry Indra then released the powerful clouds of universal destruction known as Samvartaka. Coming before their master, the clouds submitted, "We are your servants and al­ways ready to execute your order." To encourage His servants, Indra glanced at them with affection and appreciation as he addressed them.

"Hung hoi 0 my playful speedy clouds, who are famous throughout the world for distributing profuse rain. Your pride in your power fills me with strength. Now make me successful by carrying out my orders. You have the unadulterated mood of destroying the whole creation within you. Bu this assignment involves only one small region. Go shake the earth with your thunder and destroy the village of Vrndavana with a deluge." Being released from the task of devastating the universe at a particular time, Samvartaka and other servants of Indra proudly stepped forward to accomplish their mission. First a vast bank of clouds, appearing like a huge patch of moss in the sky, blocked out the sun and covered Vrndavana in total darkness. Extending from Rasatala to Svargaloka, the cloud cov­ering looked like the smoky breath exhaled by the Naga snakes.

Released from their bonds, a few ominous clouds, in the sportive mood of breaking the Kedara Mountain, quickly spread across the sky. These dense dark clouds appeared as massive as the celestial elephants guard­ing the quarters of the globe. Another group of dangerous clouds circled overhead. The clouds, like Mt. Mainaka, the son of the Himalayas, con­tinually expanded and flew freely in the sky without any fear of being cut by Indra's millions of thunderbolts.

One fantastically large cloudbank appeared like a second Loka-loka mountain range. The hard peaks of those clouds continued to grow higher and higher while simultaneously expanding in all directions. When the clouds collected they covered all the planetary systems in darkness. Even the sharpest axe could not cut through the dense network of clouds that assembled over Vrndavana.

The three worlds appeared to be born out of the darkness created by that ever-expanding cloudbank. The covering of the universe turned as black as the soot smeared on the bottom of a pot. However, the universal disturbances and the attack of the devastating Samvartaka clouds had practically no effect on Vrndavana, which continually bathes in the moon­light emanating from Krsna's jewel-like toenails.

After earth, water, fire, air, and so on there is a tenth element known as andha tamasah (blinding darkness). Everything animate and inert in the ten directions appears stupefied by this element. It seemed that no one in the world could see anything. Water dripped from the dome-like covering of the universe. The water drops moved so fast that they formed a con­tinuous stream of water speeding through the universe like a raging river breaking over its dam. Such a thing will never happen again. That torren­tial downpour seemed like the long hanging branches of the banyan tree of the sky. .

The cows sheltered their calves under the blankets of loose skin on their "ecks. In fear of the slashing rainwater, the cows kept their eyes almost closed and their tails hanging straight down. As they shivered uncontrol­lably from the violent rains, the skin on their backs swelled up. While standing in this painful condition they looked toward Krsna for shelter.

When the rain hit the horns of the bulls it bounced off and landed on heir thick fatty humps. Breaking into small pearl-like drops, it then rolled down their broad muscular backs. Alas! Alas! The fierce rainfall angered and tormented the bulls. Observing the torrents of rain, which fell in columns as thick as the trunks of full-grown banana trees, the cowherd men of Vrndavana thought that the devastation had suddenly arrived. Terrified and weakened, they approached Krsna, who makes everyone happy.

Full of pain and agony, they said, "0 Krsna! You always save us and give us happiness. Now we are in great danger! Since You are the Lord of Gokula, You should immediately protect us. Look! Look! The flashing lightning bolt appears like the forked tongue of an angry snake. The pound­ing hailstones are pulverizing the life out of the trees. The lightning bolts entering the water seem like the brilliant fire emitted by mythical hydras.

"The clouds roar ferociously as they release torrents of rain as thick as massive columns. The vast sheets of water are increasing in volume like the ocean of devastation. The earth is quickly submerging in the flood, and we cannot distinguish the high ground from the low. Just look around and see for Yourself. The surabhi cows use their own bodies to protect their calves from the pelting hailstones. With their tear-filled eyes they are speaking to You, 'Oh Krsna! Once You saved us from the devastating forest fire, so please save us from this terrible rainfall.'

"Look at the condition of the bulls! Upon hitting their humps, the heavy hailstones are being ground into pieces and scattering on the ground like pearls. Their eyes reddened in rage, the bulls raise their heads to look angrily at the clouds. Their faces and bodies are completely drenched in water. Aha! How much they are suffering! This devastation seems like the personification of a big anartha which we cannot remove. Only You can deliver us, therefore, we surrender unto You. We are Your loving kinsmen, so please save us!"

After hearing their anxious pleas and seeing the distress of His cows, Krsna, whose blossoming lotus eyes are beautiful to behold, considered, "This must be the work of angry Indra." In a compassionate voice sweeter than honey, Krsna consoled His family and friends, "Do not be afraid! Actually this trouble is as significant as a hunger pain is to one who has just consumed a sumptuous feast. Anyone practicing devotional service can easily remove all anarthas. The Kinnaras and the demigods glorify this fact. For your benefit, I will now enact a special pastime to destroy Indra's mountain of pride."

As the relisher of nectarean rasas, Krsna has a beautiful body, which is as sweet as the honey in a flower. Without even tightening His cloth He showed complete indifference to the mighty wrath of foolish Indra. In' stantly, Krsna picked up Govardhana Hill with one hand and held it aloft with no more effort than a child takes to hold a mushroom or an elephant uses to lift a clump of grass.

Many loud sounds echoed in all directions when the mountain rose into the air. The echoes sounded like a bunch of rowdy children yelling within its many caves. The lifting of Govardhana Hill produced an angry loud noise that crushed the pride of the elephants guarding the eight direc­tions. That furious sound roamed around and around within the covering of the universe. The sound had enough intelligence to win a wager on whether it could break the long meditation of Brahma on Brahmaloka. That sound dared to interrupt the uproarious madhvika wine drinking festival of the old ladies on Patalaloka.

The flowers falling from the trees appeared to be the form of Giriraja's ecstatic laughter due to being touched by Krsna's lotus hand. Those fall­ing flowers seemed to be Giriraja's celebrating the destruction of Indra's fame. Growing higher and higher, the sharp peaks of Giriraja cut the ominous cloud cover to pieces. The row of trees along the peaks of Giriraja challenged the trees in Indra's celestial forest. The lions living on top of Govardhana Hill mistook the hovering clouds for elephants. Using their powerful sharp claws, they ripped apart that cluster of elephant clouds. In fear, the clouds ran hither and thither.

Seeing Krsna holding Giriraja aloft with His left hand, Mt. Kailasa shiv­ered in fright while thinking, "Hey look! Who is this covering the sky? How could this happen?" Mt. Sumeru panicked. Overwhelmed by fear, the elephants of the directions jumped in the Manasi Ganga. Giriraja served Gokula as a jewel-bedecked umbrella that could not be moved by the fierce winds or pierced by the razor-sharp lightning bolts of Indra. Balanced on the beautiful emerald pole of Krsna's raised arm, Giriraja cast a pleasing radiance upon everyone. The glimmering rain shower com­ing down on all sides seemed like streams of dripping pearls.

While holding Giriraja in one hand, Krsna, whose wonderful behavior illuminates the world, spoke convincingly to the cowherd community, "Mago! (0 mother) Do not be in anxiety. Father! Do not worry. 0 friends! Do not doubt My ability. Giriraja will not fall from My hand. You directly saw how he personally accepted our worship. Is it then difficult for him to remain suspended in the sky? Although Giriraja appears to be a huge immovable mountain, he is transcendentally situated beyond the doubts and comprehension of this material world. Look how light he is. Even a child like Me can easily pick him up. Oh! Just see! Giriraja is completely independent and moving according to his own sweet will. In this matter, I am but an instrument.

"Therefore you should collect all your property and come under the mountain. There is no difference between the village of Vrndavana and this valley below Giriraja. Be happy and stay here peacefully. At the end 01 the kalpa everyone in creation gives up their gross bodies, and lives ^thin the abdomen of Narayana in their subtle bodies. Staying there, however, you could not enjoy as much fun as you can by living here within the belly of Giriraja.

"When I lifted the hill, huge chunks of earth fell off the bottom, and formed a natural boundary wall around the perimeter of Giriraja. This wall will keep out the torrential rains. Forget about your pleasure gardens and your attachments to your former residences. Let this place become the source of joyful pastimes for the cows, gopas, and gopis."

The string of Govardhana-dhari's reassuring words resembled an el­egant necklace made from the nectar of His voice. Immediately, the eld­erly gopas felt completely pacified by Krsna's sweet words. Taking their wealth, sons, wives, cows, and priests, who felt immeasurable happiness and beamed with matchless beauty, they entered the splendid valley be­neath Giri-Govardhana. Taking shelter there, they all filled with surprise and smiled with delight.

They clearly saw that the valley beneath Govardhana, which dazzled attractively in the light, could easily accommodate all their innumerable cows, animals, and family members. The valley brimmed with gratifying sense objects to see, touch, taste, and so on. That divine place was the very ornament of the earth. Its purity and opulence exceeded the wealth of the subterranean heavenly planets like Sutala. Fields of rich green bar­ley spread in all directions, and many lakes full of crystal clear water stood here and there.

The cows stayed near the border of the improvised town and pastured On fields full of fresh green grass. The Vrajavasis stood around peacefully in different groups. Some cowherd men mixed with the brahmanas, and the elderly married ladies stayed with their daughters. Radhika and other prominent young married gopis gathered beside them. Krsna's intimate friends like Batu remained by His side, and Nanda, Yasoda, and Balarama stood slightly in front of Him.

Thus the venerable Vrajavasis relished great joy associating intimately with Krsna. They no longer felt any fear or discomfort from Indra's del­uge, which threatened to destroy the whole world. The rain falling from the roaring clouds sounded like water pouring from the mouths of many large water pots.

Although situated in different directions, all the Vrajavasis gazed to their hearts content at the gorgeous lotus face of Giridhari, the lifter of Govardhana Hill. Each devotee saw that Krsna was looking directly at him. Feeling relieved, the illustrious brahmanas offered abundant bless­ings to the blissful younger brother of Balarama. Krsna descended on earth to perform His transcendental pastimes and to crush the pride ot the demons and the demigods.

While holding up Govardhana Hill, Krsna was surrounded by all His loving associates. Taking advantage of the intimate setting, they gazed at Krsna with joyful faces, prayed for His victory, or affectionately smelled ^is head. Being saturated with parental affection, Mother Rohini firmly embraced her son Balarama, who always gives immense pleasure to His parents.

Both the submissive gopis and the contrary ones like Radhika smiled blissfully while looking at Krsna with love-laden glances. The gopis always play with Krsna and enjoy love sports in the forests of Vrndavana. While gazing upon Him, they looked like thirsty cakori birds continually drink­ing the ambrosial radiance of His moon-like face. With unblinking eyes they took Krsna within their hearts and lovingly embraced Him. During the festival of lifting Govardhana Hill everyone tasted the greatest ec­stasy.

To lighten the heart of his beloved friend Krsna, Batu said, "0 dearmost friend of the whole world! Please listen to my words. By my brahman tejas (spiritual potency) I will fill You with happiness. When I am here as Your friend, why are You troubling Yourself by lifting Giriraja? 0 lotus-eyed one! Just order me and I will hold up this great mountain on the tip of my golden stick. You must be exhausted from holding the hill. So now relax and take some rest while I hold the hill."

Vrajesvari Yasoda then addressed her son, "0 my darling child! You always act impudently due to the force of Your uncontrolled senses. For years, we peacefully observed the Indra. yajna, but then You abruptly stopped it. Disregarding the demigods never brings auspiciousness. How can one find fortune if he shows enmity toward the demons or the demi­gods? In the presence of these two fears how can we enjoy living here?"

Although Krsna's body is inexhaustible and ever blissful, Yasoda thought that He had overworked Himself. Considering that, she expressed her motherly affection by reaching up to lovingly touch His lotus hand that held the hill. While doing this she said, "Aho! How can Your hand, which is as pure and soft as fresh butter, bear the heavy weight of this mountain without any other help or support? Hung ho\ 0 Giriraja, please be com­passionate and give me a boon! If you are actually some worshipable god, then do something to become soft and lightweight so that Krsna will not feel any distress. 0 honorable one! All my son's actions are in accordance with the instructions of sastras and saintly persons."

Batu said, "Mother! Do not speak like this! How can you say Krsna is in distress? Listen, what good has that angry Indra done for us? He brutally Stacked us with his dense dark clouds and fierce lightning bolts. Now just ^preciate the dazzling sweetness that Krsna has manifested in His pas­time of lifting Giri-Govardhana. Had Indra not become angry, then we would not have had the chance to relish this nectar through our eyes."

Mother Yasoda replied to Batu, "0 bold one! Holding a heavy load over the head can never be a show of sweetness. Lifting the enormous weight of Giriraja will cause one to become distressed and disabled. Just see! The locks of curly hair on Krsna's forehead are wet from perspira­tion. His face has dried out and become pale like a lotus wilted by the snow. His hands and feet have a ruddy color. How can a mother's heart, '0 Siva! Siva!' tolerate seeing such hardship?"

Krsna said, "Mother! There cannot be -anything more fun than this. Why are you worried about Me for nothing? Just see, the great mount of Govardhana is floating on his own in the open sky. I told you before that this body of Mine is but an instrument of his will."

Yasoda replied, "My dear son! That may true. But how can You not be tired after standing here for so long, and holding that mountain with Your raised arm? 0 intelligent one! I will believe what you said if Govardhana gives up the joyful association of Your lotus hand, and then flies around the sky playing on his own."

Batu said, "0 Queen of Vrndavana! Don't you know that this great mountain is sitting on the lotus hand of Krsna by the strength of my man­tras and special powers? Therefore my friend is not feeling any pain from holding Giriraja. This is natural because everyone is favorably disposed toward the Lord of their hearts."

Yasoda said, "0 impudent one! What kind of nonsense are you speak­ing? I am burning in anxiety over my son. His tendency is to act indepen­dently without caring for any good instructions. And now you come here, make jokes, and laugh about it."

Nanda Maharaja interjected, "Why are you scolding Batu? In this world, a person who is expert in diplomacy will use very affectionate words to encourage one in such a trying situation. So understanding the need of the time, Batu spoke appropriately. Besides that, our dear son very much appreciates the words of Batu."

Meanwhile, the rest of the Vrajavasis stood around Giridhari admiring the sweetness of His gorgeous transcendental form. Due to their affec­tion for Krsna, the sinless Vrajavasis transgressed ordinary etiquette, and talked loudly among themselves about His extraordinary beauty.

One Vrajavasi said, "Up to this time, we have never really appreciated how Krsna's elegant body is the very ornament of the entire earth. Look! Look! As Krsna displays His attractive three-fold bending form, His left side stretches up broad and straight, without showing the three lines on His belly. His right heel is raised, and His left foot appears to be kissing the earth. His well-shaped left knee is slightly contracted, and His waist is gently curved. His garland and uttariya (thin caddar) are swinging to the left side. It is very pleasant to see His arm pit as He effortlessly holds His strong left arm aloft.

"His right thumb is tucked into the refulgent red cloth wrapped around His handsome hips, which are enriched with the three beautiful lines of His belly. Just see how the beauty of Krsna's right side decorates the earth. In a merry mood, Krsna glances lovingly at us as His eyes roam here and there. The pollen from the dew-covered blue lotuses tucked over His ears reflects exquisitely on His shining cheeks. Even though He must be tired from lifting Giriraja, Krsna is delighting our minds with the nectar of His gentle smile. Today His beautiful face is more dazzling than anything."

A second Vrajavasi said, "0 look! Look! It is a great mystery that since Krsna has not moved for a long time, His ankle-bells, which crush all false pride, solve all problems, and deliver one from all dangers, have now be­come silent just like a dumb person. Although they are awake, those ankle-bells seem just like a pair of swans sleeping in a front of a blue lotus flower. Just see! The ankle-bells are absorbed in silent meditation just like a self-realized soul. But when Krsna lifted Giriraja their meditation broke and they moved slightly. The demigods praised that pleasant jin­gling sound and came to serve it. Seeing that, the ankle-bells again fell silent, feeling apprehensive about their sudden movement."

Someone else said, "0 look at Krsna! While holding Giriraja nonchalantly in one hand, He holds His pastime flute in His other hand. Pressing it gently to His lips, He plays soft sweet tunes that fill us with exhilaration."

Noticing this, Batu said with alarm, "0 my friend! Do not be so daring! Do not play Your flute. How will You protect Your friends today if Giriraja becomes ecstatic from hearing the sweet melodies of Your flute and falls off Your hand? Your flute has the power to destroy everything. Simply hearing it, mountains melt into rivers and rivers turn stone. Aho! Look! It can do many incredible things."

The cowherd boys said, "0 Kusumasava! May this mountain maintain His patience and keep protecting us from the calamitous inundation. If Giriraja melts into a river, he himself will become the very source of our destruction. But that will not happen. A person with great patience may ^ometimes thrill with ecstasy, but he quickly recovers his composure. There ^ not the slightest fear that Giriraja may change his position. Just relish "ie honey nectar of Krsna's flute and give up your restlessness."

Another person said, "Look! Just see the foolishness of Indra! Even though He is supposed to be a well-wisher of all, he has shown anger to such an innocent person. Within his heart he has enmity against Krsna. 0 lifter of Giriraja! Indra tries to destroy our dynasty with his lightning bolts, whereas Krsna always does well for the world. Indra merely guards the eastern direction, whereas Krsna protects all the directions. Why has Hari (a second name for Indra) become so shameless by assuming the same name as our Lord Hari?"

Someone else said, "How astounding! Before us we see the delivers from the inundation, the clouds causing the inundation, difficult times due to the inundation, and the very ocean of inundation! Are we being bewildered by some illusion? Or has someone cast a magic spell over us? Although we are in such a dangerous condition, still we have not been defeated."

One person said, "Though we are in the middle of a terrible devasta­tion, we are delighting in a conversation full of joking and laughter. While relishing these nectarean talks we do not feel any anxiety or disturbance."

One Vrajavasi said, "0 Radhika, Your face is superbly beautiful. Do not make Your eyebrows dance while Krsna is holding up Govardhana. For that will severely agitate His mind. Then His arm will start shaking violently and cause the mountain to immediately fall off His hand. Please do not cause such a perilous situation."

Radhika joked with Syamala-sakhi, a witty, sweet speaker expert in making people laugh. Glancing shyly from the corner of Her eyes, Radharani said, "Hey doe-eyed Syame! Do not infuse your ecstasy in My heart. Calm down and control your mind."

One gopi said, "Krsna, who turned the king of mountains into a play ball, must have tremendous patience. His clever behavior is beyond com­pare."

Another gopi replied, "Alas! Alas! Your words are drawing exactly the opposite conclusion to my intentions. So now listen to your praises. Oh enchanting one! I will accept that the holder of Giriraja has great pa­tience if He can keep His patience after seeing the splendid beauty of your full breasts."

A third sakhi said, "0 sakhi, stop joking! Krsna's greatness is His ability to satisfy everyone with His unique sweetness. He is especially pleasing When He teases wanton ladies like us."

One sakhi said, "Just see how Krsna holds up the mountain with His left hand while softly playing the flute with His right hand. He casts loving side long glances on everyone and shakes His head pleasantly while lis­tening to His friends."

Then one dear sakhi told Radhika, "Listen carefully to my words. While all the Vrajavasis relish the pastime of constantly looking at Krsna, He is absorbed in glancing at You alone. Just see how His body has erupted with ecstatic symptoms such as tears, trembling, and thrill bumps. But the other Vrajavasis think these transformations are due to His lifting Giriraja."

One sakhi said, "Yes! What you said is absolutely .true. Please take this oearl necklace as a reward for your realization."

While admiring the infinite loveliness of Radhika, Krsna enveloped in yiss, trembled, and perspired profusely. Observing these ecstatic changes, one gopi pointed to the cowherd men and told her girlfriend. "Hey look! The gopas think that Giridhari is feeling tired. In a mood of compassion, they have raised their sticks above their heads to help Him hold up the hill." Seeing the prominent cowherd men endeavoring to hold up Giriraja,

Radhika, whose face outshines the moon, covered Her head with Her veil and looked shyly at the ground. Then, unseen by Her sakhis, Radhika beamed a sweet, gentle smile to bathe Krsna in a shower of nectar.

While looking at the cowherd men Batu said, "0 residents of Vrndavana! Do not be afraid! You are just scratching the body of Giriraja with your sticks. But do not think that you are holding up the hill. Krsna is not the least bit tired. Besides, He is the brother of Balarama who is famous for His unlimited strength. The pure and potent body of Krsna emits a daz­zling radiance. Only a sudden calamity could reduce that effulgence. 0 my friend Krsna! Observing the trembling of Your body, I can understand that the beautiful face of that famous sakhi Radhika has put You into great distress."

The prince of Vrndavana is the abode of unfathomable attributes. His face is as fresh as a blue lotus flower bathed in the soft moonlight. When He smiles attractively His beautiful teeth sparkle like a thousand rays of light. A radiant pearl necklace adorns His chest. Krsna reveals the ecstasy in His heart by gently moving His reddish lips.

After listening to the playful words of Batu, Krsna responded sweetly to the delight of His intimate friends. He said, "The cowherd men have a very favorable attitude toward Me, therefore, I always fulfill their desires. Why are you laughing at them? The Vrajavasis do not know the incon­ceivable power of My body. Nor do they know that the famous Radhika is actually one of My matchless forms. Radha's body is non-different from Mine and She is My favorite lover. The gopas attempt to hold up Giriraja simply proclaims their parental love for Me. Indeed, their action is quite befitting! What could be more pleasurable than this."

Then Krsna spoke to the gopas, "Ho! Ho! 0 gopas\ You are famous for reposing all your love in Me. So why do you behave like this? Even though Ae great Mahadeva, the father of Ganesh, respects you, you are acting ^ike common men. Give up this wearisome endeavor. Just look at Me! You can plainly see that I am not the least bit tired."

Just like a cow hankering to see her calf, Yasoda stepped forward and ^oke affectionately to her son, "0 beloved one! The day has moved along, and You appear afflicted and lackluster from not eating; Your belly has caved in and Your jeweled belt has slipped off. Seeing that Your lotus face has withered from fasting, the cows refuse to eat anything or move an inch from here, even though nearby there are fields rich with grains.

"Therefore, I appeal to You because You are very compassionate. Please stop playing artistically on Your flute, and drop Your arm so I can feed You with my hand. One whose actions are exemplary will adjust his be-, havior according to the conditions. I have brought You some warm soft cakes and tasty creamy yogurt with thick skin on top. Now take these delicious items along with Rama and Your friends."

Batu said, "0 my dear friend! Your mother spoke correctly. You should never go against her. Moreover, I am also upset by hunger."

Krsna, the crest-jewel of relishers, said, "0 Mother! I do not feel like a single moment has passed. Yet why do others think this short time to be so long? But since one should not disobey his superiors, I think it is proper for Me to gladly eat from your hand."

Meanwhile, holding a brilliant, flashing lightning bolt in his hand, Indra sped through the sky on his elephant carrier. Though sitting on his el­ephant carrier, Airavata, Indra actually rode upon the chariot of his an­ger. Showing his unflinching affection toward the rain clouds, Indra cracked the sky and made everyone cry with a tumultuous thundering sound.

Hissing like an angry snake, Indra raced to Vrndavana to survey the situation. Since he had already sent the Samvartaka clouds a few days before, he assumed Vrndavana must now be totally demolished. Aston­ishment seized Indra's mind upon seeing the dense peaks of Govardhana piercing the huge Samvartaka clouds and soaring above them. The deer, birds, and other living entities of Vrndavana wandered about happily, unaffected by Indra's torrents of rain. Clusters of white clouds completely covered the base of Govardhana. These clouds enhanced the beauty of Giriraja as they washed the mountain with the rains of devastation. Giriraja looked like a huge umbrella, and the clouds seemed like a decorative fringe of pearls ornamenting that umbrella.

While observing this, Indra, thinking himself the supreme controller, decided to exhibit the limit of his anger. Cruel hearted Indra disrespected both the cows and the Lord. In order to destroy the land of cows, he instigated the clouds of devastation to thunder menacingly and pour in­cessant rain on Vrndavana. Out of fear, the clouds dutifully followed the directions of Indra. With the mood of a determined fighter, the furious storm tried to blow away Giriraja with severely high winds.

Sri Hari, His effulgent jewel-like body washed by the moonlight of His smile, instantly removed whatever hardship Giriraja felt from the lightning bolts, heavy hailstones, profuse rains, and high piercing winds. By seeing Krsna's effulgence and feeling the sweet breath from His lustrous lotus face, Giriraja felt totally relieved while relishing the exciting adven­tures of the Lord. Outside the shelter of the hill, the fearsome thunderbolts crisscrossing the sky looked like creepers of light dangling in the air. Ominous dark clouds loaded with rain flashed with occasional rainbows. Beneath GiriraJa;

the cloud-like Mukunda Himself and the steady streaks of lightning gopis created another type of storm. The rainbow appeared as the peacock feather on Krsna's crown, and the stream of Krsna's beauty flowed like the constant rain. The only difference was that underneath the mountain Krsna's brilliant kaustubha gem served as the effulgent sun.

Krsna is the perfect conjugal lover. His face is a spotless moon and His eyes are always roaming seductively. To completely remove the Vrajavasis' anxiety about His fatigue from lifting Giriraja, Krsna played sweetly again on His murali.

Hearing that ambrosial sound, one Vrajavasi said, "Look! Look! A blue lotus hangs over Krsna's left ear. The pleasing vibration of His bliss­ful flute spreads in all directions. In this joyful pastime, His creeper-like right eyebrow rises slightly, as if saying, 'What can you say about My left hand which is effortlessly holding up Giriraja?' Thus glittering with excel­lence, the all-attractive Giridhari displays His sweet power."

By the mercy of Govardhana Hill the Vrajavasis did not feel the least bit disturbed. Rather, they tasted endless happiness passing their time absorbed in loving thoughts of Krsna. This pastime completely astonished the brahmanas and other devotees fixed in neutrality (santa-rasa). Radhika and the gopis in madhurya rasa exhibited their deep love for Krsna. Among His friends (sakhya-rasa), the jokers like Madhumangala pleased Krsna by laughing and merry-making. Intimate friends like Subala continually enthused and encouraged Him. Raktak, Patrak, and others in dasya-rasa constantly served Krsna with affection. Thus the different associates of Krsna delighted in their individual loving relationships with Him.

Mother Yasoda and others overcome with parental affection (yatsalya-wsa), however, felt very sad to see Krsna like this. To please her son, Yasoda tried to offer Krsna some juicy camphorated tambula made of cardamom, nutmeg, cloves, lime paste, catechu, and betel nut. Wrapped in a dark green pan leaf, this expertly made tambula had the power to aid digestion, remove anxiety, and fill one with pleasure. Holding it in her lotus palm, Yasoda tenderly offered it to Krsna while pleading, "0 my darling Damodara! Please stop playing Your melodious murali. The sound of the flute cannot fill Your stomach. Please take this and remove my anxiety. Why are you disturbing my mind by not eating? Now eat this Wonderful tambula which will enchant Your mind. If You do not want it, then at least eat something that You like very much. You have passed many days without eating, so do not delay anymore. If You are waiting for the rain to stop, then please consider that Your brother Balarama is very much afflicted by hunger. Since You will do anything for Your brother please honor my request and accept this tambula."

After saying this, Yasoda called, "Subala! You are overflowing with love for Krsna. Since you are also the dear object of His affection, will you please offer this tambula to Krsna?" Saying this, Yasoda put the tambula in his hand.

Krsna's dear friend Subala felt boundless joy as he held the tambula in one hand and removed Krsna's flute with his other hand. Taking the edge of his cloth, he gently cleansed Krsna's lotus face, which was adorned with aguru and slightly reddish in hue. Seeing Krsna's lips turn red from chew­ing the tambula offered by Subala, Yasoda smiled in happiness.

Outside the umbrella of Giriraja, the huge cloud formation sent by furi­ous Indra poured incessant rains and blew fierce hurricane winds. Yet not even one particle of dust washed off the surface of Giriraja. The deer, birds, animals, and even the leaves on the trees remained totally unaf­fected by the devastating storm. The deluge, which assailed the earth af­ter being brought from the ocean by the clouds, again ran back to the sea. The discomfort the clouds underwent from swallowing the ocean water and vomiting it back was the only result of their proposed calamity.

The storm tried his best to show off his power. But he soon became totally exhausted from pouring profuse rain. Alas! Alas! The clouds re­treated and fell at the feet of their master. Illusioned by his rage, Indra felt no fatigue as he continued to attack Giriraja. Being blinded by anger, he finally lost all his intelligence and went totally blind.

The torrential rains and cyclone winds harassed Vrndavana continually for seven days. Although repeatedly trying to fulfill the order of Indra, whose intelligence was more crooked than millions of lightning bolts, the clouds could not destroy or even slightly disturb the people of Vrndavana. The big clouds and their assistants almost died from their hard labor to please Indra. Although pulled down from his platform of false pride and defeated, the shameful Indra retained his fighting spirit.

Those seven days felt like seven milleniums of intense pain for Indra. Yet the Vrajavasis saw it as seven joy-filled hours. Oh just see the won­derful splendor of the Lord's divine prowess which transcends the com­prehension of even Brahma and Siva! Although Govardhana Hill is immovable, it rested on the hand of Krsna.

For seven long days, the monsoon rains and horrific, earth-shaking winds tortured the people of the world with bitter suffering and untold miseries. The serene and peaceful Giriraja, however, was not the least bit disturbed. Being constantly bathed by the rains and anointed with the fragrance: of Krsna's divine body, Giriraja looked absolutely radiant and beautiful throughout the whole ordeal.

By the mercy of Krsna the danger finally ended. In the distance, the Vrajavasis saw the gateways and roof top rooms of their houses glittering attractively from being washed by the heavy rains. A fresh clear sky ap" neared to fill all directions with auspiciousness. The people of Vrndavana felt they had just emerged from a deep, dark well of calamity and come to the light of good fortune.

The earth planet thought it was again sitting on the tusks of Adi Varaha. The plants and creepers sprouted anew and unfurled fresh leaves. Just as one cured of the disease of insanity attains peace and no longer suffers from epileptic fits, similarly, the wind, now freed from the disease of dev­astation, blew gently. The rivers, the wives of the ocean, again flowed slowly and respectfully toward their husbands. Just as the forceful pushings of the mind subside as one advances on the path of God realization, simi­larly, the blasting clouds dissipated to leave a clear sky behind them.

After aborting seven children represented by the seven days and nights, the wife of time now gave birth to a beautiful son appearing as the auspi­cious eighth day. On that day, the Supreme Lord Giridhari said, "The fierce wind and rain has now ceased, and the sky is totally free from the clouds of devastation. Free from the thick covering of mud, the earth is now dry and smooth. After falling unconscious for one week, the sun opened his eyes. 0 residents Vrndavana, your village has returned to its normal state. Now it is time to come out from beneath the mountain."

After hearing this, everyone assembled in a happy mood and lead out the cows. The cows considered themselves fortunate because they got to relish the sweetness of Krsna's face for seven continuous days. They lost interest in other things that had previously pleased them. When the cow­herd boys called them out they delayed for a while, and then shot out like. a volley of arrows. But when they saw Krsna still under the hill, they quickly ran back and surrounded Him. Immediately, Krsna drove them out again by glancing at them with the compassion of a friend.

From all directions, the smooth skinned, pleasant looking herds of cows streamed out from the valley under Govardhana Hill. As they came up they looked like the expanded hood of Sesa Naga rising out of Patalaloka, or a sheet of moonshine hiding in a cave out of fear of darkness, or like matted locks of diffused light being born from the crystal mountain of Giriraja. Thus induced by Krsna's words, the cowherd men gave up their fear and smiled cheerfully. With great enthusiasm they left the temporary village beneath Giriraja. The elated gopis cast veiled glances at Krsna as they walked out from the hill. The effulgent gopis seemed like the rays of a brilliant light visible even in the daytime, or the dazzling rays emanating from the valuable jewels below the mountain; or the glowing light of the ruby atop the hood of a naga snake.

;; After the cowherd boys left, Krsna set the hill down exactly in its previ­ous location. He tossed Giriraja off His hand just like a child throwing a flower ball. Then Krsna met His friends for more pastimes of wandering in Vrndavana. Overwhelmed with ecstatic love, the residents of Vrndavana came forward to greet Krsna according to their individual relationships with Him.

His eyes pouring forth tears of love, Balarama warmly embraced Krsna. Mother Yasoda said, "Alas! Alas! My son's body has been severely weak­ened from bearing such a heavy weight." Using her lotus-palm, Yasoda massaged Krsna's left arm and kissed His hand affectionately. Rohini, who had attained the summit of parental affection, offered arati to Krsna and Balarama with an artistically designed, jeweled ghee lamp.

With their hearts, which were abodes of deep love for Krsna, the house­wives of Vrndavana offered Him their full blessings. Then they worshiped Krsna with yogurt, rice paddy, and fresh grass. The potent brahmanas and their attractive wives offered boons and words of praise. Sananda and the other elderly men bound by the ropes of intense parental affection em­braced the boys and smelled their heads.

The beloved gopis and their associates, dyed in pure love and covered by shyness, also honored Krsna and Balarama. They worshiped Them with their doe-eyed glances and their lotus faces blossoming with desire. While they embraced Krsna and Balarama within their minds, their lips shone attractively with sweet seductive smiles.

As the spring season is ornamented with the months of Caitra and Vaisakha which are full of fragrant flowers, similarly, demigods such as the Siddhas,Vidyadharas, Gandharvas, and Kumpurusas showered flow­ers in great delight while singing the glories of Krsna.

The demigods prayed, "All glories to the son of Nanda Maharaja! All glories to holy abode of Vrndavana, which abounds in blissful mellows! 0 Krsna! You are enriched by superb qualities. The pure taste of serving Your lotus feet is the source of unlimited bliss in the hearts of realized souls. Your all-attractive, transcendental body is concentrated liquid nec­tar. The moonlight of Your nails, which shines like brilliant rubies, takes away all the miseries of Your intimate associates. There is no limitt0 Your fame. Hey Sridhara! Hey sober one! Hey superexcellent hero of Vrndavana! 0 gopa with a bluish body! May You always be victorious!

"Anyone who once says, 'I am Yours! And from this day forward I com­pletely surrender unto You' is immediately delivered from material

existence by Your mercy. It is impossible for us to calculate how much You reward one who serves Your enchanting lotus feet, which remove the miseries of repeated birth and death. 0 beloved of Gokula! You are served, worshiped, and glorified by pure devotees who are eternally liberated and full of knowledge. 0 Lord of all the demigods! Your transcendental behavior astonishes the entire universe. We repeatedly offer our obei­sances unto You.

"0 Krsna, all glories unto You! Indra, who is especially angry, crooked, impudent, and falsely proud, misbehaved by cruelly attacking Vrndavana with his Samvartaka clouds. The Vrajavasis prayed to You for protection, and You saved them from destruction by holding up Giriraja with the splendid pole of Your arm. In this pastime, Giriraja sat in Your hand just like a play ball. You offered Your lotus hand to Giriraja as a wonderful bed.

"You turned Indra's mountain of pride into an insignificant pebble. Just as a crest jewel is firmly fixed in the crown of a king, similarly, those opposed to You are tightly bound in the prison of material existence. Alas! What is the destiny of one full of false pride? 0 friend of the Vrajavasis! 0 ocean of compassion! 0 Lord of the three worlds who wan­ders throughout the creation! You personally maintain the surrendered souls by Your inconceivable potencies. But those bound in the prison house of pride never attain the fortune of serving Your lotus feet.

"0 Lord, all victory unto You! You have sown the seed of conjugal love within the hearts of the gopis. 0 You, whose elegant crown is adorned with a peacock feather glistening attractively like a beautiful rainbow. You constantly chum the mellows of love into a condensed form, and then taste that bliss with Your intimate devotees.

"Without a doubt. Your body is totally transcendental. It is the origin of creation and ornamented with compassion. Your body is the source of unlimited glories and is the shelter of endless spiritual euphoria. You are the embodiment of fortune for the adept yogis seeking spiritual ecstasy in their hearts.

"Appearing fresh and ever-youthful, You always take pleasure in satis­fying the residents of Vrndavana. Your body is the personification of com­plete jubilation and You are forever full of happiness. You perfectly ex­ecute each and every one of Your actions. All glories unto to You! You are always yearning for the love of Your devotees. Your enemies consume themselves by envying You. When demons oppose you, You playfully taunt them. You are known as Syamasundara because Your spiritual body re­sembles the hue of a beautiful blue rain cloud. ,

"The devotees, who are like honeybees at Your lotus feet, have no de­sire for economic development, sense gratification, or salvation. One

engaged in serving You never tries to enjoy husband, wife, son, and so For a devotee. You alone are the only wife, husband, child, teacher, a wealth. You are their fame, pride, and the very meaning of their lives.

"Of course, You are known only by You prema bhaktas. Although we demigods attempt to glorify You, we do not really know You. You are far beyond the reach of prayers. Your effulgence derides the radiance of the clouds. You take away the sufferings of the distressed. Your enchanting transcendental body surges with waves of amorous love. You turn Your enemies into insignificant beings. Your splendid moon-like face smashes Candra's pride to pieces, and Your presence makes Vrndavana beautiful. You remove all other aspirations from one who surrenders unto You. You are restless with hankering to ever delight in love. All glories to You! All glories to You!

"0 gentle-eyed one! Your beautiful eyes have forcefully captured the splendor of the lotus. 0 one who allures the eyes with the camara fan of Your artistic hair style. 0 lotus-eyed one! Your sweet lips deride the taste of ripe bimba fruits. You give bliss and elegance to the world. Your glitter­ing teeth, more attractive than kunda flowers, mock the brilliance of a row of pearls. 0 effulgent one! Your cheerful smile shines like twinkling Stars. All glories unto You!

"Your singing and flute playing unfold many erotic pastimes. Seeing You saturates the mind and heart with ecstasy. You are decorated with glimmering golden earrings that swing to and fro, and reflect splendidly on Your soft cheeks. Your opulent ornaments accent Your exquisite beauty.

"The bees hum loudly as they hover above the garland draped on Your powerful broad chest. That soft pure garland is sprinkled with pollen and drops of honey. Out of Your infinite compassion, You fill the hearts of Your devotees with delight. All glories to You!

' "You are the abode of all desirable beauty. The lines of Laksmi compli­ment Your enchanting chest. Your garland swings out of fear and Your necklaces move like waves. Your handsome chest induces lusty desires within the impenetrable hearts of chaste housewives. Seeing Your own reflection in a mirror. Your pride increases like a sporting new Cupid. Your chest is further beautified by Your arms which resemble the elegant trunk of a baby elephant. All glories to You!

"0 chief advisor of the cowherd men! You are their leader and only shelter. 0 beloved son of Nanda Maharaja! You are glorious and vener­able. You alone can remove the dense pride of Indra. Please make us mirthful by bestowing Your mercy. Brahma praised You for killing the demons drunk with power. We demigods can never conquer You in battle, so please, therefore, rule us according to Your free will.

"You remove the miseries from the three worlds, stop the cycle of birth and death, and delight the hearts of Your devotees. A peacock feather decorates Your brilliant crown. You sport in the forest groves along the bank of the Kalindi. You destroy the mode of ignorance. We worship Your limbs which glisten like the branches of a tamala tree. Your brilliant dark blue form derides a mountain of kajala. All glories to you! Please makes us intensely attached to You and engage us in Your service. Free us from the control of lust and keep us under Your control.

"Please destroy the fear of repeated birth and death. You withhold Your kindness from the cruel and wicked, therefore, please remove the disease of desiring honor and distinction. Please make us fortunate by manifest­ing fully m our hearts. Hey learned one! Your wandering in the kunjas of Vrndavana excites the mind and exhilarates the heart! You shine bril­liantly like the autumn moon, and Your gentle smile is alive with pas­times. The witty words flowing from Your mouth produce infinite variet­ies of intimate mellows.

"You are always anxious to relish emotional ecstasies within Your heart. You are famous throughout the Vedas for dispelling doubts and solving disputes. Your pleasing words fill the ears with waves of loving flavors. Your inner joy arises from pure love. You are a mine of transcendental splendor! Your roving eyes, which mock blossoming lotuses, are slightly reddish due to the intoxication of lust. Seeing Your eyes pleases the eyes of everyone. As the reservoir of mercy, You deliver the entire world from distress and dangers.

"You establish rules and regulations to create good fortune for the people of the world. You sit on the lotus of the heart of a devotee who glorifies You with pure love. But when You get angry, You can act like Yamaraja to easily crush the prowess of an insubordinate servant like King Indra. You are decorated with the rare jewel of formidability. You fearlessly lifted Govardhana, and stood like a graceful dancer effortlessly holding the mountain in Your lotus hand. The white lotus tucked over Your ear re­sembles a conchshell, and Your earrings glitter like sunshine. You are famous for satisfying the devotees who desire to see Your magnificent form.

"You are known by men and demigods. You mystify both the moving and non-moving. You are the indomitable force! With the pinky finger of Your left hand You held up the vast mountain of Govardhana. Colorful varieties of loving moods enhance Your pure character. 0 illustrious one! Although the Vraja gopis are Your most confidential lovers, You uphold the strictest codes of morality. You compassionately protected Gokula from the clouds of devastation that assailed Your beloved Vrndavana with floods, lightning bolts, and torrents of rain. Abounding in kindness, You always do good for everyone and satisfy all desires. 0 skillful one! Your youthful elegance conquers the splendor a cloudbank. You appear in this World to bestow Your blessings, and violently suppress opposition to pure dharma.

"You dress in gorgeous, glimmering golden garments which outshine the pollen of kadamba flowers. You are the wisest among all wise men. You conquered the crafty Indra and shattered his false pride. May You who affectionately protected the residents of Gokula by lifting Giriraja, be the continual object of our glorification.

"0 Lord! Just with Your hands You easily pulverized the pride of invin­cible demons like Bakasura, Putana, Vastasura, and others. Like a pow­erful snake, You instantly subdued Your enemies such as Aghasura. You demolished the pride of the angry Lord Brahma. You protected the Yamuna by banishing Kaliya with Your forceful dancing. 0 beautiful one! You courageously saved Your friends from the forest fire by putting them in illusion.

"0 Lord! Whenever You associate intimately with the gopis, Your mind becomes agitated to enjoy conjugal pastimes due to the intensity of their pure love. We saw this tendency of Yours when You stole the clothes of the Vraja kumaris. In this humorous pastime You captivated the minds of the innocent girls with Your sweet pleasant words. By accepting the offer­ing of delicious foods from the yajna patnis. You reciprocated with their love. You are the abode of blissful festivals.

"0 intelligent one! You saved the world from the deluge of destruction! You removed Indra's pride by stopping his worship and by defeating him when he attacked Vrndavana. You satisfied the desires of everyone by lifting the king of all mountains. You bestow happiness according to one's mood of love toward You.

"0 Lord, You please the eyes of everyone! You forgive even the lowest, most offensive living entities within the universe if they surrender unto You. 0 Lord, You always increase the happiness of Your intimate ser­vants. You manifested dreadful boldness by uprooting Indra's Nanda-kanana forest with the peak of Giriraja.

"When will we fallen ones be eligible to hear Your auspicious glories? You possess adorable beauty and deserve to be worshiped by everyone. 0 Lord! Who can completely know all of Your unlimited attributes? No one in the universe has the qualities that You do. 0 embodiment of all pleas­ing traits! You are inconceivable to the non-devotees, but You are the benevolent maintainer for one who surrenders to You in distress or hu­mility.

"We beg You, therefore, to please show compassion and protect us. Please beautify and enlighten us so that we can surrender unto You and drown in the ocean of Your blissful service. Ignorance and illusion have nearly killed us. Please fill us with detachment and ever-increasing love for You. Please destroy our wicked thoughts and empower us to properly glorify You.

"0 Lord! We offer our obeisances unto you. Your splendor is immea­surable! 0 embodiment of compassion! If You give us Your mercy then we can take shelter of Your lotus feet, offer our respects, and chant Your holy name. All glories to You! You continually perform exciting pastimes in the hearts Your pure devotees.

"You always give pleasure to the king and queen of Vrndavana. Your wandering through the forests of Vrndavana nourishes it with the full extent of Your compassion. You crush the conceit born of false ego. At every moment You give joy to Your devotees. To protect Your own com­munity, You are ready to destroy millions of enemies.

"0 younger brother of Baladeva! You are always fixed in the highest bliss. 0 worshipable one! You are the superexcellent master of all arts. Everything about Your character is pure and sublime. You astonish the heart with Your sensational pastimes. Although You are all pervading, You are rarely perceived.

"You are famous as Sri Hari because You remove all bad behavior from Your servitors. You instantly favor a repentant soul who sincerely prays, '0 my Lord! You are the deliverer from material bondage. For so long I have not served you. Now please accept me and engage me in Your loving service.' You give inner strength to the repentant and take pleasure in protecting Your devotees. You are an ocean of the finest qualities.

"You obliterate the pride of Cupid. Radhika always serves You and pleases You more than anyone else. Sri Radha, who has perfectly mas­tered the sixty-four arts, is the main support for all Your astounding tran­scendental adventures. You created a jovial celebration by lifting Govardhana Hill. The mind of a humble and submissive person always dwells in You alone.

"You give everything in charity. Among millions of wise and venerable demigods like Brahma and Siva, You alone have the power to award all auspiciousness and give ecstatic love to every living entity. Just by a glance You can enlighten and liberate anyone. You fulfill the desires of one who is anxious to glorify Your transcendental pastimes.

"Whenever You hear jingling ankle-bells and the loud sound of various Percussion instruments such as the din-din drum played by the gopis. Your heart leaps with a desire to relish intimate pleasure pastimes. Your char­acteristic of being controlled by Your devotees is Your natural embellish­ment. Alas! You are very difficult to understand. Are Your pastimes also inconceivable by Sankarsana? Indeed, You are truly transcendental.

'The impious can never comprehend You with their logic and argument. You deliver one from the cycle of birth and death. Your playing is like the sporting of a mad elephant. You are spilling over with humorous pas­times. 0 Lord, who can properly glorify You? Jnanis and mental specula­tors can never perceive the truth about You. Being completely pure, You exist beyond all contamination of the material energy. 0 peaceful one! What more can we say? You are the benefactor of everyone.

"You eternally exist as the sublime mysterious one, beyond the injunc­tions of the sastras. 0 supreme controller! Even Mahesh cannot fathom Your pastimes, what to speak of Kuvera and other celestials. 0 friend of humanity! Please reside in our hearts! Your devotees become deeply sat­isfied whenever You manifest before them. The demigods like us have been severely oppressed by tyrants like Kamsa. Please enliven us by show­ering Your mercy upon us.

"You are witty, clever, attractive, and enchanting. Your matchless prow­ess always benefits the thousands of gorgeous gopis. Your love is ever expanding throughout the day and night. In conjugal enjoyment, You take the aggressive role and behave like a maddened elephant in the kunjas. Your handsome body appears like a mound of kajala. We constantly pray to Your charming pastimes that surround You like a dazzling aura."

Thus the perfectly composed prayers of the demigods resounded through­out the atmosphere to enchant the hearts of everyone with the glories of Krsna.

Vrajaraja Nanda, who has a jovial personality, ruled his kingdom with excessive affection. After the Govardhana pastime, the respectable men of Vrndavana approached Nanda Maharaja and appealed to him, "0 King of Vrndavana! Although You completely removed the fear and doubts we had about stopping the sacrifice for Indra, due to our wealth and pres­tige, we are still somewhat contaminated with suspicion. In great amaze­ment we watched Indra send innumerable Samvartaka clouds to drown the world and completely wash away our village of Vrndavana. Your seven year-old son, who is a fountainhead of youth beautified with long tresses of curly hair, appears like the embodiment of sweet joy. We saw Him pick up the massive mountain of Govardhana with His left hand and hold it for seven continuous days!

"Such a marvelous feat is very difficult even for Lord Siva, the master of Parvati. Just as an elephant easily plucks a lotus full of fragrant honey with his trunk, your son effortlessly picked up Giriraja. By doing this, Krsna turned the famous Indra, who was infatuated with unlimited anger, into an insignificant village goat. Therefore we cannot understand the iden­tity of this person who bewilders us and covers our knowledge. As soon as Krsna appeared in our village, He became the life and soul of everyone. his lips are as sweet as a bandhuli flower, yet He drank the deadly poison of Putana's breast milk, purified her, and made her His nursemaid.

"One day Yasoda placed sleepy Krsna beneath a cart to take rest. Sud­denly just by kicking His delicate feet, which are softer than a bunch of asoka leaves, He smashed the cart and killed the hideous Sakatasura who was hiding there. Thereafter, with the ring of His two anus, which break our patience and are unconquerable by men and demigods, He clutched the throat of the terrible windstorm demon and squeezed out his life. Then in the course of playing, He killed offensive demons like Vatsasura, Bakasura, and Aghasura. In this activity, Krsna did not fight or even feel the least bit fatigued.

"By nature this boy of yours is simply enjoying throughout the day and night. His ecstasy and loving affection seem to increase at every moment! We have never seen anyone with such unique matchless beauty. You must have noticed all these things too. We beg you, therefore, to please reveal the truth about the real identity of Your son."

Maharaja Nanda laughed loudly in appreciation of the statements of the cowherd men. His lips refulgent with a glorious sweetness, Nanda said, "0 respectable cowherd men! Please listen attentively and put your faith in my truthful words. Garga Muni, who has a pure and blissful mind, and who is adorned with the quality of omniscience, performed the name-giving ceremony of my son. That great muni dispelled the doubts and illusions about Krsna's identity by stating, There is no limit to the good fortune of your son. Even the paramahamsas who have reached the ze­nith of knowledge cannot perceive the mysterious truth about Him. In each of the four yugas your son has appeared in four different colors. In Satya-yuga, He came in a white color; in Treta-yuga, He proclaimed vic­tory in a red color; in Dvarpara-yuga, He appeared dark blue like a rain cloud, and in most Kali-yugas He comes in a white color.

"Garga Muni continued, 'But once in the day of Brahma, He appears in a dark blue form as Krsna, and afterwards He appears in a yellow color. By His own desire and spiritual power He appeared as the son of Vasudeva. Therefore, He is also named Vasudeva, and He is equal to Narayana. Those who love Him become free from all offenses, experience auspi-Clousness everywhere, and remain always satisfied. He is the only object of love for both men and women. Out of fear of Him, no enemy comes here to Vrndavana.'

Nanda Maharaja said, "Therefore my dear cowherd men, you need not be afraid in this matter. My son Krsna acts for everyone's benefit in all '"espects. It is quite fitting that you have developed such affection for Him. Do not allow the mood of awe and reverence (aisvarya bhava) to reduce the intensity of your friendly love toward Him. On its own, the mood of majesty (aisvarya bhava) is neither natural nor intimate. Do not, therefore, put yourself in distress by maintaining this mood of awe and reverence toward Krsna. Make this youthful son of mine the object of your compassion." Thus relieved and satisfied, the residents of Vrndavana gladly returned to their respective homes.

Sometime later, Krsna, being attracted by the opulence of Giriraja and to get relief from the fatigue of holding him up for a week, strolled along a ridge of Govardhana Hill. Krsna walked there alone in order to bestow mercy upon the heavenly King Indra. The cowherd boys suffered greatly in the absence of their beloved friend. Krsna's pastime of lifting Govardhana Hill had covered the one with a thousand eyes in layers of intense embarrassment. As a result, Indra abandoned his bad qualities of anger and pride, and came to Vrndavana from his heavenly abode accom­panied by a kamadhenu, who carried the sweet smell of good fortune. Indra wanted to meet Krsna and beg pardon for his grave offense.

In her humble way, the surabhi cow, accompanying Indra, approached Krsna and spoke affectionately with the logic of the goddess of learning. Surabhi said, "0 Lord! You are the tilaka mark of good fortune on the head of the capital of Nanda Maharaja. Please hear my words attentively. You are famous throughout the universe and worshipable by all living beings. You are incomprehensible and You manifest incredible opulence in this world. Even if hundreds of angry Indras try to kill the cows and gopas with fast moving ferocious clouds pouring torrents of rain, You will always protect Gokula and saturate its residents with complete bliss.

"Being pleased by Your merciful behavior, Brahma anxiously told me, '0 goddess Surabhi! Go happily bathe the "Indra of Gokula," who is the beloved son of Nanda Maharaja. Under Krsna's compassionate protec­tion, the Vrajavasis, who are praised by the poets, rebelled against Indra even though they are not envious of him. I am well known for my own misdeed of previously stealing Krsna's boyfriends and cows. Surabhi! I will follow you on my swan, along with the munis, rsis, Kinnaras, Caranas, Siddhas, and demigods, in order to relish the spiritual bliss of this pas­time.'

Surabhi continued, "Hey Krsnacandra! Just see the person standing behind me. He is always overwhelmed with grief from his anger and of-fenses. Casting his eyes down in shame, he repents for his rude and arro­gant actions. Within his mind he is always rebuking himself. He really wants to be forgiven for his grave offenses to You, but he is afraid to step forward. If You allow, he will come and submit his petition."

Indra wiped the tears from his thousand eyes and got down from his mountain of false pride. As he lay on the ground surrendered to the Lord, it appeared that the radiance from the expensive gems on his crown ill"' minated the lotus feet of Krsna. After lying a long time on the ground, Indra stood up, folded his hands, and bowed his head. With fear and' devotion in his heart he gazed at Krsna's jewel-like toenails glowing like moonshine. Out of ignorance and false pride he had previously acted fool­ishly- Now humbled, Indra offered prayers to Lord Krsna.

King Indra said, "Krsna! You are the Lord of all lords! You are the beloved son of the King of Vrndavana! Your nature is to be totally inde­pendent! Grand festivals are held just to worship You. You are the high­est truth, so it is difficult for someone like me to understand Your great­ness. Those blinded by the arrogance of pride become intoxicated by drink­ing the wine of their false egos. Then how can they think favorably about Your glories? Since their eyes are diseased, they cannot perceive their own perverted actions. They are just like owls that cannot see the light of the radiant sun.

"Therefore, 0 kind one! Please listen to me. It is quite befitting that You stopped my sacrifice in order to severely punish one whose vision had been so infected with false pride. For a blind man, a stick is the best medicine. 0 Lord, You are an ocean of compassion! Although You taught me a good lesson, I took it in the wrong way. The intelligence of hypo­crites always directs them to act incorrectly.

"What can be said of us who lust after the poison of sense gratification, if even the greatest sages, who are free from material attachments, can become agitated by the powerful mode of passion. Unless Your insur­mountable illusory energy acts, then how can false ego exist? All glories to You, the benevolent one! You are the essence of everything in the three worlds. You are the embodiment of auspiciousness for Vrndavana. 0 matchless one! 0 Damodara! You are the abode of transcendental names and qualities. 0 friend of Dama, Sudama, and Vasudama, I offer my respectful obeisances unto You.

"You are difficult to know. Please do not cover us with illusion. 0 Lord! Please be kind to us. With a slight sidelong glance from Your eyes You can cause fortune or misfortune. 0 unborn one! Although You never take birth, You appear in unlimited incarnations. In bygone times, You pleased the demigods and enjoyed Yourself by becoming Upendra. Just now You will enjoy being bathed by Surabhi. You are the blue sapphire crest-jewel in the crown of the Indras in every universe.

"0 lifter of the great mountain of Govardhana! Although previously known as Abhirama (beautiful and pleasing). You will now be known by Me name of Govinda, which Your devotees will regularly chant. Go means tending and caring for cows. 0 Lord! From today, everyone will call You Govinda."

After becoming purified of his false pride by glorifying Krsna, Indra commenced the auspicious bathing ceremony. Brahma, the Four Kumaras, Uma, Mahadeva, Tamburu, Kartikeya, Narada, and Savita attended Krsna's abhiseka. Many exalted rsis and sages beautified the assembly The effulgent wives of the demigods such as Arundhati also visited. The celestial Apsaras like Urvasi watching from the sky enhanced the festival with their splendid forms and qualities.

Govardhana, with the limbs of his own body, provided an elegant throne made of smooth stones and jewels. The demigod Varuna personally held a fine white umbrella over Krsna's head, which had a fringe of hanging pearls that appeared like falling raindrops. Vayu, his arm trembling in ecstatic devotion, stood beside the Lord fanning Him with a camara whisk. The full moon assumed the form of a mirror made of jewels.

Pancajanya, the Lord's conchshell, sanctified the atmosphere with loud sounds. The effulgent Sudarshan cakra expanded as many lamps to illu­mine all directions. Krsna's white lotus flower expanded into many white umbrellas to shield the Lord. Kaumodik, the Lord's club who is honored for his strength, stood like a jeweled pillar for the bathing ceremony.

The personified forms of the sacred oceans, rivers, ponds, and lakes came with pots of water to bathe Krsna. Mother Bhumi collected the finest quality earth in a box covered with seven jewels. Placing the box on a jeweled plate, she slowly approached Krsna and offered it to Him. The best herbs and medicinal plants personified presented themselves for Krsna's service. Great sacred trees such as the banyan and peepul mani­fested in person to give Krsna leaves containing the five types of tastes in golden pots studded with gems of lapis lazuli. The forest gods from the ten directions brought water pots covered with coconuts and various deli­cious fruits. The Lord of the mountains brought exotic gems and jewels.

The nine jewels, the eight yogic siddhis, the best jewels like cintamani, kamadhenu, and desire-trees all assumed charming forms to worship the Lord. Standing at a distance, they faced Krsna with folded hands. The goddess of Mt. Sumeru offered a golden cloth, and the goddess of the Himalayas presented splendid necklaces. The goddess of Gandhamadana Mountain brought golden lotuses from Manasarovara Lake and person­ally strung a garland for Krsna.

The goddess of the Malaya Mountain delivered the best quality sandal-wood. Grinding it on a stone from Govardhana, she made a smooth fra­grant paste for Krsna. Without the knowledge of her husband, Parvati handed Krsna a gorgeous jeweled necklace. With their own hands, the Sapta-Rsis plucked fresh lotus buds from the Mandakini River to offer to the Lord. When needed for service, the sun god made the lotus flowers blossom for the Lord. The shining of the moon appeared as a mirror.

Agni offered an artistically designed golden incense pot with a hanging fringe made of coral. The best quality aguru scent burned in the pot, and rose into the sky through its thousands of holes. Garuda expanded his effulgent golden wings to form a protective canopy oVer the Lord. All the kings of the snakes fanned their hoods to serve as jeweled flags to sur­round the bathing platform.

The various mantras and prayers used for abhiseka like purusa-sukta and sri-sukta took personal forms to chant in alternating low and high tones. The surabhi cow contributed the panca-gavya and Lord Brahma provided the panca-amrta. Airavata (Indra's elephant carrier) filled the gem-studded bathing pots with water from the Akash-Ganga, which he carried in his trunk. The demigods in the sky vibrated instrumental music.

The celestial ladies showered flowers from Nanda-kanana while intoxi­cated Gandharvas, Caranas, Kimpurusas, Siddhas, Sadhyas, and Vidyadharas joyfully danced in the sky. All the Apsaras appeared to please Krsna with a special drama. They conveyed the meaning of the play with various dance steps and facial expressions. Upon beholding the elegant form of Syamasundara, the famous Apsara Urvasi felt enchanted and devoted herself to the Lord.

Taking the lead in directing the bathing festival of Krsna, Lord Brahma approached Surabhi and said, "Today is the best day to observe a happy occasion. 0 simple village folk! Do not delay. Everyone queue up behind Lord Siva and please start the abhiseka. Before I take my turn, let the leading ladies of the universe come forward. First Arundhati, who tried to please me, should bathe the Lord. Then Anasuya, who is non-envious and free from passion and ignorance, and Parvati, the respectable daugh­ter of the Himalayas who gives bliss to everyone, should step forward. Then the other exalted ladies such as Gayatri, the mother of the Vedas who welcomes the Lord when He awakens; Aditi, the mother of the demi­gods whose love is never broken; Sarasvati, the goddess of learning; and the beautiful Svaha should bathe Krsna."

Then Lord Brahma, who meditated upon a lotus, asked Krsna to sit down on the bathing platform. He began the worship by washing Krsna's feet and offering Him delicious madhuparka and tambula. According to a previous arrangement, the senior ladies of Vrndavana, their hearts drowning in prema, bathed Giridhari with fragrant panca-amrta, panca-gavya, and the milk dripping from Surabhi's milk bag.

Seeing the captivating splendor of Murari's body during the abhiseka made the onlookers question His identity. They wondered, "Is this a Monsoon cloud being bathed in moonshine? Is it a concentration of all blueness covered with white? Is it a small hill of blue-sapphires covered by the pure water of crystal gems? Is it a fresh tamala tree decorated with by radiant pearls? Is it a blue lotus covered with bright white camphor Powder?"

Just like enthusiastic mothers anxious to bathe their adorable children Gayatri, Parvati, Aditi, and the other chaste demigoddesses like Arundhati stepped forward and smeared Krsna's body with oil and fragrant cleans­ing powders. One after another the Four Kumaras and the Sapta-rsis bathed Giridhari while chanting mantras. Ordered by Brahma, the Four Kumaras offered water with their folded palms. Feeling great ecstasy, the young sages cried and shivered in delight. After smearing fragrant red­dish oil upon Krsna's body, Parvati and other ladies performed the sahasra-patra snana. They held a plate above Krsna's head that had a thousand holes and showered Him with streams of crystal clear, camphorated wa­ter. By the powerful presence of the kama-dhenu, kalpa-taru, and cintamami gems everything required for Krsna's bathing automatically manifested.

After Krsna's bath some pretty chaste girls dried His beautiful body with fine soft cloths. Different girls dried His hair, chest, hands, legs, and feet. One young girl, with the mood of an intimate lover, wrapped Krsna's body with a fresh dry cloth while removing the wet one and wringing it out. After they had dried Krsna's body from head to toe a few times, Parvati advised the young girls how to neatly dress Him.

They lovingly offered Krsna the best quality garments, ornaments, and unguents which they had previously collected. Although Krsna accepted all this on Brahma's request, He felt somewhat disturbed because His confidential pastimes with the gopas and gopis were temporarily inter­rupted. Despite His anxiety, Krsna did not want to interfere with the demigods who tasted so much happiness from bathing Him. Being Krsna's devotees, they tried their best to serve Him with affection. Krsna accepted their offerings but remained grave.

After Krsna's bath and dressing, Brahma offered Him an auspicious seat under a tree. Brahma wanted to give the utmost pleasure to the Lord by worshiping Him with all opulence. Along with offering the standard sixteen items of puja, Brahma also intended to chant some elaborate mantras. While Brahma was making these arrangements, Lord Siva ap­proached him and said, "0 Brahma! There is a well-known saying that an intelligent person does not worry. Krsna's puja will be done by this small boy standing in front."

Just nearby an attractive effulgence emanated from the eighteen syl­lable mantra (Gopala mantra) which had manifested a personified form of a small boy. Seeing that everyone in the assembly was pleased with this little boy, Brahma said, "0, the Gopala mantra of ecstatic mellows has come in person. Narada Muni gave this great mantra, whose meter is gayatri, to men and sages in order to remove the obstacles to bhakti from their hearts. Thus I am being completely distinguished in two ways. I will also worship Krsna by chanting this mantra."

Empowered by the Gopala mantra, Brahma worshiped Krsna. Many eminent devotees attended the puja including Narada and rsis like Sanaka, who uproots all anti-devotional desires; Dhruva, the ideal of devotional determination; Prahlada, who gives delight to all, and the Vasus, who are eternally fixed in the Satvata philosophy. Stepping forward, Brahma washed Krsna's lotus feet. Then he sat down in the lotus posture and gazed ap­preciatively at the Lord with his eight eyes.

The milk ocean personified brought valuable bathing pots for the Lord, along with many big beautiful, pure white conchshells. Brahma was anx­ious because there were no stands to hold them. Suddenly, Mt. Meru personified appeared with many golden three-legged stands to properly hold those conches. The demigods and their wives worshiped Krsna with a variety of articles. The goddess of Kailasa presented an auspicious quartz crystal lota that increased everyone's happiness. The splendidly beautiful goddess of the Himalayas offered a fancy tray of sweet-smelling wild flow­ers. The vanadevis supplied fragrant forest flowers, sun-dried rice, barley, kusa grass, sesame seeds, white mustard seeds, wild black rice, darbha grass, aparajita flowers, and other natural items mixed with water to bathe Krsna's attractive lotus feet. They also provided captivatingly aromatic nutmeg, cloves, and allspice for washing His mouth.

Bhumi-devi delivered incredible natural scents. Some demigods from the Nanda-kanana forest donated an ornament made from divine, wish fulfilling flowers along with garments of the finest yellow cloth. Svaha, the wife of Agni, offered a brilliant lamp containing ghee from surabhi cows and natural camphor scent.

The kamadhenus delivered an abundance of heavenly milk products. Aditi furnished many kinds of fancy cakes and sweet pies. Saci-devi, Indra's wife, supplied enchanting tambula covered with golden pan leaves. The demigods and demigoddesses arrived from every direction bringing valu­able items to offer to Krsna. In great joy, Brahma chanted the mula man­ias to initiate the auspicious bathing ceremony.

The demigods played the appropriate melodies on their kettledrums while the Apsaras danced with euphoria. The Gandharvas and Caranas sang with youthful exuberance to fill everyone's heart with bliss. Kartikeya devotedly held an umbrella over Krsna's head.

The rsis recited purifying hymns. Brahma adorned Krsna's forehead with Pleasing, artistically drawn tilaka. Overwhelmed in jubilation, he placed an opulent crown on Krsna's head. The potent jewels on that crown flashed light in all directions. While setting the crown, Brahma said. "0 Krsna, You are the supreme king among all the kings of the universe!"

Hearing this, rsis like Sunanda and others loudly chanted selected prayers,"All glories to the enchanter of Vrndavana! 0 son of Nanda Maharaja! 0 almighty one! You are the charming beloved of the splendid gopis! You are the crest-jewel! of all the demigods! The nectar of serving Your lotus feet far surpasses the bliss of brahman. 0 Govinda! You are the original cause of all creation. We offer our repeated obeisances unto You."

After preparing himself by setting aside his snake ornaments and skull garland, and by talking a bath in the Manasi Ganga to wash off his ashes Lord Siva offered the final arati. He worshiped Krsna with pure fragrant clay, incense, padidy, an elegant jeweled ghee lamp, and sweet-smelling scents. He chanteid various mantras to conclude the arati and abhiseka. Following the Vedic injunctions, Gayatri, Gauri, Arundhati and other wives of the demigods took turns offering arati with ghee lamps. As the worship concluded, Narada Muni merged in ecstasy as he sang about Krsna's pas­time of lifting Goivardhana Hill. Tamburu, the king of the Gandharvas, sang along with hiim.

Brahma distributed maha-prasadam to all the devotees at the conclu­sion of Govinda's; bathing ceremony. Lord Brahma gave the following order to the personified conches, jewels, kalpa-tarus, cintamani gems and so on, "Please decorate and ornament the sages, the demigods and their wives, the lord of the snakes, and all the other guests." Everyone attend­ing Krsna's glorious abhiseka received priceless gifts in charity. Feeling the supreme euphoria from successfully conducting the abhiseka. Lord Brahma looked as> brilliant as the sun. Before returning to their celestial homes, all the demigods respectfully circumambulated Govinda.

However, Indra and Surabhi remained behind for a moment. After the four-headed one and all the demigods departed, Krsna addressed the fearless intelligenit Indra. In a happy humorous mood, Krsna said, "Is your anger now pacified? Tell me truthfully. You are close to Me, so you should not conceal the mood of your heart. I did not subdue your anger out of revenge or enmity. But I wanted to show how your actions were full of false pride. By mature I cannot bear to see My own devotees possessing false pride. It is well known that such persons deserve to be punished by Me.

"0 Indra, I favored you by stopping the sacrifice. 0 subduer of your enemies! It does mot suit you to maintain envy toward Me. Now return to Svarga and enjoy your position. Do not become carried away by your wealth and loose your intelligence again."

Indra listened patiently to Krsna's compassionate words and accepted His kind chastisement. After respectfully circumambulating the Lord, be went back to Indrapuri. Then Krsna anointed Surabhi with the fragrance of His pure affection and bid her farewell. Dressed in a glimmering new golden outfit, Krsna looked most beautiful as He returned to Vrndavana. It seemed as if He had just returned after a moment's absence.